diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-22 10:55:50 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-22 10:55:50 -0800 |
| commit | 76d530789dda9af655fc825578611fbfefebcfcb (patch) | |
| tree | f3df3a261b8acbe6738956bdedd762cd77c0cf58 | |
| parent | 1e90b7d17af34c6465a886e4f5d0b10e23dd255b (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-0.txt | 7746 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-0.zip | bin | 133766 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h.zip | bin | 809919 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/66806-h.htm | 11066 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 247674 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_046.jpg | bin | 65446 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_088.jpg | bin | 74943 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_156.jpg | bin | 74138 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_184.jpg | bin | 65907 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_220.jpg | bin | 52201 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_314.jpg | bin | 64950 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_frontispiece.jpg | bin | 69169 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_publogo.jpg | bin | 30018 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_title.jpg | bin | 78001 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/66806-h/images/i_titlelogo.jpg | bin | 26917 -> 0 bytes |
18 files changed, 17 insertions, 18812 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f7f3f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #66806 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/66806) diff --git a/old/66806-0.txt b/old/66806-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0d09471..0000000 --- a/old/66806-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7746 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Young Continentals at Trenton, by -John T. McIntyre - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: The Young Continentals at Trenton - -Author: John T. McIntyre - -Illustrator: Ralph L. Boyer - -Release Date: November 23, 2021 [eBook #66806] - -Language: English - -Produced by: D A Alexander, David E. Brown, with thanks to Bowling Green - State University for providing the image of original book - cover. and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at - https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images - made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.) - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT -TRENTON *** - - - -[Illustration: “_GET OUT OF THE WAY, MY HEARTY_”] - - - - - The Young - Continentals - at Trenton - - _by_ - John T. McIntyre - - _Author of_ - - “The Young Continentals at Lexington” - “The Young Continentals at Bunker Hill” - - [Illustration] - - Illustrated by Ralph L. Boyer. - - _The Penn Publishing - Company Philadelphia - MCMXI_ - - - - - COPYRIGHT - 1911 BY - THE PENN - PUBLISHING - COMPANY - - [Illustration] - - - - -Introduction - - -“The Young Continentals” series deals with the experiences of four -boys in the American Revolution. One of them, Nat Brewster, is from -the hills about Wyoming, Ben Cooper is from Philadelphia, while the -Prentiss twin brothers come from Boston. - -In the first book of the series, “The Young Continentals at Lexington,” -Nat Brewster played the leading part--a part full of daring and -enterprise. In the second book, “The Young Continentals at Bunker -Hill,” Ezra Prentiss replaced Nat as the principal figure, while in the -present volume, George Prentiss steps into the foreground. - -The first book dealt with the revolution from the stirring of the wrath -of the colonies to the first blows struck at Lexington and Concord -Bridge. The second began where the first ended, and related the events -that took place during the siege of Boston, including the fight on -Breed’s Hill and ended with the evacuation of the city by the British. - -The present, or third, takes up the thread of the great struggle where -the second laid it down; it deals with the preparation for defending -New York City, describes the battle of Long Island, the crossing of the -Delaware and the capture of the Hessians at Trenton. - -The fourth book, “The Young Continentals at Monmouth,” takes in the -encounters around Philadelphia, including the battle of Germantown, and -ends with Washington’s brilliant success at Monmouth. Ben Cooper fills -the eye in this volume; and during the course of the story appears the -celebrated Molly Pitcher, the girl who served a gun at Monmouth and -whom Washington afterward made a sergeant on the field of battle. This -volume is now in preparation. - - - - -Contents - - - I. SHOWS HOW MERCHANT DANA BOARDED THE “NANCY BREEN” AND - WHAT CAME OF IT 9 - - II. SHOWS THE RECEPTION GEORGE PRENTISS MET WITH IN NEW YORK - TOWN 34 - - III. TELLS HOW A BULLY ENTERED THE “KING’S ARMS” 52 - - IV. TELLS HOW THE BULLY CHANGED HIS MIND, AND HOW GEORGE WAS - SENT FOR IN HASTE 64 - - V. IN WHICH GENERAL PUTNAM HAS HIS SAY 75 - - VI. EXPLAINS HOW GEORGE PRENTISS BECOMES A GUEST AT THE - “WHEAT SHEAF” 82 - - VII. TELLS HOW THREE PEOPLE MADE A DASH FOR FREEDOM 111 - - VIII. TELLS HOW PEGGY GAVE A WARNING 122 - - IX. IN WHICH GEORGE PRENTISS RECEIVES AN INVITATION 129 - - X. SHOWS HOW WASHINGTON CAME TO NEW YORK 138 - - XI. IN WHICH GEORGE PRENTISS MAKES A SUDDEN RESOLUTION 152 - - XII. TELLS HOW TWO PEOPLE PEERED THROUGH THE WINDOW OF THE - OLD MILL 163 - - XIII. IN WHICH PEGGY CAMP SHOWS HER COURAGE 171 - - XIV. SHOWS HOW THE BRITISH SHIPS CAME INTO THE BAY 181 - - XV. TELLS HOW GEORGE VISITED THE HOUSE IN CROWN STREET 190 - - XVI. PEGGY SPEAKS HER MIND 204 - - XVII. SHOWS WHAT HAPPENED IN THE TAPESTRIED CHAMBER 217 - - XVIII. IN WHICH IS FOUGHT THE BATTLE OF LONG ISLAND 229 - - XIX. DESCRIBES HOW GEORGE AND HIS FRIEND START UPON A - DANGEROUS MISSION 255 - - XX. TELLS OF TWO PATRIOTS IN TRENTON 274 - - XXI. HOW COLONEL RAHL PROPOSED GIVING A CHRISTMAS CONCERT 283 - - XXII. TELLS HOW A FIRE WAS KINDLED ON A HILLSIDE 301 - - XXIII. SHOWS HOW THE CONCERT WAS INTERRUPTED 317 - - - - -Illustrations - - - PAGE - - “GET OUT OF THE WAY, MY HEARTY” _Frontispiece_ - - GENERAL PUTNAM GLANCED UP 47 - - “I WALKED INTO A NEST OF KING’S MEN” 89 - - LORD STERLING BROKE THE SEAL 156 - - “ALEXANDER HAMILTON,” HE REPLIED 184 - - THE HAND PAUSED 221 - - “IT’S THE ARMY OF WASHINGTON” 315 - - - - -The Young Continentals at Trenton - - - - -CHAPTER I - -SHOWS HOW MERCHANT DANA BOARDED THE “NANCY BREEN” AND WHAT CAME OF IT - - -A dry, weazened little man with a halt in his step passed “The -Brigantine” inn which faced the East River at the foot of Broad Street; -and as he did so, he peered in at the windows and doors, for it was a -fine spring morning and they stood wide. “The Brigantine” was a place -for captains and mates and merchants to congregate; and all about it -were warehouses, shipping offices and places for the sale of maritime -stores. - -Apparently what the weazened little man sought was not visible in or -about the tavern, for he went halting across the roadway and out upon -the wharf, peering inquisitively here and there through a pair of -huge, horn-rimmed glasses. - -A good-sized shallop was moored to the wharf. She had come down the -Sound during the night; a lean looking lad with a vacant grin upon his -face was furling her clumsy lugs, and in the waist the skipper was -coiling a line with expert neatness. - -The dry little man limped to the string-piece; readjusting his glasses, -he inquired in a high thin voice which squeaked when he sought to raise -it: - -“Just in to-day, captain?” - -“An hour ago,” replied the skipper. - -The little man stepped upon the rail and then with great care reached -the deck. Approaching the skipper, he proceeded with marked anxiety and -some craft: - -“I suppose you hail from Newport?” - -“New London,” replied the shallop’s master. - -The anxiety of the little man now became tinged with eagerness. - -“You did not bring a passenger, I know,” said he. - -“Wrong, master,” returned the sailor. “I did, and there he sits, as -natural as you please.” - -A bronzed, well-made youth was leaning over the craft’s stern, gazing -out over the waters of the bay to where several black hulled frigates -swung frowningly at anchor; his eyes seemed to soberly measure the -flaunt of their colors, and the bravado of their staring ports. - -At once the weazened little man was at his side. - -“Good-morning, young gentleman,” said he, with a squeak. “It is a -beautiful day, is it not?” - -The young man turned and surveyed the newcomer. - -“Yes,” he returned, “it is a fine day enough.” - -“You came down from New London, I understand,” questioned the dry -little man. The youth nodded rather absently. However, the other -rubbed his hands with quite a degree of briskness and seemed -greatly pleased. “And,” said he, positively, “you were required to -deliver--ah--something to--ah--some one?” - -The youth was alert enough now; he examined the little man with -inquiring eyes. - -“Quite so,” he replied. - -The hand rubbing now indicated vast relief; but in a moment it ceased, -and an expression of disquiet came into the wrinkled, high-featured -face. - -“Of course,” spoke the little man, eagerly, “this vessel is the ‘Nancy -Breen’?” - -“It is,” answered the other. - -The disquiet instantly departed; the squeak in the voice was full and -content as the newcomer said: - -“I had really forgotten to inquire; and it was a rather important -question, too. But no matter.” Here the voice lowered itself into a -pitch of confidence. “I was sent to give you a few instructions.” - -“From headquarters?” - -“Yes. You are not to make yourself known. I was to impress that upon -you fully. Neither are you to call at any one’s lodgings.” - -The young man seemed puzzled. - -“That has rather an odd sound,” said he. “Where am I to transact my -business?” - -“There are many places where it may be done without attracting -attention. But the best of these perhaps is the ‘Wheat Sheaf,’ an inn -just above the city.” - -“I don’t quite understand it,” said the other. “Will you be kind enough -to explain why all this secrecy is necessary?” - -“Secrecy,” and the weazened little man made a wide gesture, “is never -a bad thing. And while some of the reasons for this exercise of it are -most obvious, others are as unknown to myself as to you. I am not a -person of sufficient consequence to warrant my being told any but the -outside facts. If you desire to learn more, you’d do well to inquire of -those who are better informed.” He seemed about to take his departure -at this, but paused. “Shall we say the ‘Wheat Sheaf,’ then, to-morrow -night at nine?” - -“If it is necessary,” said the young man. - -“Believe me, it is necessary, or I should not have been sent to you.” - -The little man walked haltingly to the rail, climbed upon it and then -upon the wharf. - -However, he had not gone a dozen yards when he was halted. A stout, -choleric old gentleman came stamping along; he had an oaken staff in -his hand, and its tip rang angrily upon the stones. - -“Ah, Mr. Dana,” cried he, “well met.” He paused before the dry little -man and seemed to bristle with indignation. “I have been given to -understand, sir, that the ‘Sea Gull’ is not permitted to sail.” - -“I am sorry to say, Mr. Camp,” replied the other earnestly, “that your -information is quite correct.” - -At the mention of the name of Camp, the youth on board the “Nancy -Breen” became more attentive; indeed, the expression upon his face -seemed one of recognition. - -“Do they mean to ruin us between them?” demanded the stout old -gentleman. “Do they insist upon making beggars of us?” - -He flourished the oaken staff and his face grew redder still. - -“I will face these miscreants,” declared he. “I will have an -understanding. Four of our ships have been held up in a month. Four in -one month, do you understand? But still you do nothing!” - -“If you will but listen to reason,” Mr. Dana said, but the angry old -gentleman took him up in an instant. - -“Reason!” cried he. “Reason! Was there ever a time, Mr. Dana, that I -refused to harken to it? Answer me, sir! Specify an instance when I -turned away from even common sense. I defy you to do it, sir; I defy -you!” - -“Now, now, Mr. Camp, don’t be vexed. I did not mean to insinuate that -you were not open to reason. Nothing of the sort, dear sir, believe me. -I merely desired that you listen to my remarks on the situation.” - -The other planted the point of his staff firmly upon the stones. - -“I have great respect for your capabilities, Mr. Dana,” said he. “No -man more so. But the thing is beyond explanation. The vocabulary of -Dr. Johnson himself would throw no light upon it.” He lifted the staff -and pointed across the peaks of the buildings to where the British -flag flew from a pole in the fort. “Do you see that? It should be an -emblem of authority--the symbol of law. But it’s not! It should mark -the power of the English nation--of English civilization. But it does -not. Authority, law, the British nation, and its civilization as well, -are a jest, Mr. Dana. Singly and together they are a jest for every low -fellow in the town.” - -“But,” expostulated the other, “can you not see that it will not last? -It is only a momentary turbulence. It will pass. The good folks will -come to their senses by and by.” - -“That may be true enough,” said the old gentleman. “Indeed, I have no -doubt but that it is, for the sight of bare bayonets in the hands of -resolute fellows will make them run fast enough, I warrant you. But, -nevertheless, that does not alter the present condition. It does not -remove the fact that an English governor is penned up in Fort George, -that English troops with muskets, cannon and other equipment sit idly -by and permit His Majesty’s town to be overrun by rebels.” - -“When Tryon returns he will make an end of it. He is even now on the -sea, so I have heard. The situation needs only a resolved man,” and the -little gentleman waved a hand assuringly. - -But the other was not in the least quieted by this view. - -“The people of New York,” said he, bitterly, “would, from what I have -seen of them, dare do anything against the peace, if it be agreed with -their rebellious fancies. The king’s desires are not enough for them. -They must have representatives in Parliament, forsooth! They must not -be taxed without their own consent! Nothing must be done in the matter -of the colonies that they don’t, in their pride, consider fit and -proper.” Mr. Camp laughed scornfully. “Oh, no, no, Mr. Dana, you are a -good man of business and far-sighted enough in trade; but you are blind -to what is going on around you.” - -This conversation was plainly heard by those on board the “Nancy -Breen.” The skipper winked at the bronzed young man. - -“The old gentleman seems to fancy a spell of bad weather,” said he. - -“And he doesn’t seem the sort to strip and run before a gale,” returned -the young passenger. “Do you know him?” - -“By reputation only, Master Prentiss. He’s a merchant in the West India -trade, now retired from active service. He’s said to be as rich as the -king himself; anyway, he lives somewhere in the Jerseys in a fine -manor house and comes to New York but seldom.” - -“For a retired merchant,” commented George Prentiss, “he takes an -uncommon interest in shipping.” - -“Oh, as for that, he’s retired only from the active work of it. He -still has his moneys in the trade, I’m told. The gentleman who just -now boarded us is his partner. But,” and the skipper looked at George -inquiringly, “of course you knew that.” - -But George shook his head. - -“Merchant Camp I know something of,” said he, “but Mr. Dana I never -laid eyes upon before.” - -Lexington had been fought and the sneering British column driven back -upon Boston. Then that city had been besieged by an army of farmers -and mechanics; and Breed’s Hill had witnessed its desperate defeat, -though we commonly now speak of the fight as the battle of Bunker Hill. -And, finally, the British had run from Boston to their ships under the -pitiless cannonading of Washington’s batteries. - -New York was trembling and expectant. Any day might witness the -arrival of a British fleet; and in the meantime the colonists were -preparing its defenses. George Prentiss was thinking of these things, -his eyes once more fixed upon the frigates afar off. The skipper having -coiled the line to his satisfaction came toward him. - -“When you first came aboard me at New London,” he said, “I judged by -the trim of your yards that you were from the army up Boston way.” - -George nodded, and the skipper, twisting a strand of rope between his -tarry fingers, proceeded: - -“I’ve seen a good many of them of late, and have come to know them at -sight.” He bent nearer to his passenger. “Maybe you’ve come to New York -on special business.” - -“Perhaps,” said George. - -“And maybe,” suggested the shallop’s master, “you have particular -documents stowed away under hatches.” George did not reply to this, -and the sailor proceeded: “Don’t think me prying, Master Prentiss, for -I’m not. I don’t poke about meddling in other people’s affairs. But I -couldn’t help hearing most of what old Merchant Dana said to you a few -moments ago; and if you’ll take my word for it, you’ll have nothing to -do with his instructions.” - -George looked into the candid face of the speaker inquiringly. - -“He’s not of the sort I take you to be,” explained the sailor. “Old -Camp there,” pointing to the stout old gentleman with the oaken staff, -“is said to be the most rabid Tory in all New York. But I’ve heard that -questioned. Merchant Dana is a milder mannered man, to be sure; but -those that know claim he’s more to be feared than his partner.” - -George looked toward the two merchants, who were now pacing the wharf. -There was no abatement in old Camp’s anger; and Mr. Dana, halting along -beside him, still strove to calm him. - -“My dear sir,” stated the latter with confidence, “we shall have but a -short time to wait. It can’t be otherwise. When the ships of the line -and the troopers, bearing His Majesty’s army, left Boston, where do you -suppose they were headed?” - -Mr. Camp sniffed and snorted in great disdain. - -“What does it matter,” asked he, “where they were headed? Apparently -they are of no great consequence, or they would have been able to hold -Boston. And more than that, sir. If they had been worth the rations fed -them by King George, they would have gone out and soundly beaten the -rabble that opposed them as well.” - -But Mr. Dana patiently evaded this. - -“Without a doubt they are coming to New York,” declared he, hopefully. -“Without a doubt, Mr. Camp. We shall then see what we shall see.” - -“Ay,” said the indignant gentleman, “so we shall. But I expect little. -Lord Howe may be a very excellent officer, but he has yet to prove -it upon this side of the world. It seems that he is much of Colden’s -kidney. He’d rather parley than act. To show these fellows who’s master -needs a strong hand--not a long tongue.” - -“But, my dear sir----” began Mr. Dana, but the other waved his words -away with a sweep of the heavy staff. - -“There is that rascally renegade whom Washington sent here,” he -exclaimed. “I refer to Charles Lee. Though a greater villain never -lived, still he had a grasp of matters that our own leaders might -pattern by. Did he parley and hesitate when he arrived? He did not, -I warrant you! He set to work in spite of all opposition. The king’s -men threatened him; the soldiery made shift to show their teeth and -the shipping in the bay cleared their decks. But without stopping to -ask their leave, he seized upon the persons of his most outspoken -opponents; then he stared the troops out of countenance and defied the -frigates. Finally he stripped the British batteries of their guns, -began to recruit an army, and build forts and redoubts to guard all the -approaches to the city. While this man, Mr. Dana,” and the staff rang -upon the stones, “has my unqualified disapproval, I cannot refuse him -my admiration. He understands his duty and he does it.” - -“Well, thank goodness, he’s been ordered from the city by his chiefs,” -ejaculated Mr. Dana, fervently. “One could scarcely count upon one’s -liberty while he was here.” - -“This hectoring fellow, Putnam, who is now in command, as he calls it, -is little milder in his arrestings and confiscatings,” complained Camp. -“And I understand that the arch-rebel himself is even now upon his way -here. When he arrives, I suppose there’ll be scarce a tree or pole in -the town that’ll not have the body of some poor Loyalist gentleman -dangling from it.” - -“Do you actually believe that Washington will have the effrontery to -show himself here, with the king’s fleet and an army due at any time?” - -His companion snapped his fingers. “Mr. Washington,” declared he, “is -to all appearances a man of enterprise. To be sure he’ll come here, and -he’ll bring his rabble of raw countrymen with him to overawe us.” - -During the period in which he had engaged his friend and business -partner as above, the angry manner of Mr. Camp and his excited gestures -had not failed to attract attention. Workmen, carters and merchants’ -clerks had gathered into little groups; seamen upon the decks of -vessels near by grinned and pointed him out to their mates. Few could -hear his words; but his anger was so demonstrative, his gestures so -eloquent that none missed his meaning. A lot of rough-looking fellows -were lounging at the end of the wharf upon an upturned yawl; they had -the appearance of deep-water sailors, wore knives in their belts and -possessed an altogether ugly look. - -The words of the old gentleman were perfectly audible to these men, -as they were no great distance from him, and their frowning brows -and muttered remarks showed that they did not take the matter as -good-humoredly as those upon the shallop. - -Mr. Dana grasped at his companion’s disparaging reference to -Washington’s army. - -“Raw countrymen,” said he, “describes them exactly. And do you suppose -that such an array can hope to stand before the trained regiments of -England?” - -“Not if the trained regiments of England are properly directed. But I -have little expectation that they will be. And in the meantime, our -business--everybody’s business--is at a standstill. It is an outrage--a -scandal! The leaders of this shameful revolt should be whipped at the -cart’s tail!” - -As he spoke these words, the pair in their pacing had arrived at -a point very near to the group of seamen before mentioned. One of -these, a hulking fellow, with a bare, bull throat and a particularly -unprepossessing face, lifted himself from his lounging posture against -the yawl. - -“Don’t speak so sharp, Master Camp,” said he. “There are those here by -whom your words are not favored overmuch.” - -The old gentleman turned upon him wrathfully. - -“None of your impudence, sailor!” cried he. “Speak when you are spoken -to.” - -The seaman sneered. “You are very high and mighty, Master Camp, I -know,” said he. “But you and your like will change your manners before -long.” - -The short temper of the stout old Tory flared forth. “Before matters -are done with,” exclaimed he, “I’ll see such as you soundly cudgeled. -I knew what would come of flying in the face of the king and resisting -his just tax. One meets with impudence at every turn; an upholder of -law and decency is insulted by every low fellow who chooses to turn -his tongue upon him.” - -Here the cautious Mr. Dana took his friend by the arm and tried to draw -him away. But the wrathful old Loyalist shook him off, and swept into -a bitter tirade in which he reproached and abused all who opposed the -king’s government. His furious manner and high-pitched voice drew a -highly entertained crowd; and through this came a young girl. - -“Oh, my dear Miss Peggy,” squeaked Mr. Dana, greatly relieved. “I am -delighted that you have come.” - -“What is it?” asked she, quietly. - -“He has gotten upon politics again, and I can’t control him.” - -Peggy listened for a moment to the highly colored language of the old -Tory. Mr. Dana, with a nervous glance about, proceeded in a lowered -tone: - -“Such sentiments as his are not altogether popular in this part of the -town. Indeed, I don’t know but what they are actually dangerous.” - -George Prentiss was watching the girl. There was a proud, perhaps even -a scornful lift to her chin; and now, when she, with much composure, -approached the furious old king’s man, his interest increased. - -“Uncle,” she said. Instantly the torrent of heated words stopped and he -turned to her. “Please come away. You will make yourself ill.” - -“In a moment, my dear,” returned Merchant Camp, “in just a moment. -First,” facing the throng, “I must try and bring these people back to -a sense of their duty. I must endeavor, as an honest man, to make them -see the scandal of their attempts to undermine the power of a kind -sovereign.” - -“Kind,” cried a voice. “Kind, did you say, Master Camp?--and he hiring -Hessians and Brunswickers to cross the seas and murder us?” - -“And why should he not?” the old Tory demanded. “Why should he not? -Is it not given to him to chastise his rebellious rascals in whatever -manner he will? Who are you--what are you that you should oppose the -king’s desires, whatever they may be? A pack of scurvy villains, most -of you. A parcel of rogues that should be ironed in the hold of one of -yonder frigates. If I had the will of you, I’d----” - -But here he was interrupted by the bull throated seaman, who had by -this time risen to his feet. - -“Belay, master,” said he. “The time has gone by when such as you can -hector us as you please. It would be better for you if you kept your -tongue between your teeth, old gentleman,” added the sailor. “As the -matter rests, if you were a younger man, I’d try something else on you -beside words.” - -“What, you rascal!” sputtered the king’s man, wrathfully, “would you -threaten me?” - -He lifted his staff and made a quavering blow at the other; the girl -cried out sharply, as the seaman tore the weapon from the old man’s -hands. - -“You would, would you, you old walrus,” cried the brawny tar. And with -that he lifted his brawny fist. Once more the girl cried out. She -sprang between the two. - -“For shame!” she cried. - -But the brute in the seaman was aroused; with a rough push he forced -her aside; then he took a menacing step toward the old man, his hand -lifted once more. - -This time he found himself face to face with George Prentiss, who had -leaped from the deck of the shallop at the girl’s first cry. - -“What, sailor,” cried the young man, placing one hand against the tar’s -broad chest, “a fair and fit lad like yourself is surely not going to -grapple with an old man.” - -“That he’s an old un is not my fault,” growled the other; “so get out -of the way, my hearty, before I hurt you.” - -But young Prentiss laughed. - -“As for that,” he said, “you may be able. But then again, you may -not.” Then over his shoulder he spoke swiftly to Mr. Dana, “Take him -away--and the young lady, too.” - -The seaman’s hard face had darkened. “So, my young ship-jack,” said -he, “you’ve got your doubts, have you? You don’t think, then,” with a -sneer, “that you’re as much too young as the other is too old?” - -“Not in the least,” said George, still good humoredly. “But -nevertheless, sailor, we’ll try to pass it all by. No harm has been -done any one; so we’ll say no more about it.” - -“He’s trying to get the weather gauge of you, Ben,” called one of the -seamen. “Belay the jaw-tackle and give him your starboard gun.” - -“Ay, ay,” chorused the others, while the assemblage voiced their -approval. “Rake him, mate.” - -But the tar did not require encouragement; he shoved his face within an -inch or two of the youth’s and said: - -“King’s men are not liked, my hearty, in New York port, no matter if -they be old or young.” And with that he made a short, wicked chop at -the young fellow’s head. But George evaded it like a flash, and both -his fists began to drub at the tar’s stomach and ribs. Then as the man -swung once more for his head, the youth leaped out of distance; but -like a flash he closed in with a driving hit to the body, followed by -a perfect fusillade of shorter punches. Again he drew back; the tar, -breathless and gasping, stood still and gazed at him. - -“You’re well braced and bolted, sailor,” said George, still smilingly. -“I’ve seen them strike under less than that.” - -“Well, it’ll not be me, my lad,” gasped Ben Buntline. “You’re a good -hand, but look to yourself.” - -And with that he rushed in, his thick arms swinging like flails. But -George stepped briskly to and fro; none of the blows seemed to come -within a foot of him; and so ludicrous did the seaman’s attempts to -strike him become that the gathering began to hoot and cheer. This not -only angered the man himself, but also his mates. They arose at once; -several drew their knives, while one exclaimed: - -“What, you land sharks, will you make game of us!” - -One or two rushed to the assistance of their friends; and seeing this, -the smile vanished from George’s face; he began striking with a speed -and power that soon brought his antagonist to his knees. But just then -there came the tramp of hoofs upon the stones of the wharf, and the -voice of Mr. Dana cried thinly: - -“It’s Herbert! This way, lieutenant, this way!” - -The crowd scattered; the seamen quickly grasped the situation, for -they picked up their dazed comrade and bustled him away just as a troop -of mounted militia rode up. - -The officer at the head of the party was a heavy-browed, sullen looking -young man in a lieutenant’s dress. As none now remained of the throng -save George, this person rode up to him and said curtly: - -“Well, sir, and is General Putnam’s plain order against rioting not -enough for you? Do you require to be personally warned?” - -George Prentiss looked quietly into the frowning face. - -“Perhaps,” said he, “it would be as well for you to inform yourself as -to what has taken place.” - -The lieutenant was about to make an ugly rejoinder, but just then the -girl came forward. - -“Brother,” she said, and it seemed to George that the proud lift of her -chin was more accentuated than it had been before, “this gentleman is -in no way to blame. If it had not been for his kindness, we might have -fared rather badly.” - -Here Merchant Camp also came forward. “Nephew,” said he to the colonial -lieutenant, and his voice was not without a trace of humor, “I had not -thought to ever welcome any one who wore that uniform. But I was well -enough pleased to see you just now. As for the youth, it’s just as your -sister says. He’s a fine up-standing fellow, whoever he is, and I shall -be delighted to see more of him.” - -Here he shook George warmly by the hand, and proceeded: - -“Very like you know the business place of Mr. Dana. If you have nothing -better to do some day, pray come and see me there. I shall think it a -kindness.” - -The merchant remained in conversation with George, while the -lieutenant, dismounting, dismissed his troop in charge of a sergeant; -then leading his horse, he walked up the wharf at the side of his -sister. When old Camp had said good-bye and also gone stumping up the -wharf, Mr. Dana brought his wrinkled, high-featured face close to the -young man’s. - -“Don’t forget,” said he, “it’s the ‘Wheat Sheaf,’ and the time is nine -to-morrow night.” - -And so he limped after his partner with many a backward glance and nod. - - - - -CHAPTER II - -SHOWS THE RECEPTION GEORGE MET WITH IN NEW YORK TOWN - - -When George Prentiss stepped aboard the shallop once more he found the -master and crew of one awaiting him in high admiration. - -“Well, lad,” cried the former, in a tone of satisfaction, “you can -manage yourself as trimly as any craft of your tonnage that I ever -clapped an eye on. Give me your fist! - -“I was surprised,” he added, “to see you go over the side to the rescue -of that scolding old fellow. A lad that’s exchanged shots with the -British at Boston, as I have no doubt you have done, could hardly be -expected to take up the quarrel of a Tory in New York.” - -“As it happens,” said young Prentiss, gravely, “Mr. Camp is a sort of -connection of mine. The girl you saw just now and the young militia -officer are my cousins, though, indeed, I never saw them before. In -a time like this families are divided--some members of it are upon -one side, and some upon the others. This teaches me to be a trifle -tolerant.” - -“Ah, yes,” said the master of the vessel, “I understand. Well,” with a -lifting of the brows, “if you have Tories in your own household, I’m -sorry for you. It must be lowering to a man’s pride to know that his -own kin would stoop to such ideas, and when they are once set that way -there is little hope of ever making them alter their views. Once a -Tory, always a Tory.” - -“Not always,” and George shook his head. “I was, in the beginning, a -king’s man myself. My friends convinced me that the king’s way was -the best--that the colonists should submit--that they were rushing to -destruction in making an armed resistance. They assured me that Gage’s -force would deal gently with my countrymen--that not a shot would be -fired in anger upon them. But Lexington showed me the falseness of -this. I knew then that the Americans had taken the only hopeful way to -secure justice; and from that time on I was one of them.” - -But the seaman shook his head. - -“When you tell me this is so, lad, I believe it,” said he. “But it’s -only an odd case. The Tory, take him all standing, is a narrow bigot -who cannot see beyond the tip of his nose. He was brought up to believe -that King George and his government were ordained by Providence; and -the stiffest gale that ever blew would not sweep him from his moorings.” - -George Prentiss did not reply to this; he had no keen reason for -converting the shallop’s master to an opposite way of thinking; and -even if he had, he knew it would be of no use to try. - -“I think I’ll be setting about my affairs,” he said. “It’s coming on -midday.” - -The skipper hitched up his trousers. “Of course,” stated he, “I don’t -know what your affairs are; but, as I said before, I have suspicion -of them. And look you, my hearty, give no heed to old Dana’s talk. Go -about your business in your own way.” - -“Thank you,” said young Prentiss. “I had made up my mind to do that. -Mr. Dana,” he added to himself, “has been mistaken; he expected one -passenger, evidently, and found another.” - -Directly up Broad Street he made his way until he came to Beaver; here -he turned in toward the Parade at the foot of Broadway. The red-coated -sentries were mounting guard upon the walls of the fort; the British -ensign floated from its tall pole; but the streets were filled with -the blue and buff of the young American army, and the numerous and -strangely devised flags of the revolution. - -Apparently the Parade was a favorite place for the showing of oneself -in the middle of the day. Ladies in carriages and upon horseback drove -and cantered up and down the paved ways; groups of citizens and scores -of militia officers stood here and there; companies of raw troops were -being put sternly through the manual by hard-faced sergeants. - -As George walked across the Parade he gained not a little attention, -for the dispatch bag which hung across his arm, the broad shoulder belt -supporting a steel hilted hanger, the pistol butt which showed beneath -his coat, gave him a particularly businesslike appearance. And then his -bronzed looks, the breadth of his shoulders, and the cock of his hat, -spoke of a youth to be reckoned with in any company. - -Pausing before one of the numerous groups, he inquired politely: - -“Will you have the goodness to direct me to headquarters?” - -A foppish young dragoon officer with a mincing manner, who had been -entertaining the occupants of a carriage beside which he stood, turned -upon the speaker. - -“Hah!” said he, “you have news for old Put, have you?” - -There was something in the cheap familiarity of this that aroused the -anger of young Prentiss. He had seen the bluff, straightforward Putnam -face a thousand dangers that night upon Breed’s Hill, he had seen him -storming in the midst of the rout, striving to rally his men, pleading -with them to make one more desperate stand. And now to hear him so -referred to by this mincing fop filled him with resentment. - -“My business is with General Putnam,” said he, stiffly. - -The dragoon marked his manner and laughed, while at the same time his -glances bade the ladies in the carriage mark his wit. - -“What?” cried he. “Here’s a right proper New Englander, indeed.” -He smoothed the sleeves of his well fitting coat and flecked some -invisible specks from his epauletted shoulders. “They hold their -officers as something more than human at Massachusetts Bay,” he -proceeded, addressing the group of militiamen. “And one must not style -them with anything less than their full dignity.” - -The militiamen smiled broadly, while the citizens guffawed; the ladies -in the carriage tittered, and cast mirthful looks at the youth from the -northern colony. But one among them did not smile; and George noticed -this at the moment in which he recognized her. It was Peggy Camp. - -“A man wearing a uniform for the first time,” said George tartly, and -with a sweep of the eyes that took in the other’s immaculate costume, -“should show a little respect for a soldier of the general’s known -service. At least that is the belief generally held in Boston.” - -The fop choked, stuttered and grew red at this biting answer. The -mirthful looks of the ladies were now turned upon him; and while he -was mentally casting about for some witty rejoinder, a soggy looking -man in the dress of a merchant and a countenance like a point of -interrogation, took young Prentiss eagerly by the sleeve. - -“There is fresh news, then, from Boston way? Of what nature is it, -young man?” - -“Any news that I personally have,” said the youth, “is very commonplace -and of no value.” - -“That you personally have? Ah, yes, perhaps,” and here the man’s face -grew more interrogative than ever. “But your dispatches?” - -“They are for the eye of the commandant of New York,” replied young -Prentiss, annoyed. - -“But surely,” and the merchant smiled in a very knowing way, “you had a -little glance at them on the way--the briefest, of course, but still a -glance.” - -The youth’s face flushed beneath the bronze. “Do you speak in ignorance -of a soldier’s duty, sir?” demanded he; “or is this meant for an -insult?” - -The inquisitive face of the merchant paled. “No, no!” cried he in -much haste. “An insult! Goodness bless you, young man--no! Why, I -thought the thing would be the most natural in the world. Just a slight -glimpse, you see. What hurt would it do? I’ll leave it to any gentleman -here.” - -But none of the party saw fit to support him; and much abashed he fell -to the rear, not relishing George’s looks. The foppish dragoon had by -this time recovered, and now put himself forward. - -“I presume by your tone,” said he, acidly, “that you hold the -commission of Congress.” - -But George shrugged his shoulders. - -“What!” and the presumption of the dragoon immediately began to mount. -“A common soldier, and have you the effrontery to use this manner to -officers and gentlemen?” - -There was a stiffening among the militiamen at this; they had -re-collected themselves and were beginning to feel their superiority. -But George, his temper returned to its level, only smiled. - -“Sirs,” said he, “I stopped to ask a civil question in a civil manner. -If this gentleman has received what he considers a sharp answer, he -has himself to blame for it only. And as to the commissions,” here -George squared his shoulders and drew himself up proudly, “don’t -forget that they are harder to come by in the face of the enemy than -here in New York, where influence will get one, apparently, for any -jack-a-dandy.” - -“Take care, sir,” cried an officer. - -George smiled, flipped his hand to his hat in a most cavalier manner -and stepped briskly away across the Parade. But through the tail of his -eye he saw a grave officer, who had just come up, halt at the carriage -before referred to; and he also saw Peggy Camp lean forward and whisper -something to him swiftly. Then the officer motioned a young ensign -forward, said something in turn, and the ensign made after George with -all speed. Overtaking him, he said, politely: - -“Pardon me, but I understand you are looking for headquarters. It is -just above here. Lord Sterling requested me to show you the way.” - -“Lord Sterling!” echoed George, and he could not help a backward -glance at the officer who still remained beside the carriage speaking -with Peggy Camp and her friends. Of late he had heard much of the -distinguished man who, born in New York, had made such a great fight in -the English courts for the earldom of Sterling. He had failed in this; -but all America believed him the rightful heir, and so called him. His -service to the colonial cause had already marked him; and he had been -created general of brigade. - -“You are a friend to Miss Camp, I take it,” said the ensign. But George -shook his head. - -“What, no! I thought from the interest she took in your welfare,” with -a laugh, “that you were. And, too, she appeared quite delighted at your -brisk handling of young Henderson. You seem to be quite fortunate.” - -There was considerable stir about the doorway of the building which the -ensign pointed out as headquarters; a sentry passed them at a word from -this same obliging young officer. - -“If you desire to see General Putnam in person,” said the ensign, -“you’ll first have to see Major Hyde. And as he happens to be our -cousin to Peggy Camp, you’ll no doubt get along famously with him.” - -The laugh that followed this sally was still ringing in George’s ears -as he crossed the room to speak to Major Hyde, who was seated at a -big table engaged in writing. The major was a young man of sallow -complexion and with a cold, supercilious manner. - -“Well,” demanded he, his lip drawing back from his fine teeth in a -sneer that seemed one of his characteristics, “what now?” - -George resentfully slapped his dispatch bag upon the table, being -careful, however, to keep a grip upon it. - -“Dispatches,” said he, bluntly, with a salute. “From General Washington -to General Putnam.” - -“Ah, yes.” Major Hyde’s hand went forward toward the packet. “I will -take charge of them.” - -But as the hand advanced, the packet retreated. “My orders,” said young -Prentiss, drily, “are that these dispatches be delivered into General -Putnam’s hands only.” - -There were several other officers seated about the room transacting -headquarters business; at the young man’s words they looked up, -surprised. Major Hyde sprang to his feet, his eyes snapping with anger. - -“What do you mean?” cried he. “You’ll do as I bid you. Don’t forget -that! I am your superior officer.” - -“I am aware that you are,” replied the young man, “but my orders from -General Washington are unmistakable, sir. And he is your superior -officer.” - -For a moment Hyde remained standing with rage; then he sat down -abruptly and rapped upon the table for an orderly. - -“Dispatches from Boston for General Putnam,” said he shortly. “Tell him -so.” - -George stood back and awaited the soldier’s return; and as he waited he -could not help wondering at his odd experience in New York. - -“I have been on shore but a bare hour--scarcely that long--and I have -met with nothing but affronts and rebuffs,” he said to the young ensign -who sat in a window overlooking Broadway. “I can’t understand the -attitude of the colonists here. At Boston, one has but to be a patriot -to meet with consideration. But in New York, apparently, it makes -little difference what your sympathies; you have but to be a stranger -to be marked for insolence.” - -“New York,” said the ensign, who seemed a person of some intelligence, -“is very different from Boston--from my own city, Philadelphia, or from -any other place in the colonies, for the matter of that. It was settled -by mixed races--Dutch, Huguenots, English and Scotch. Their interests, -desires and ideals have been different from the beginning. They have -become so accustomed to facing each other down and sneering at each -other’s social peculiarities that it has, so it seems, grown to be a -part of their deportment.” - -Here the speaker was about to plunge into an elaborate discourse upon -this subject, but George was saved from listening by the orderly -reappearing from an inner room and beckoning him forward. - -“The general will see you,” said he. - -In another moment the young man found himself in the presence of the -stout, red-faced Putnam who sat puzzling over some intricate maps at -a great table. Beside him sat another officer whom George at once -recognized as General Sullivan, and standing near by was General Heath, -who had done so much to train the raw levies for the fight at Breed’s -Hill. - -[Illustration: _GENERAL PUTNAM GLANCED UP_] - -General Putnam glanced up as George entered; his good-humored face took -on a smile, and he at once threw aside the map, which, to speak the -plain truth, did not greatly interest him. - -“Ah, Prentiss,” said he. “So it’s you, is it?” - -George saluted; drawing the packet of sealed dispatches from his -saddle-bag, he laid them before the bluff commander. The latter tore it -open eagerly; one by one he mastered the contents of the papers, and as -he did so, passed them on to Sullivan, who in turn read and handed them -to General Heath. - -“And so General Washington will be with us within a few weeks,” said -the latter, upon finishing the last of the dispatches. “Excellent!” - -“It is all we require to make the place safe,” said Putnam. “The -batteries are planted, the redoubts completed and the passes all made -good. With the main body of the army here we can welcome the enemy at -any time he chooses to show himself.” - -“The general is bringing the forces on by way of Providence, Norwich -and New London,” spoke Sullivan, referring to one of the papers, “and -says that he will remain with them until they are safely embarked at -the latter place.” - -Here Heath and Sullivan fell into a debate as to the probabilities -of the main body’s securing sufficient suitable craft to carry it -expeditiously from the Connecticut port to New York; and while they -were so engaged, Putnam arose and crossed the room to where George -Prentiss was standing. In his hand he held a slip of paper which he had -not passed on to his brother officers; and he folded and refolded it -carefully with his strong, thick fingers, as he said: - -“And so the general has made you a bearer of his dispatches.” - -A flush of color came into the young man’s face, and he replied -earnestly: - -“I was proud indeed to be called upon for such service. I had had no -thought that I might be so trusted.” - -“Tut, tut,” said the kindly Putnam, “if you made a mistake at the -beginning, you but showed that you were human. We are all likely to do -the same. All of us were at one time or another king’s men; and if you -were somewhat late in renouncing your allegiance, so to speak, what -great matter? You are as determined upon liberty now as the best of -us. You proved that a score of times about Boston and Cambridge last -winter.” - -“I am pleased that you hold so good an opinion of me, general,” said -young Prentiss, “and, believe me, I shall try to be worthy of it.” - -“I understand your feelings,” and Putnam laid a big hand upon his -shoulder. “So we’ll say no more about it. And now, good-bye; I have -some matters to attend to. But leave word with Major Hyde where you can -be found. I may want your service upon business of importance.” - -George saluted; and as the sturdy old soldier turned back to the table, -the young man left the room. He inquired of the ensign, whom he found -still at the window, as to the inns and lodging places. - -“The ‘King’s Arms’ is the place for you. It is but a step or two above; -look,” pointing from the window, “you can see its sign-board from here.” - -Thanking the affable young man, George turned to Major Hyde and gave -the “King’s Arms” as his address, after which he left the building and -took steps to install himself at the inn. - -It was something past high noon by this; and as he sat at a table -in the “King’s Arms” discussing a beefsteak pie and a brown loaf, -he chanced to glance from the window near which his table stood. -Upon the opposite side of the way stood Major Hyde and Henderson, -the foppish officer of dragoons; in earnest conference with them -was a burly personage in a long skirted coat and having the manner -of an ill-trained mastiff. Every now and then Hyde would punctuate -his remarks by pointing at the inn, and each time the little, -fierce, deep-set eyes of the burly man would follow the gesture with -satisfaction. After some moments, during which George observed all -three closely, they appeared to come to some sort of understanding. The -burly personage, after assuring them of something, at once crossed the -street toward the “King’s Arms.” - - - - -CHAPTER III - -TELLS HOW A BULLY ENTERED THE “KING’S ARMS” - - -There were sundry other patrons of the “King’s Arms” gathered in the -public room at the time, dining on the wholesome food for which the -inn was noted. There were officers of the colonial army; there were, -also, citizens of the town, who, judging from their discourse, were -of various political complexions; and, also, there were many smartly -attired ladies of apparent consequence. - -The peppery Lee and his successor in command of New York had shown a -marvelously short temper in their dealings with the more vigorous of -the Tories; but for all that there were many of them left in the town, -and, too, they were not of the sort that keep a still tongue to gain -favor. - -Indeed, as he listened to the conversation going on upon all sides, -young Prentiss was greatly astonished. Round about Boston, the king’s -men had not dared to express themselves since Boston fight; but here -they not only proclaimed their views, but the patriots listened -patiently. - -“It is because the matter has not progressed so rapidly here as in -Boston,” he reasoned with himself. “The king’s army is not strong -enough to take the initiative--and the friends of liberty have not yet -abandoned hope of patching up matters with the ministers at London.” - -Very near to George, one of these discussions was fast gathering -volume, but, as his breakfast on board the “Nancy Breen” had been of -the slimmest, he gave more attention to his dinner than to the dispute. -But gradually, as the voices grew in sternness, the young fellow -noticed something familiar in them; so turning his head he recognized -Merchant Camp, his partner Dana, and the heavy-faced young militiaman, -Camp’s nephew. - -The old Tory merchant, a napkin tucked about his neck, was flourishing -his fork and airing his opinions with much relish. He sat directly -facing his nephew, and seemed to be scorching him with sarcasm and his -private version of the facts. - -“Keep to your opinions, if you style them as such,” he was saying. “You -are only a lad and I will not quarrel with you because of them. But, as -sure as the sun shines at this moment, there will be wreck and ruin for -many because of the loose thinking of you and the like of you.” - -He put down the fork carefully upon his plate and now shook his finger -beneath the sullen young man’s nose, while he went on: - -“Because your party has forced a handful of king’s troops to keep -behind the walls of the fort--because you have taken the government’s -cannon with none to prevent you, you must needs fancy yourselves great -fellows, indeed. And because the king’s frigates do not open upon you, -you think it is because they fear you. Bah, sir, bah! I never credited -reasoning creatures with so little sense. The reason why the garrison -remains quiet--the reason why Lee and Putnam were permitted to seize -the guns--the reason why the frigates below there have withheld their -broadsides, is because they are biding their time. The answer will yet -come, never fear; and when it does, trust His Majesty’s officers to -make it full and complete.” - -The heavy-browed young man shook his head, stubbornly, and looked more -sullen than ever. - -“They are awaiting reinforcements,” said he. “We all know that. But -what difference does it make? Let them come. By the time they get here, -General Washington will also have arrived with the American army. He -drove the British out of Boston, and he’ll drive them out of New York.” - -“He drove them out of Boston--I grant you that. But it was because -vigorous measures had not been taken in the first place. Gage was too -lenient--too easily gulled. He did not dream that British subjects -would ever take up arms against their sovereign. But here it is -different. Howe knows the full measure of this treason, and he should -come prepared to cope with it. He’ll be provided with fleets and -armies and equipment; and no doubt he’ll have his instructions as -to how to act. It’ll not be the case of Gage over again. Trust the -king’s ministers for that. And another thing,” here the old man’s -voice was pitched a key lower, “in the colony of New York, your brave -Washington and his fellows will have a different people to deal with. -The countryside will not be with him as in Massachusetts. There will be -thousands of loyal gentlemen; and besides, there will be the Johnson -family.” - -In spite of the lowered voice, the words were caught by those seated -close by; and George Prentiss noticed that every one near paused and -looked up. - -“Hah! Those Johnsons!” grumbled a gentleman of undoubted Dutch -extraction at the table at George’s right. “A dangerous set of rascals, -indeed!” - -“If I may make bold, sir,” asked the young man, “to whom does he refer?” - -The pursy gentleman looked astonished at this. - -“Is it possible,” said he thickly, “that there is any one who does not -know of Sir William Johnson, once His Majesty’s Indian agent?” - -“But is he not now dead?” - -“Yes, but his descendants still live,” complained the other, his broad -Dutch face full of indignation. “Sir William made vast wealth in his -office; he was almost actual sovereign of the Six Nations. His family -have all his riches and all his power over the Indians, and they -threaten to bring the tomahawks upon us if we persist in our demands -for justice.” - -George could not help a shudder at this; that the British might resort -to the Indians to help their cause had never occurred to him. - -“And, uncle,” demanded the heavy-browed young man, “do you approve of -so barbarous a method of putting down the popular will as Guy Johnson -or Colonel Claus could supply?” - -Here Mr. Camp was seized with a fit of coughing; that he did not -approve of it was plain enough; but he was not the man to give an -opponent in debate the slightest advantage. It was Mr. Dana who next -spoke. - -“Far be it from any of us to desire bloodshed of whatsoever kind,” -said he. “For my part, I fervently hope that the misguided people of -these provinces will shortly see their error, and abide by what the law -plainly requires them to do.” - -Here the sullen young man laughed scornfully. - -“There will be blood letting and plenty of it, never fear,” exclaimed -he. “The Sons of Liberty will never give a step in their demands; and -England’s present ministers are not of the sort to let a rich prize -slip from them without a struggle.” - -“And why should they?” demanded Mr. Camp in a high voice. “Why should -they, nephew? These colonies cost men’s lives and much treasure to -acquire, and why should the government not defend them?” - -Here he plunged into an angry defense of any action that the ministry -might take; his voice was so unguarded and his manner so violent that -the waiters went scurrying here and there; and finally the landlord -himself approached hastily. - -“I must beg of you, Mr. Camp,” suggested he in a smooth voice, “that -you moderate your language. You are giving offense to my guests, sir.” - -For a moment it seemed as though the short-tempered old king’s man was -about to flare forth as he had upon the wharf earlier in the day. But -a remembrance of what had followed that outburst, perhaps, deterred -him. He waved his hand, and said: - -“Ah, yes; I had forgotten. I ask your pardon.” - -Highly gratified at quelling a possible disturbance so easily, the -landlord was about to turn away when a voice bellowed: - -“Come now, a place--a place! Must I be kept waiting as though my money -were not as good as another’s? Get me a place, blockhead, or I’ll see -what cudgeling will do for you.” - -A frightened little man in a huge apron fluttered about somewhat -helplessly. - -“Here is a place,” said he, drawing back his chair at a table in a -shadowy corner. “And a very good place, too, sir. Much to be desired, -indeed.” - -“You’ll tempt me to lay my stick over your back yet,” bellowed the -impatient guest. “What sort of a situation is that for a man of my -quality? A fitting place for a dog to curl up, but not for a gentleman -to eat his dinner in.” - -“This way, sir,” interposed the host, much in haste, for complaint was -distasteful to him. “This way. Here is a place well lighted and well -aired,” and he drew out a chair at George’s table. “The young gentleman -will not object, I’m sure,” and he bowed to George. - -“Not in the least,” said George, and as he spoke he glanced up. At once -he recognized in the noisy, ill-tempered guest the burly personage whom -he had seen a few minutes before in conference with Major Hyde and the -dragoon officer, across the way. - -“Object!” said the big man in a harsh voice. “Object! Why should he, -I’d like to know? This is a public inn, and I think I know my rights in -such a place.” - -So saying, he slapped his dusty beaver hat upon the table and sat down -facing George with noisy ostentation. There was something deliberately -offensive in the man’s manner, and George darted a sharp look at him, -though he said nothing. The newcomer noted the look, and thrusting his -head forward inquired, bluntly: - -“You have nothing to say, I trust, young sir?” - -“In my turn,” replied young Prentiss, quietly, “I trust that I shall -have no occasion to say anything.” - -The burly man did not seem to know how to take this; but evidently he -suspected some hidden meaning in the saying, for his little eyes began -to snap. - -“I make it a point to pay as I go, and ask favors of no one,” declared -he. “What have you to say to that?” - -“It’s a good resolution, as such things run,” returned the youth. “But, -believe me, sir, I can do very well without the particulars as to your -private affairs.” - -The burly personage was taken somewhat aback at this, and his surprise -was so evident that several persons who had been listening laughed -outright. Among these was Herbert Camp, and instantly the big man -selected him from the others and whirled round in his chair. - -“I hope, sir,” said he, with much directness, “that you are not -laughing at my expense.” - -The sullen-faced lieutenant flushed as he saw the eyes of all within -hearing turn upon him. But he answered readily enough: - -“I would be very sorry, indeed, to do anything at your expense.” - -“Ah, would you so?” and the man eyed him with singular intentness. -“Well,” with a nod of the head, “I’ll bear you in mind, my lad. It is -possible that I’ll make some small effort in your direction before a -very great while.” - -From the time that he had seen his neighbor in conference with Major -Hyde and the officer of dragoons and had caught their gestures, George -had had no doubt but the man’s intentions in entering the “King’s Arms” -was in some way connected with himself. He had given both officers -offense during the morning, and he had felt that the burly one’s errand -was some scheme of retaliation. - -The offensive manner of the man toward him seemed to clinch this -belief; but now, as George went sedately on with his dinner, all -the time observing his neighbor, his suspicions gradually changed. -The newcomer paid no further attention to him; indeed, for all the -knowledge he betrayed of his presence, young Prentiss might as well not -have existed. - -This seemed odd to George and piqued his interest; he was still -speculating upon its meaning, when he made a peculiar discovery. The -man before him sat, as stated, with his arms folded across his chest; -his eyes had also closed, and a casual observer would have pronounced -him fallen into a doze. But several little things pointed out the real -facts to George. The big man was intently listening to the conversation -which had been resumed at Mr. Camp’s table. - - - - -CHAPTER IV - -TELLS HOW THE BULLY CHANGED HIS MIND AND HOW GEORGE WAS SENT FOR IN -HASTE - - -This discovery, as may well be imagined, increased the interest -which George Prentiss felt in his surroundings; the aspect of his -ill-mannered, loud-mouthed table companion immediately underwent a -change. From a hired bully, the fellow was at once transformed into -something more subtle--a spy--a creature whose employment was as -underhand as his appearance was blunt. But what made the occasion more -surprising than anything else was that the spy was, apparently, in the -pay of Major Hyde--and the object of his surveillance was perhaps the -major’s uncle. - -And so as the burly man listened to the conversation at Mr. Camp’s -table, George listened also, proceeding leisurely with his dinner, and -always keeping his eyes upon the face opposite him. - -Mr. Camp still clung to the political situation as a subject for remark. - -“Brother will be arrayed against brother,” said he, “and father against -son. The separations and heart burnings will be dreadful to think -about, for it is really civil war that these rogues seek to bring upon -us.” - -“But,” said Mr. Dana, earnestly, “would it not be well to wait until -matters are further developed before prophesying evil?” - -Mr. Camp grew irate at this. “Hah!” cried he. “Let me assure you, -sir, that it requires no prophet here. The things that I speak of -have already come to pass. My nephew Robert Hyde has gone over to the -enemies of the king, as you know. And I ask you to look at Harry here. -What uniform does he wear? They have poisoned him also with their -doctrines; nothing will do him but that the king’s officers be taken by -the scruff of the neck and bundled on board ship, never to return.” - -“A gentleman must always follow the dictates of his conscience,” -returned Harry. “Yours leads you to support the king--mine impels me in -other directions.” - -“Impel is a very good word,” commented Merchant Camp, addressing Dana. -“I could not pick one that described it better if I tried. But,” and he -turned to Herbert, “look you, young man. You are not the only one that -feels the impulse of change. It has occurred to me many times of late -that my will also needs a bit of altering.” - -For a brief moment George, who had turned his head, saw Herbert Camp’s -face go blank. - -“Why, as to--as to a mere matter of money,” stammered Herbert, -obviously endeavoring to make his voice ring angrily, “that can have no -effect upon a person of honor.” - -“Not a trifle like sixty thousand pounds, mark you,” said the old Tory -to Dana. “They hold themselves high, these patriots.” And once more -addressing himself to Herbert, he continued: “Do you recall that some -days ago I asked you to change the color of your coat?” - -“I do,” replied the young lieutenant. - -“It was a week, I think, that I gave you.” - -“It was.” - -“Very good. There are a couple of days yet to go. So consider the -matter well. Change your coat, or I change my will.” - -George felt the table shake; the big man had twitched spasmodically, -and his knees had knocked against its legs. Young Prentiss flashed him -a searching look; but in no other way did the bully manifest interest. - -“Your money is your own to do what you please with,” said Herbert Camp -to his uncle, but for all his effort, there was a certain waver in his -voice and tones. “And you would not have me sink my principle to get -it, I know.” - -“To be sure not, nephew,” said the old gentleman. “But be assured of -this: My money will never go to any one who upholds the rebel cause. I -would not buy your allegiance, nor that of any other person; but the -facts are as I have stated them.” - -The nephew drummed upon the edge of the table with his finger-tips. -Things were at this stage when a waiter approached, bearing the burly -man’s dinner; this he placed before him with care, then shook him -gently. - -“Your dinner, sir,” suggested the waiter, not without some caution. -The burly man opened his little eyes. - -“Ay, ay,” said he, “I see it. And I’ll warrant it has no more seasoning -than a brindle cow’s milk.” - -But the waiter hastened to reassure him upon this point; and so the man -began to eat with an appetite but with much muttering and complaining. -The conversation continued at the Camp table, the youth Herbert rather -weakly maintaining his position, and his uncle proclaiming his fixity -of purpose. But the spy took no more notice of them or their sayings. -Strangely enough, as George Prentiss thought, he had lost all interest -in them. - -Indeed, even when they had finished their meal and their discussion and -arisen to their feet, he did not lift his head. But old Camp’s nephew, -apparently in an ill-humor, did not forget him. The youth in turning -stumbled across one of the man’s legs, which were needlessly sprawled -out. - -“Perhaps,” said the young man, tartly, after recovering himself, “this -is the recognition which you just now promised me--trying to dash out -my brains among the inn furniture.” - -The man looked up at him insolently. - -“Did I promise you anything?” asked he. - -“You did, sir,” replied the lieutenant, paying no heed to Mr. Dana’s -plucking at his sleeve. - -“Ah, well,” said the man, “sometimes little things happen which prevent -our keeping promises hurriedly made.” There was something like a laugh -in his voice as he added, “Perhaps some such little thing has happened -since I spoke to you last, sir.” - -The young militiaman grew very indignant at this and seemed about to -make a heated rejoinder; however, the two merchants pushed him on ahead -of them. - -They had paid the reckoning and left the inn; and George was examining -his own score, when the burly man suddenly lifted a hand and called out: - -“Ah, this way, sir, this way!” - -Major Hyde, his dark face full of eagerness, approached; and at his -heels was the foppish dragoon, Henderson. - -“I just now saw them leave,” said the major. “Did you find an -opportunity, Slade?” - -The burly man shrugged his lumpy shoulders carelessly. - -“Oh, yes,” answered he. “It wasn’t difficult. But I let it pass.” - -“What’s that?” and there was a note of menace in Hyde’s voice. - -“Do you call that living up to a contract?” asked Henderson. “Seems -like downright neglect to me.” - -“There was no occasion to follow out your plan,” said Slade. “I have -lived by quarrels these many years,” with a laugh, “but for all that, I -don’t believe in them much unless they are necessary. I had your young -blade fast enough and could have had it out with him very nicely. But -as it turned out----” - -Here Major Hyde noted George for the first time and instantly his -gesture stopped Slade’s mouth. Affecting a careless laugh, although all -the time there was an evil look upon his face, he said: - -“Ah, well, it makes no great difference, either way. It was but a -stupid sort of jest to say the best of it. At another time, we’ll -have our laugh out to the full. But come, let us be going. I have some -business to see to.” - -“I have but begun my dinner,” said Slade in protest. - -“Dinners,” spoke the major, “can be had at any time; but these affairs -of mine must not be kept waiting.” - -With much complaint Slade left the table, casting longing looks at the -smoking dishes thereon. They had reached the door of the public room -as George arose and began readjusting his shoulder belt, of which he -had freed himself when he sat down. He saw Hyde lean toward Slade and -say something in a low tone; then he noted the latter’s quick, furtive, -over-the-shoulder look in his direction; after this they passed out, -and he could see them through the window, walking arm in arm down -Broadway, their heads very close together. - -When George in his turn left the “King’s Arms” he was busily revolving -what he had seen and heard. - -“It has an odd look,” mused he. “And I don’t just get the meaning of it -all. There can be no doubt that Major Hyde sent this man into the inn -for a purpose. But what was this purpose? Hyde’s words might lead one -to believe that it was the carrying out of some sort of idle jest. But -I doubt that. He gave that turn to the matter only when he recognized -me, and felt that I had overheard what he had said.” - -Slowly he walked along Broadway past Wall Street and the English -Church, still going over the situation. - -“The first words that Hyde said to Slade upon entering were: ‘Did you -find your opportunity?’ And Slade answered that he had, but had let it -pass. Then he said he’d found there was no occasion to follow Hyde’s -plans, and that he had heard something----Now the only thing which he -heard that seemed to greatly interest him was that----” - -Here the young man’s muttering stopped; his thoughts took a wild leap; -for a moment or two they were a jumble of extravagances; then order -began to reappear. - -“Mr. Camp, it seems, is enormously rich,” was the new train of -thought. “Major Hyde is his nephew, as is also this young man called -Herbert. And Herbert, apparently, was to be the heir; a thing which -was distasteful to Major Hyde. So the major sent this bully who sat at -table with me to pick a quarrel with the lucky nephew. A duel would -perhaps have been the result; and the course of the old man’s money -shifted. - -“But the bully proved a man of cunning as well as ferocity. When -he heard that Herbert would likely be disinherited because of his -political leanings, he saw that the fight would be unnecessary.” - -Here, however, the chain of reasoning showed a missing link. - -“If Herbert is to be disinherited for holding to the cause of the -colonies,” George asked himself “how can Major Hyde, who also advocates -that cause, hope to replace him?” - -This seemed to unsettle the foundation of all that had gone before, and -he shook his head more puzzled than ever. But in a moment or two he put -the entire matter aside. - -“I don’t know why I am bothering about the interests of strangers,” -said he, impatiently. He had about dismissed the matter from his mind -and was looking curiously at some of the quaint old Dutch houses still -standing when there came a beat of hoofs upon the stones of the road; -and the horseman drew up beside him. - -“Ah, well caught, Mr. Prentiss,” laughed the horseman, jovially. “I -asked for you at the ‘King’s Arms,’ and they told me that you had just -gone. So I took the liberty of guessing which direction you had taken.” - -It was the ensign with whom George had previously spoken; he rode a -strong-looking gray horse which chafed at the bit and pawed nervously -at the ground. The ensign had struck young Prentiss from the first -as being a likable sort of fellow, and so he greeted him in friendly -fashion. - -“You had not been gone from headquarters above an hour when General -Putnam asked for you,” said the rider. “Major Hyde had left some time -before, and none would have known where you were to be found had I not -happened to be still lounging about. And so,” with a laugh, “here I am -to take you back with me in all haste.” - - - - -CHAPTER V - -IN WHICH GENERAL PUTNAM HAS HIS SAY - - -“It is a matter of importance, then?” said George, as he walked along -at the horse’s side, his face now pointed in the direction of the fort. - -“I should hazard that it is of unusual importance,” returned the -ensign; “though I have not the faintest knowledge of its nature.” - -A few minutes’ brisk traveling and they reached the headquarters; -George was at once admitted to the room where he had previously spoken -to General Putnam. - -The latter was still there, as was General Sullivan, and with them was -an artillery captain who was talking volubly and with much excitement. -But as George entered he ceased, at a sign from General Putnam. - -“Prentiss,” said Putnam, after a moment’s pause, during which he -studied the young New Englander carefully, “I have several times had -occasion to benefit by your service in somewhat venturesome matters. -And now,” here he bent forward a trifle, his hands upon the table in -front of him, “that an occasion has arisen, I can offer you another -service, which while it may not prove dangerous, seems sufficiently -interesting to occupy a youth of your inches for some little time. -Would you care to undertake it?” - -“That you think it necessary that the thing be done is enough for me,” -replied George. - -“That is an excellent answer,” said Putnam, his big, round face -beaming. “There are, no doubt,” he proceeded, and he glanced at General -Sullivan as though in explanation, “numbers of young men in every -branch of the service here in New York who could bring this matter -to a highly successful issue. But as I am not acquainted with their -individual merits, I might make a sad mistake in trying to select the -proper one. Here,” and he nodded toward George, “is one of whom I have -personal knowledge. That is why I have preferred him.” - -The others signified that the reason appealed to them as being a -perfectly just one. - -There was a short pause. General Putnam seemed to be marshaling his -thoughts together; then he said, addressing George: - -“New York has been most difficult to control in the present crisis; -there were many Tories about Boston, but here they number fully half -the population. And their numbers make them dangerous. We have seized -upon the persons of the most aggressive of them; but in spite of this -a steady opposition continues to be made to everything we do. If this -were openly done, it would be a simple matter. But it is carried on -secretly. Information of some of our most intimate designs, so we have -discovered, is regularly had by our enemies. Our troops are being -corrupted; our stores and magazines are in real danger of destruction. - -“Of late this Tory system seems to have selected our posts upon the -Highlands for especial attention,” proceeded Putnam, and the artillery -officer pursed his lips and wrinkled his brow as though in agreement. -“Nothing, mind you, is definitely known, but there is a feeling -among us all that our work is in some way being steadily undermined. -Recruiting has been brought almost to a standstill because we have -become convinced that many of those offering themselves have other -motives than the preservation of our liberties. - -“To-day Captain Hall unearthed some traces of what might possibly -be a plot. But I am sorry to say that what he has discovered is not -of sufficient directness to warrant our arresting any one. However, -it affords us a most excellent beginning for a counter system of -espionage; and that is what we have concluded to organize. It is well -at first, though, to make no ornate attempts upon them; a modest -beginning may bring much better results.” - -“The fact that you are unknown in these parts is of some value,” spoke -General Sullivan. - -Putnam nodded. - -“What we have learned shows that stranger recruits are more apt to be -approached by the secret agents of the Tories than those known in New -York and of settled local convictions,” said he. “And that, as General -Sullivan wisely remarks, has value. What we propose is that you make -your way to Harlem Heights, say to-morrow, spend a day or two in -idling about in a desultory, unattached sort of way. Then go through -the form of enlistment with Captain Hall, here, and after that follow -up any track that circumstance leads you upon.” - -“If you have any facts for me,” said George, “I will take them now; and -to-morrow I will do as you suggest.” - -“These papers,” said General Putnam, taking up a slim packet, “contain -all the information that we have upon the subject. Take them into that -room,” pointing to a small inner apartment, “and study them. But commit -nothing to writing that might betray you, if found.” - -George took the packet and entered the room indicated; seating himself -at a window he began to examine the writings, document by document. - -However, they yielded no great amount of data, being largely the names -of suspected persons and their places of resort. Carefully he read -down the list, thinking to come upon something that would give him a -handhold. - -“The sloop ‘Shark,’ Nathan Parks, master, suspected of carrying -information to the British frigates,” met his eye without much meaning. - -“Corporal Bacon of the artillery, thought to be in the pay of the -Loyalists. - -“Thomas Friend, a peddler, and said to be a spy in the pay of Governor -Colden. - -“Ann Jane Trout, landlady of the ‘Wheat Sheaf,’ an inn long suspected -of being the gathering place of the enemies of popular rights. - -“The ‘Wheat Sheaf,’” said George, his mind at once focusing upon this -name. “That is the place that Merchant Dana directed me to.” He gazed -reflectively at the paper for a moment and gradually a smile came into -his face. “At nine to-morrow night he specified, I think. I had not -thought to go there; but now,” and here the smile grew broader and -a sparkle began to dance in his eyes, “well, now it promises to be -different, for something may be gained by it.” - -Earnestly he scanned the documents. Traces of suspected plots were -recorded, especially the one which Captain Hall had come upon the -day before. For the most part they seemed the stories of imaginative -persons, lacking all the vital points of convincing evidence. - -“And yet,” mused George, “where there is much smoke, there may be some -fire.” He retied the papers and arising, went into the other room where -he laid them upon the table before General Putnam, who was now alone. - -“I am ready,” announced he, in reply to the officer’s mute inquiry. - -“Good lad,” said the general, heartily; “to-morrow, then, you make -a beginning. I’ll have a sum of money sent you to-morrow at your -lodgings, for you’ll have some small expenses, no doubt. And now, good -luck. Do your best.” - -George saluted. - -“You may trust me for that, sir,” said he. And then he went out. - - - - -CHAPTER VI - -EXPLAINS HOW GEORGE PRENTISS BECAME A GUEST AT THE “WHEAT SHEAF” - - -True to his word, General Putnam sent George Prentiss a handful of -gold coins next morning and George, toward noon, engaged a horse -of the landlord which he promised to send back by a wagoner on the -day following. Mounting, he set out up Broadway, turned into the -Bloomingdale Road, and then along the Hudson until he came to the sharp -turn to the right which brought him into the Kingsbridge Road not far -from Burdett’s Ferry. Directly ahead, Harlem Heights bulked densely; -to the east could be seen the wooded sides of Mt. Morris, while from -the high shoulder of the road, an occasional glint was to be had of the -Harlem River as it slipped along toward the Sound. - -The young man drew up his horse at this point and looked about him. - -“The reports placed the ‘Wheat Sheaf’ at no great distance from here,” -said he to himself. “And as it’s wearing toward evening I may as well -take my dinner there.” - -As he sat his horse he heard the ring of a hammer striking hearty blows -upon an anvil; then a sledge joined in and a clangor of sound swept -upward. George shook the rein, and about fifty yards further on, in a -sheltered spot a little back from the road, he came upon a small smithy. - -George dismounted and stood watching the smith and his assistant for a -space; then the iron was apparently beaten into its true shape, for it -was laid aside and the two stood mopping their faces with damp towels. - -“Good-day,” greeted George. - -“The top of it to yourself, sure,” returned the smith, who was a -freckled Irishman with fiery red hair and a droll look. - -“That seemed like a hard task,” commented the young man, coming nearer. - -“Why, then,” returned the smith, “it’s little else we’re getting -nowadays. Since they’ve took to fighting all about the place, sorra -the bit of work do we get but bayonets, swords as long as your arm -and bits like this,” with a jerk of his thumb toward the still glowing -forging, “for the big guns.” - -The apprentice, a huge limbed youth with a small, sloping head, was -observing young Prentiss’s shoulder belt with its heavy hanger, and the -pistol butt that protruded from a holster. - -“Are you in General Putnam’s army?” asked he, all agape. - -“No,” replied George, truthfully. “I am not.” - -“Small blame to him for asking you that,” said the Irish smith, “for -it’s few that go by now but Putnam’s sogers--or the other sort.” - -“The other sort!” echoed George, catching at this instantly. “What do -you mean?” - -“Are you for the king or for Congress?” asked the smith. - -“For Congress,” returned George, promptly. - -The other came forward and extended a brawny fist. - -“Good luck to you, for you’re the right stripe,” said he smiling -broadly. “It’s meself that knows but little about the Congress beyant -there and what they do be about; but I’m hand and foot with them -against the Sassenach, no matter what it is.” - -George laughed at this frank declaration of purpose; but instantly came -back to the matter of interest. - -“The ‘other sort’ I suppose are Tories?” said he. - -The smith nodded. “Faith,” spoke he, “they’re fair pisonous with the -venom that’s in them; and hereabouts they do be as thick as the gnats -in the swamps.” - -“But the army being in possession prevents them being at all -dangerous,” said George. - -The other shook his head. “The army can do nothing against such as -these,” said he. “You might as well put that horse of yours, there, to -catching a mole. Sorra the sound do they make, and never a sight of -themselves do they give any one.” - -“But,” and George smiled a little, “it would seem that you have both -heard and seen them at some time or other.” - -The Irishman laughed loudly at this remark. “Why, then,” said he, -“you’re the shrewd felly entirely. But you’re right,” and here he -lowered his voice. “You’re right. I see more than some; and be the same -token, I hear more than most.” - -He nodded mysteriously. As there appeared to be something gained by -it, George slipped from his mount, tied it by the door and entered the -smithy. Leaning against a broken gun carriage, he began slowly drawing -off his gauntlets. - -“I have heard a great deal, in one way and another, of the plots of the -Loyalists,” said he with an air of doubt, “but to be entirely candid, I -have seen scarcely anything in the way of proof.” - -“Proof!” said the smith, with energy; “it’s proof ye want, is it, me -lad? Oh, well! them that have it could supply plenty of it.” - -“Why don’t they come forward with it, then?” demanded young Prentiss, -bluntly. “Why hide it?” - -“Perhaps,” said the other, “they have small bits of childer and are not -wantin’ the houses burnt over their heads.” - -“It’s fear, then, that stops their mouths,” stated George. “They are -afraid of the king’s men!” - -He had calculated well; the Celtic ire of the smith began to rise; his -big fists doubled up; his freckled face began to flame. - -“Afraid, is it!” cried he. “Afraid! If you knew them you wouldn’t say -that. When you live in a lonely place, my lad, and have desperate -enemies with revenge in their hearts again’ you, you must take care. -And when wife and childer are depending upon the man for the bite and -the sup, he thinks twice before he puts himself in danger.” - -“But how is one to know that there is real danger?” said George. “It -may be that it has no existence save in the mind of the person who -dreads it.” - -This exasperated the blacksmith. He had been holding himself in check -with great effort, but now he burst out: - -“Bad luck to ye, is it imagining it all that you think I’ve been doing? -Is it imagination, me son, when a man sees them with his two eyes----” -Here he caught sight of the apprentice, standing with his head thrust -forward and his mouth agape. “And have you nothing at all to do, -Peter?” he demanded, sharply. “Away with you to Van Tile’s and fetch -the horse that he wants shod. Stir yourself, now, or it’ll be dark -again’ you get back.” - -Vastly disappointed, the apprentice took off his leather apron and -departed on his errand. Then the smith gave his attention to George -once more. - -“He’s a good, hard-working lad,” said he, “but he’s not over bright in -some things, and lets his tongue run too free when he shouldn’t.” - -He poked his fire and threw on more fuel; then seating himself upon the -anvil, he went on: - -“People do imagine a good many things,” nodding wisely. “I’ve listened -to them myself many a time. But is it imagination when a man comes in -the night, calls you to the door, and you wide awake, pokes a lantern -in your face with one hand and a pistol with the other and bids you -hold your peace?” - -“Did that happen to you?” - -“To no one else. And why? Because I knew more than it was thought -fitting I should know. Because I had seen things. Because I had heard -things. Because if I told the half of it, I’d be putting ropes about -the necks of a dozen or more.” - -[Illustration: “_I WALKED INTO A NEST OF KING’S MEN_”] - -George laughed. “More than likely it was some sort of a rough joke that -your visitor was enjoying at your expense,” said he. - -Again the ire of the smith began to mount. - -“Joke?” cried he. “Joke, is it? You know nothing of me, me lad, or -you’d be sure no man would play the merry Andrew in that style with me. -And maybe you think,” here he pointed one challenging finger at George, -“that it was a joke that I see carried on that same night, only a bit -earlier, at the ‘Wheat Sheaf’?” - -“What was that?” asked George, allowing quite a tone of scepticism to -creep into his voice. - -The Celt recognized the doubtful tone, and the warmth of his manner -increased. - -“I made a bit of a mistake that night,” spoke he, trying to keep from -flying into a rage. “I opened the door to one of the private rooms and -walked into a nest of king’s men, up to their eyes in plotting. And -that was not all--in the midst of them was some one that’s supposed to -wear an entirely different kind of a coat.” - -“You mean,” said George, eagerly, “that you saw engaged with the Tories -one who is known as a patriot?” - -The interest in his voice was too plain to escape the smith; instantly -the man’s heat vanished; all his excited desire to show that he had -real cause to fear the anger of the conspirators disappeared. - -“What I mean,” said he, in a greatly altered voice, and as he spoke his -eyes were full of suspicion, “is no matter. I saw what I saw; and if -anybody wants to know the meaning of it or the particulars of it, let -him search them out for himself.” - -“But,” demanded young Prentiss, “do you really mean to keep important -facts from the authorities?” - -“I mean to try and keep a roof over my head, and life in my body,” said -the smith, thrusting a bar of iron into the fire and beginning to blow -the coals into a higher red. “It’s all very well for those in the town -to speak out boldly; but this is a lonely place; and as I said before, -a man with a wife and childer can’t run himself into danger.” - -The return of the apprentice, leading a plow horse by the bridle, put -an end to the talk. So George mounted and, gathering up his reins, said: - -“The ‘Wheat Sheaf’ is not very far away, I believe?” - -“A matter of a half mile,” answered the mechanic. - -“I’ll dine there, like as not,” said George. And then he added, with a -laugh: “Perhaps it will be as well for me to keep my eyes open also; I -may see something upon my own account.” - -Then he waved his hand in a good-bye and set off along the road once -more. The patriot batteries mounted upon the Heights were in view -through the dusk when he sighted the “Wheat Sheaf,” which was a large -rambling structure with a veranda upon two sides of it and a great -number of small-paned windows through which the lights were already -beginning to glint. - -No one was visible, and George called loudly as he pulled up at the -door: - -“Ho, the house! Landlord!” - -From somewhere in the rear, a sharp-faced woman made her appearance. -She was very tall and angular, her movements were awkward, and when she -spoke her voice was high. - -“Hoighty toity!” she cried, “and must we make all this noise at a -decent inn? What is your wish, young man?” - -“I’ll have some one take my horse, mistress,” replied George, “and I -desire him rubbed and given a good feed of clean grain.” - -The woman turned toward the barn and called shrilly: - -“Job!” - -She had repeated the cry several times before there was any response; -then a man came out of the barn, rubbing his eyes and shuffling his -feet. - -“You’ve been asleep again,” charged the woman. “You are the most idle, -good-for-nothing rascal in Harlem, I really believe.” - -The man blinked ill-humoredly. “Fair words, Mistress Trout,” spoke he. -“They go farther than the other sort.” - -“Don’t answer me back, you wretch,” cried Mistress Trout. “Don’t do -it. And you’d better mend your ways, sir, or I’ll turn you off; and -you’ll have a time of it getting another situation, I promise you.” - -George dismounted and gave his horse to the hostler. - -“I hope,” said he politely to the woman, “that I am not putting you -about; but I’d like a snack of something, if I’m not too late.” - -“Oh, indeed,” said Mistress Trout, “traffic hereabouts is not so great -that we have all the victuals bespoke.” Then turning to the hostler, -who was yawning behind his hand, she cried sharply: “Well, and are you -going to see to the gentleman’s horse, blockhead? Or do you mean to -fall asleep as you stand?” - -“A man must have sleep some time,” growled Job, as he took the nag by -the bridle. “If I’m kept up at night, mistress, by people that go and -come at all hours, it’s little to be wondered at if I try to catch a -wink or two by daylight.” - -The landlady of the “Wheat Sheaf” gave him a look full of anger. - -“That will do,” said she. “You have said quite enough. Now, be off and -attend to your work.” - -Grumbling, the man led the horse toward the barn; and George followed -Mistress Trout into the inn. The public room into which he was shown -was huge and square and furnished with heavy tables, settles and -high-backed chairs. There was a brick fireplace at one side; the -evening was a crisp one with a breeze that rattled the many window -frames, and in consequence a heap of billets crackled on the fire-dogs. - -“You have it snug enough here,” observed George with satisfaction, as -he hung his hat upon a peg and began to remove his gloves. “Facing the -spring wind makes a small fire seem a most comfortable thing, indeed.” - -“And a pretty penny it runs into for cut wood,” objected the landlady. -“But what is a tavern-keeper to do when people come in and hector and -bully?” - -There came an impatient creaking of a settle near the fire; a head -lifted up from a leather cushion, and a voice demanded: - -“Am I not paying for all I get, madam? Is the fire-wood not included? -No, don’t say anything,” and the speaker gestured impatiently; “put it -in the bill, and don’t worry me with your conversation.” - -Mistress Trout tossed her head at this, and after receiving George’s -order, left the apartment with a wrathful countenance. - -Curiously, George approached the fire; holding his hands out to the -blaze, he looked into the upturned face, and to his surprise recognized -the heavy brows and sullen expression of Lieutenant Camp. As he was -still surprisedly gazing into the young man’s face, the eyes opened; -seeing himself closely observed, the latter sat up instantly. - -“Hello,” said he, rather roughly. “What brings you here?” - -“The fire, latterly,” smiled George, still holding his hands extended -over the blaze. “But the prospect of a hot supper, mainly.” - -The heavy brows of the young man upon the settle gathered in a frown; -his eyes searched George’s face with a peculiar look. - -“It seems to me that I’ve seen you before,” said he. - -George nodded, but just as he was about to point out where they had met -on the day before, he caught the odd look in the other’s eyes, and -with a quick impulse checked himself. So he merely said: - -“It is very likely.” - -There was a moment’s silence; the young man upon the settle clasped one -knee with his hands and studied George intently. - -“You are a stranger hereabouts, I take it,” said he. - -George nodded. “Yes,” was his brief reply. - -Again there was a silence. Young Prentiss, without seeming to do so, -examined the other as intently as he was himself being examined. And, -gradually, the impression grew more and more upon him that Merchant -Camp’s nephew was keying himself to say something which he considered -of much importance. Several times the lieutenant bent forward and -seemed upon the point of speaking; but each time he sank back, his lips -still closed and an expression of indecision upon his face. At length, -however, he seemed resolved to make the plunge. With voice so lowered -as to be almost a whisper, he said: - -“It is rumored that Washington will soon be here.” - -George stared at him; so ludicrously tame did the saying seem after all -the cautious hesitation that had preceded it that he almost laughed. -But the expression upon Herbert Camp’s face prevented this; it was one -of eager expectation--of almost painful interest. A suspicion flashed -upon George; a suspicion and a fear. - -“It’s a great deal like a test--a signal by which one person makes -himself sure of another,” he told himself. - -Instantly he was all attention. Bending his head courteously, he -replied: - -“I have heard the rumor myself, and think that it is true.” - -This answer did not repel the other; but at the same time it did not -satisfy him, either. He arose and leaning against the brick mantle -began slapping at his boot leg with a riding whip. - -“Which way are you traveling?” he asked. - -“North,” returned George. - -The face of the other grew brighter. He endeavored to assume a light -manner, and laughed a little as he said: - -“Perhaps you think that there will be more to interest you in that -direction than in another.” - -“One usually travels in the direction in which one’s interest lies,” -replied young Prentiss in the same tone. “And I am like most in that.” - -Herbert Camp nodded and pondered. For a few moments he stood -alternately glancing at George and then toward the window; the lash of -the whip continued to cut at his boot leg and to lay long welts upon -the sanded floor. - -“You came alone?” asked he, finally. - -“Yes,” answered George. - -“Isn’t it somewhat dangerous to take the north road unaccompanied?” - -Young Prentiss smiled. “You did not seem to think so,” said he. - -“With me it is different,” spoke the lieutenant with a meaning in -his voice that George did not grasp. “But for strangers the way is -unprotected. Did you meet no one upon the road?” - -“No one.” - -“That is strange. Though, as I said, it’s a lonely way, still one is -apt to meet a peddler now and then.” - -George noted a peculiar stress upon the last part of the sentence, -and his mind began to cast about for its meaning. Almost instantly he -caught it, and self-control alone prevented his exclaiming aloud. The -papers given him to examine by General Putnam had named one Thomas -Friend, a peddler, as a suspected person. Was Lieutenant Camp, in his -guarded utterance, referring to this man? Like lightning George’s mind -was made up; and with a calm voice and a careless manner he said: - -“I came upon no peddlers to-day; but,” and he fixed his eyes steadily -upon the other’s face, “peddlers are merchants of small degree, -perhaps, and I had a visit yesterday from a merchant aboard ship.” - -Recollection instantly swept into the lieutenant’s face; dropping his -whip he brought his palms together with a smack. - -“Now I remember where I saw you. It was on the wharf near ‘The -Brigantine’ inn. I am glad indeed to meet you!” He seized George’s hand -and shook it energetically; then he added, eagerly: “It was Dana who -told you to come here?” - -George nodded; he was afraid to do more, not yet being sure of his -ground. Young Camp sat down upon the settle and roared with laughter. - -“No wonder,” he gasped, “you didn’t grasp my meaning readily. I thought -it was Tom Friend, the peddler, who was to bring you here. By Jove, how -you stared and winked.” - -“The owl,” said George, “does a lot of staring and blinking. And it’s -reckoned a wise bird for no other reason.” - -“Right!” said Lieutenant Camp. “Right! What you did, you did well. -I have no fault to find with you; the only hitch has been in my -misinformation. I wonder,” said he, “just how that came about?” - -“Sometimes,” replied George, slowly, “it chances that old men are -erratic.” - -Young Camp slapped his knee. - -“There!” he cried. “I never gave a thought to that; and now you mention -it, I have no doubt that is what’s to blame in this case.” - -Here a waiter, under the personal direction of Mistress Trout, entered -bearing George’s supper, smoking hot and very savory and tempting. -It was placed upon a table near the fire, which had been laid with a -clean cloth, much white napery, and shining table ware. With great -satisfaction, George sat down to it. - -“I hope,” said he to the lieutenant, “that you’ll join me. Dining alone -is sometimes a tiresome business.” - -But the other gestured in the negative. - -“I had just finished when you rode up,” he said. “Pray go on, and pay -no attention to me in that respect.” - -George did as he was bidden; and he had already made considerable -inroad upon the hot dishes from Mistress Trout’s kitchen when Herbert -Camp spoke again. - -“I should have thought,” said the latter, “that you would have come -here as soon as you got ashore.” - -“As it is,” returned George, “I am hours before my time.” - -“Then a time was named?” - -“To-night,” said George. - -The other leaned back upon the settle and shielded his face from the -fire; George’s efforts upon the logs had not been without effect, for -the blaze was now brisk and high; the sparks shot up the wide chimney -in showers. - -“At half after nine, I think,” said Lieutenant Camp. - -“At nine exactly,” returned George. - -The lieutenant here fell back into a long silence. He shielded his face -from the heat with his hat and sat looking at the darting sparks as -they leaped upward. George, as he proceeded with his dinner, watched -him; the face was deeply shadowed by the upheld hat, but the young -soldier’s attitude was full of meaning, the changing lights in his eyes -spoke of a mind not at rest. - -As he watched him George recalled old Merchant Camp’s words of the day -before. - -“But look you, young man,” he had said, “you are not the only one that -feels the impulse of change. It has occurred to me many times of late -that my will needs a bit of altering, too.” - -Distinctly young Prentiss recalled the blank look that crossed Herbert -Camp’s face at this saying. True, he had stammered something about a -mere matter of money having no effect upon a person of honor. - -“But,” was the thought that crossed George’s mind, “the protest was -rather weak. ‘Change your coat, or I change my will’ was old Camp’s -next saying, and the young man’s answer to this was more wavering -still.” - -The old Tory had also said that there still remained a few days more to -effect the change he desired. - -“And it would seem,” thought the young New Englander, indignantly, -“that he’ll get his wish. This young man spoke of principle yesterday; -it seems that he’s thought better of it to-day. Sixty thousand pounds -has been too great a lure to resist; his greed was greater than his -patriotism.” - -However, despite his indignation, he went calmly on with his meal; and -while he ate, Herbert Camp continued in the same attitude, apparently -thinking deeply. Both were engaged in this way when there came a bustle -from the road before the inn; glancing through the window, which was on -line with his table, he saw in the light of several lanterns a queer -looking man mounted upon a tall, bony horse and carrying before him a -huge pack. Both Mistress Trout and the hostler, Job, had gone out to -receive the newcomer, who slid awkwardly from his pad-saddle, dragging -his pack along with him. - -From his gestures, George saw that the man was making quite a speech -regarding the caretaking of his bony nag; Job listened with great -patience, and led the animal carefully to the barn when its owner had -done. Then the man, staggering under the pack, followed the landlady to -the inn. - -Into the public room he shambled; depositing his burden in a corner he -stood erect, his breath coming in deep gasps. - -“Time was,” said he, “when I could have borne that load and not made -half the ado.” - -He was a square-built, stocky man, with thick, bowed legs and a -partially bald head. He had prominent outstanding ears and tremendous -hands, corded and knotted like those of a giant. - -“You do very well as it is, sir,” spoke the landlady. “There’s scarce a -man in Harlem that could carry so much.” - -The man mopped his bald head with a yellow handkerchief and laughed. -“Ah, good lady,” said he, “you’ll be seeking to get the better of me in -a trade before I’m gone. Sweet words mean only one thing to a man of my -business--they seek to take the place of halfpence.” - -“Indeed, then,” cried Mistress Trout, “I’ll have no trading with you. I -have no time to haggle, and no use for your goods.” - -And with that she whisked angularly from the room, leaving the newcomer -in a broad grin. - -“Now,” declared he with great gusto, “is not that like a woman in every -way? ‘I have no use for your goods,’ says she--and never a sight has -she of what I have to offer.” - -This speech he directed at George, who nodded good-naturedly; the -man then put his great thumbs in the armholes of his waistcoat and -proceeded: - -“But women folk are ever hard to trade with, sir; thirty years have -I ridden these roads with a pack before me, and that is one of the -things which I have learned. They have no judgment; caprice rules them; -they’ll bargain for hours over a staple article of known value, and -then squander their shilling without a word on trash.” - -“You are harsh, I think, sir,” said George. - -“Sir,” returned the peddler, “that I am not. I know them. Thirty years -on the road has taught me something.” Here he approached the fire. “By -your leave, sir,” said he to the lieutenant, and sat down upon an end -of the settle. The lieutenant nodded curtly and gave him little direct -attention. But out of the tail of his eye he observed the peddler -narrowly, as George did not fail to observe. - -The stranger crossed his thick, bowed legs and held his hands out to -the fire with much satisfaction. - -“There is still a tang in the air,” said he. “Winter is not quite gone, -even yet.” - -“No,” returned George, “and further north, it is colder still.” - -The saying was entirely unpremeditated; but instantly he realized that -it bore an apparent significance, for the peddler shot him a glance -of surprise, and then coughed in a warning way behind his hand. Then, -as though to cover an awkward happening, the man thrust a thumb and -forefinger into his waistcoat pocket and produced a massive watch. -Holding it up that George might have a good view of it, he said: - -“There is a rare sight for you; I dare venture to say you don’t often -see its like. The king puts no finer gold in his guineas, and the cogs -and springs and balances are miracles of art.” - -“It looks very fine, indeed,” praised George. - -“I offer such rarities only to certain gentlemen of quality,” said the -peddler; “but,” and he made a wide gesture, “things are not what they -were, and I am scantily furnished with money just now.” He bent toward -George. “If you fancy such a thing you shall have it at a small price.” - -But George shook his head. - -“Have you examined it well?” The peddler got up and stood with his -broad back to the lieutenant, his head lowered toward George and his -face away from the firelight. “It is a surprising watch in more ways -than one. Look; could anything be finer?” So saying he snapped open the -heavy case and bent still nearer to the young New Englander. Then his -voice sank lower and he whispered: - -“What ship?” - -“The ‘Nancy Breen,’” in the same tone. - -“Does the other,” and a twitch of a mouth corner indicated the -lieutenant, “bear you company?” - -“No.” - -“Oh, very well,” said the peddler, his voice lifting plainly, and his -manner that of a man rebuffed. “If you have no need of it, why, then, -all’s said and done.” - -So saying he stuffed the watch into his pocket, rebuttoned the flap, -sat down upon his end of the settle once more and began staring fixedly -into the fire. - -“I suppose,” spoke Lieutenant Camp, after a few moments of silence, -“that you pick up many quaint and curious things in your journeyings -here and there.” - -The peddler gave him no very tolerant look and replied, shortly: - -“Ay, that I do, sir.” Then with a bending of his brows and a shake of -his bald head, he continued: “But I always make shift to mind my own -business, young sir.” - -The lieutenant sat up stiff upon the settle. “Do you mean to infer that -I do not, my man?” demanded he. - -The peddler turned squarely upon him and looked him in the face. - -“I was not aware that I called you by name, sir,” said he pointedly. - -“Not having a name to call me by,” said the lieutenant, “it would be a -difficult thing to do. But, perhaps, if I gave you one, you’d be more -civil.” - -He stooped and spoke a word or two in the ear of the peddler; and -instantly the latter’s dogged look vanished. - -“Well, well!” exclaimed he in friendly fashion, “who’d have dreamed -it! Who’d have dreamed it!” He struck the oaken settle a resounding -blow with the heel of his hand. “We’re coming on, sir; we’re coming on -mightily!” - -He beamed genially upon the young men, and seemed quite delighted; and -just as he seemed upon the point of launching upon matters that George -thought might prove most interesting, there came a clatter of hoofs -from the road and the jingle of chains and military equipment. The -face lost its cheerful look as a voice gave an unintelligible, grumbled -order; heavy feet tramped up the path and upon the porch; then the door -was flung open and a party of armed men in the colonial buff and blue -thronged into the room. - - - - -CHAPTER VII - -TELLS HOW THREE PEOPLE MADE A DASH FOR FREEDOM - - -The leader of the colonials was a tall man with wide, sloping shoulders -and a harsh face. He had quick, eager eyes that snapped inquiringly and -questioned everything upon which they rested. - -Halting his men in the center of the public room, he surveyed its three -occupants. - -“Your position and consequence, gentlemen?” said he. “And how is it -that you are here to-night and not at your homes?” - -The peddler chuckled and cracked the great fingers of each hand. - -“A person of my station, sir,” he made answer, “is at home wherever -night overtakes him. I am by occupation a peddler, selling honest -stuffs and asking ready silver in exchange.” - -“Your name?” demanded the officer, and his eager eyes snapped more than -ever. - -“Thomas Friend.” - -Watching the officer’s face, George saw it change grimly at this -answer; he made no remark, but turning to Herbert Camp, inquired: - -“And how is it with you, my lad?” - -“My name is Bardwell,” returned the young man, composedly. “I suppose, -sir,” with a glance at the party of soldiers, “that you have a right to -make these inquiries?” - -“Ay,” replied the officer, “that I have; and I’m not called upon to -show any credentials, either. This uniform will do all that,” and he -slapped himself upon the chest, “and so out with the rest of it. What -are you, and what is your errand here?” - -“I am clerk to a mercer in the city,” replied young Camp--“Mr. Nathan -in Maiden Lane, to be exact. And I’m on my way beyond the Harlem upon -some matters of business.” - -“You could have gotten beyond the Harlem if you had had the mind,” -spoke the leader of the party, positively. “There was no reason for -your stopping here.” - -“I dislike traveling at night,” said the other. - -“Then you should have started earlier in the day.” And with this the -officer turned upon George. “And you, sir?” he demanded, peremptorily. -“What have you to say?” - -“I am from Cambridge,” replied George. “I arrived in New York only -recently and am traveling about.” - -“You selected a most indifferent time and place to do it in,” the other -made answer. Then with a gesture that took in all three he added: “You -are under arrest.” - -Herbert Camp was upon his feet instantly. George fancied he saw his -face paling. - -“But why?” asked young Camp. “You have no right to interfere with -inoffensive people.” - -“Not if I know them to be such,” replied the officer, and he laughed -harshly. “But my orders are to take all suspicious characters in -charge. This man,” and he pointed to the peddler, “I have orders to -take wherever and whenever found. You two,” and his snapping eyes -shot glances at the two young men, “I’ll take charge of for further -examination. I have no desire to inflict hardship upon you,” with -something like an apologetic note in his voice, “but these are -troublesome times, and we have suffered a great deal through secret -agencies. If you are what you claim to be, you will be put to as little -disadvantage as possible.” - -With that he made a sign to his men; they immediately approached the -three guests of the “Wheat Sheaf” and laid hands upon them. But if -they expected unresisting submission, they reckoned without the spirit -of the strong-limbed peddler. With a sweep of his arms he dashed the -troopers aside; then with remarkable agility he bounded to a window; -there was a smashing of glass, a rending of wood, and he was gone. -Several muskets flashed after him, their reports sounding like thunder -in the low ceilinged room. - -A soldier had apparently been left to guard the horses. - -“Halt!” he cried as his charges began to stamp with fear of the musket -shots. - -Then there came a racing of hoofs and the sound of a discharging -pistol. At the command of their officer, some of the soldiers rushed -out after him; the remainder seized upon George and Herbert Camp -roughly; their arms were pinioned in an instant with a couple of stout -leather belts. - -There was a roar of firearms, and hoarse, excited shouts sounded from -the darkness; then nags were evidently mounted in haste; the rattle -of hoofs sounded as the riders plunged away in pursuit. But that all -had not started in the chase was soon made plain. Voices, loud and -interrogatory, came from without. Apparently some one made answer; -but the answer was not of the sort to satisfy, for again the voices -chorused their inquiries. The reply to this was also unsatisfactory and -still inaudible to those in the public room. Then came the sound of -heavy steps upon the porch; in the hall there was a slight scuffle and -then the slope-shouldered officer entered. And after him two of his men -led between them--Peggy Camp! - -A cry of astonishment broke from the lips of her brother, while George -Prentiss gave a gasp. - -“Peggy!” exclaimed young Camp. - -The girl’s eyes mutely commanded him to be still; but the eager-eyed -officer caught the look. - -“Too late,” laughed he. “The young man is evidently not accustomed -to surprises.” His gaze went from Herbert to the girl with great -enjoyment. “And so,” said he to the young man, “you are acquainted with -this lady?” - -Young Camp made no reply; Peggy stood stiffly upright with her chin -tilted proudly, an expression of scorn in her eyes; and she also was -silent when the man turned his glance upon her once more. - -But for all her pride of bearing, for all her scorn of her captor, -George noted a small tremble of the lower lip; it were as though her -restraint would goat any moment and the tears begin to flow. And as he -watched he saw the resentment in her eyes now and then give place to -something else. It was fear; the shivering fear of one who is helpless. - -The officer addressed her. “It may be,” said he, “that you can explain -your presence outside.” - -“Perhaps I could,” she returned, and if there was fear in her eyes, -there was no trace of it in her voice. - -“It would be somewhat interesting to hear your reasons for lurking -about.” - -“It would be equally interesting to hear your reasons for treating me -as you have done,” answered Peggy, quietly. - -“As to that, I have my orders,” and the man laughed, not without good -nature. “And in the face of what has just now occurred, I am bound to -be even more strict than ever in carrying them out.” - -While the officer questioned and the girl answered, her glances went -here and there about the room like those of a hunted thing seeking a -way of escape. The eyes of George Prentiss closely followed after; but -they saw things that her startled glances passed over. - -He noted four muskets stacked near a window. These belonged to the men -who had pinioned Herbert Camp and himself. The men who had brought -Peggy into the room each held one. - -“But they,” reflected George, “were fired after the peddler, and have -not been reloaded. The same is true of the pistol in the belt of the -officer.” - -Also he noted something which Peggy could not see. This was that the -belt which held his arms behind him had begun to slip; he felt that at -any moment he desired he could free himself from it. - -He found himself thrilling at the thought. His entrance into the “Wheat -Sheaf” had put him upon the track of a promising Tory plot, the coming -of the soldiers had all but ruined his chances of getting to the bottom -of it; but now hope sprang up once more. If he could help Herbert Camp -to escape from the colonials, he felt that he’d have even more chance -than before to sound the plot, whatever its nature, to the bottom. - -Mistress Trout, the man Job, and all the other inn servants had been -greatly put about by the events of the last half hour. As the worst -seemed over, they had ventured into the public room and stood listening -with much attention to what was being said. The landlady at length took -courage; at first this found expression in low-voiced but acid comments -upon the proceedings; but when the officer turned to his men and gave -orders that the prisoners be removed, she broke out: - -“It is a disgrace and a shame, sir, that an inn that has been -respected for forty years must be invaded this way, and its guests -carried off like common thieves.” - -The officer favored her with no very friendly look. - -“Perhaps if your inn had not been respected for so long, mistress,” -said he, “things would be in a better way for us all. As for these,” -and he pointed to George and Herbert Camp, “perhaps common thieves -would be far less dangerous to the public good.” - -“How dare you hint that I would harbor such!” stormed Mistress Trout. -“How dare you, sir! Oh, things have come to a pretty pass, indeed, when -honest people must submit to insult from a parcel of upstarts!” - -“Hard words, landlady!” said the officer sternly. “You had better put -them in your pocket, for you are not so trusted as to be greatly in -favor. You are known to have given house-room to plotting king’s men -these many weeks back; indeed, there’s not been such another nest of -rascals in all the country round about--and that’s saying a great deal.” - -The angular Mistress Trout was about to reply, and Herbert Camp and -Peggy were being led from the room, when George Prentiss suddenly -slipped the belt from his arms. Like a flash he whipped up the four -loaded muskets and hurled them through a window at the back; and with -a bound he reached the door leading to the hall, flung aside the two -soldiers who had charge of Peggy and her brother, slapped the door in -their faces, slipped a bolt into place and went racing down the hall. -He drew the girl along with him, and young Camp was hard at his heels. - -In the light of the inn’s outside lamp he drew his hanger, of which -they had not deprived him, and slashed Herbert’s bonds away. - -“The horses!” he breathed; “it’s our only chance.” - -He had counted upon the horses of the remaining troopers being still -outside, and probably unguarded. And in this he was right; there stood -the troop in a line, the bridles cast loosely over the hitching-posts. -Lightly, George tossed Peggy upon the back of one of these, while -Herbert leaped upon another. The young New Englander was in the saddle -instantly, and casting loose the other horses, with shouts and blows, -sent them scattering down the road. - -All this only occupied a few moments; and those few moments the -soldiers wasted in endeavoring to force the door which George had -bolted in their faces. Their officer was the first to recover his wits, -and with excited shouts he drove them to the windows. Out they came, -leaping like so many jacks-in-the-box; but the escaping three were -already mounted, had given their nags rein and were speeding along the -dark road. In a fury the officer drew his pistol and snapped it; the -two soldiers followed his example with their muskets. But they were -empty, as George had guessed. - -And when they had rammed fresh charges home, the flying trio were -beyond range. Indeed the sound of the horses’ hoofs had almost died -away. - - - - -CHAPTER VIII - -TELLS HOW PEGGY GAVE A WARNING - - -The three horses proved to be hardy and fleet; and they seemed to see -almost perfectly in the dark. For almost a half hour they were kept at -a free gallop, then their riders, feeling them beginning to blow, drew -them down to a walk. - -Turning in his saddle, George listened, but there were no sounds of -pursuit, and he laughed. - -“I think our little plan carried very well,” said he. - -“Our plan!” It was Lieutenant Camp that spoke, and his voice contained -a note of protest. “Yours, you mean; and believe me, sir, the very -cleverest that I ever saw executed.” - -George laughed again. - -“You are giving me credit for a great deal that was purely chance,” -said he, lightly. “The bolt upon the door, for instance, and the fact -that the horses were not tied fast.” He turned to Peggy, who rode upon -the other side of him, and added: “The element of chance is the great -factor in most enterprises; don’t you think so?” - -She made some reply, but in a voice so low that he did not catch the -words. - -“We plan as carefully as we can, we weigh and calculate every -possibility that presents itself; and then when the time for action -arrives, some utterly unlooked-for thing happens that brings us victory -or defeat.” - -He paused, expecting her to make some reply to his philosophizing; -but she did not do so; steadily she sat her horse, and from the vague -outline that he had of her, he fancied that she was looking straight -ahead. Plainly, she desired no part in the conversation. They had kept -to the Kingsbridge Road, and now pressed south as soon as their horses -had recovered from their long gallop. Little was now said except upon -the part of the lieutenant; he talked eagerly and largely upon the -topics of interest to Loyalists. At another time George would have been -vastly interested in his remarks, but now he gave them small attention. - -Somehow the silence of the girl at his side piqued him; her manner was -a subtle irritation. He took exception to her attitude toward him; he -felt that a more friendly aspect was but his due. - -Mile after mile fell behind them; they passed the long bends in the -road that lay just opposite Hell Gate, and then into the straight -length near Horen’s Hook. However, they had reached the junction of the -Bloomingdale Road below Kip’s Bay before Peggy Camp spoke again. - -“Perhaps, Herbert,” she said to her brother, “we are presuming too much -upon this young gentleman’s good nature.” - -“What’s that?” and the lieutenant was plainly surprised. - -“He may have his own affairs to attend to,” she said. “And we should -not keep him from them.” - -“Oh, I say now,” protested Herbert, “that is just a trifle unfriendly, -Peggy. He is going to ride with us into town.” - -“It is just as Mistress Camp desires,” returned George, distantly, and -sitting very stiffly in his saddle. - -“It was a mere suggestion upon my part,” she said, and her voice was as -cold as his own. “I have no great interest either way.” - -Her brother brought his horse around until he gained her other side; -and from the way the animal reared, it was plain that its rider was -angry. - -“What in the world ails you to-night, Peg?” he demanded heatedly. “One -would think that you had been affronted. We all ride together to town. -There is some business to transact.” - -To this Peggy made no answer; but George, though he could make her -out but dimly, knew that she was riding on with head held high, and -he also felt sure that her eyes--if one could but have had a glimpse -of them--bore the proud look that he had seen in them more than once -before. - -When they reached the line of defenses that ran westward from Corlear’s -Hook, a voice challenged them out of the darkness. Lieutenant Camp -rode forward to answer; and no sooner had he vanished than George felt -Peggy’s horse press closer to his side. - -“Sir,” she said hurriedly, in a low voice, “I must beg of you not to -ride into town with us.” - -“I don’t understand,” said the young man. - -“It is plain that you do not,” she returned, “or you would not be so -willing to go.” - -He considered for a moment, his eyes trying to search her face. - -“Perhaps,” said he, “you could make it clear if you had the mind.” - -“It may be so,” she answered. “But I cannot do so. Even in warning you -so far I fear I am doing wrong. Nevertheless you have twice been of -service to me, and it’s only a poor return to tell you that you are in -danger.” - -“Danger!” He laughed a little. “In times like these, one is constantly -in danger.” - -“But not such danger as this.” He felt her hand touch his arm and noted -that it was trembling. “There are some dangers that a person of courage -can face and overcome. But this----” and her voice trailed away into an -unintelligible quaver. - -George was about to make answer when they heard the clup-clup of -horses’ hoofs and the voice of Lieutenant Camp calling: - -“All’s well. You may come forward.” - -The girl bent toward George imploringly. - -“For the last time! Will you be warned by me?” - -“I don’t understand,” he said. “And I would much prefer to go on. But -to do so would apparently worry you; and I have no desire to do that.” - -“Go now,” she said, eagerly. “Don’t stay. I will ride forward and -explain your disappearance as best I can.” - -He wheeled his horse and rode back along the road; pausing at a little -distance he heard the voice of Lieutenant Camp as he loudly gave the -countersign; and again as the lieutenant made an angry exclamation. For -a time George expected that the young officer would ride back in search -of him; but this did not happen, and in a short space he heard brother -and sister pass the sentries, and then all was silent. - -The girl’s meaning was shadowy and mysterious; he could not conceive, -even in part, what danger could threaten him in the city that did not -also threaten them. - -“Why, not so much, by far,” he told himself. But then in a moment came -another thought. “It is possible,” he reflected, “that she fancies her -brother’s known rank in the American army will serve to save him; and -that I, being a stranger, would fall under suspicion.” - -However, still another thought upset the preceding one. - -“She heard me, only yesterday, declaring that I bore dispatches from -Boston to General Putnam. That must have convinced her that I, too, am -fairly well known.” - -For some time he sat in the saddle pondering this puzzle but at last he -gave it up. - -“No matter what her meaning,” he told himself, cheerfully, “there has -been no harm in doing what she requested. It is not as though the -brother were unknown to me. I can pick him up at any time--to-morrow -perhaps--and resume the matter just where it was broken off to-night at -the inn.” - -Riding back some little distance he found a road that led westward and -brought him to Broadway; and then, after passing the guard, he made his -way to the “King’s Arms” and went quietly to bed. - - - - -CHAPTER IX - -IN WHICH GEORGE PRENTISS RECEIVES AN INVITATION - - -Next morning George Prentiss made his way to General Putnam’s -headquarters at the foot of Broadway; and, as he went, there was at -first some doubt in his mind as to the kind of a report he should make. - -He had undertaken readily enough the enterprise upon which he had -ridden the day before. The conspiring Tories were enemies to the cause -of liberty, and he felt no qualms in matching them in their own style -of work. But he had not reckoned on what had taken place. He had not -expected to find his cousin concerned in it. True, a soldier of the -colonies, who was so base as to betray the cause in order that he might -profit thereby, was infinitely worse than any Tory. - -“He should receive no mercy,” George told himself with indignation. -“And any one having the cause at heart should be only too glad to hunt -him out and see him punished.” - -But for all his realization of this, he felt no desire to pursue and -expose Herbert Camp. - -However, he knew which way his duty lay; and so he determinedly tramped -into headquarters and asked to see General Putnam. - -“Why,” cried the hearty old officer, “what now! I had no idea that I’d -see you for days.” Then noting an expression in the young man’s face -that was not easily read, he added: “Something has happened.” - -“Quite a deal has happened,” returned George, “and I thought it best -that I make a report to you at once.” - -“Out with it,” invited Putnam. “I can see that it is a matter of -interest; so lose no time.” - -Thereupon George related his adventures of the night before; not a -detail escaped the telling, and the general listened with the greatest -interest. - -“Why,” cried Putnam, when George had finally finished, “here’s a -surprising circumstance, indeed. And it would seem that the situation -is made to fit you as the coat upon your back. There is nothing for you -to do but to take up the scent that is plain before you; and within a -week, I warrant you, the solution of it all will be in your hands.” - -But George shook his head. - -“I’m afraid,” said he, slowly, “that I have no keenness for the work. I -felt bound in duty to report what I had seen and heard; but now I ask -to be relieved of the matter.” - -The general stared at him for a moment in wide amazement. Then the -habitually jolly look upon his face died out, and one of coldness -replaced it. - -“When once a soldier volunteers, it is considered that he is willing to -go on until he is directed to halt,” said he. - -George lifted his head proudly. - -“I, too, am perfectly willing to do that, general, if commanded. But -I felt that you were not only my officer but my friend; and that -if I told you there was something which made the duty personally -distasteful, you would release me from it.” - -General Putnam regarded him earnestly for a moment; his face gradually -softened. - -“You are right, my lad,” spoke he, “I am your friend. This duty, which -you have so far carried out smoothly and well, shows itself to be of -great importance; and it would be well for us if you could continue it. -To be sure, we could arrest young Camp and the merchant Dana at once -if need be; but there is still little or no convincing evidence, and -a thousand loopholes by which they might escape. The proof necessary -could be best secured by you; but if you feel a real repulsion to the -work--one that you cannot readily overcome--you may have your wish.” - -“Thank you,” said George. “Anything else, general, and you may command -me to any length; but not in this.” - -Again the general studied him; and then a light crossed his face. - -“I think I see,” he said. “This young officer Camp--and his sister--are -somehow responsible for your change of front.” - -“Yes,” replied George. “They are my cousins--son and daughter of my -mother’s sister.” - -“I see, I see. And your desire to have no further hand in the thing -is perfectly natural. Ah, well, well--the world is a queer place, -indeed--a jumble of causes and desires--of hopes and dreads. But,” with -a wave of the hand, “that will be all now. I will replace you in this; -however, keep in touch with me--there may be something else in which -you may prove more ready.” - -Again George saluted; and as he left headquarters he encountered Major -Hyde upon the sidewalk. Henderson bore him company; and from the -attitude of the two they were awaiting him. - -“Well met, sir,” spoke Henderson with a friendly wave of the hand. - -“This is my crony, Captain Henderson of Lowney’s City troops,” said -Major Hyde, indicating the fop. - -“I have met the gentleman before,” answered George, coldly. - -Hyde laughed, and exhibited more geniality of manner than George would -have given him credit for. - -“Oh, come now,” said he. “Don’t bear any hard feelings. Give us both a -hand, and let us make a fresh beginning.” - -“’Pon my soul!” ejaculated the dragoon. “I no more took you the other -day for what you are, than I’d have taken you for the man in the moon.” -He grasped the young New Englander’s reluctant hand and shook it -effusively. “I’m delighted to meet you.” - -Hyde also shook his hand, but with more moderation. - -“General Putnam gave us some hint of your service,” said he, “and I beg -your pardon for any shortness of manner that I may have used toward -you. You see, every day there are persons introducing themselves at -headquarters who have nothing but presumption to back them up.” - -“And,” said George, nettled, “you took me for one of those, then. Why, -thank you,” with a bow; “it was extremely good of you.” - -Hyde laughed and clapped him upon the back. - -George resented the slap upon the back; he was not the sort who took -kindly to any form of familiarity upon short acquaintance. But these -men were enlisted in the same cause; and he felt it his place to be on -a good footing with them. So the only way his anger manifested itself -was in his stepping out of reach of both, and drawing himself stiffly -erect. - -But Hyde did not appear to notice his manner. “You are quartered at the -‘King’s Arms’ still, I think,” said he. - -George nodded. - -“It’s a very good place, as such places go,” said Hyde. “But it is apt -to stale after a little time spent in it.” He regarded the young New -Englander in a most kindly fashion. “Do you intend making any stay in -New York?” - -“My orders were to put myself under the directions of General Putnam -until such time as the commander-in-chief arrived.” - -Hyde seemed quite delighted at this. As for Henderson, he slapped his -thigh. - -“Now, there is luck!” cried he. “I told you, major, that something of -the kind must be so. And he’ll be just the fellow for us.” - -But Major Hyde motioned for him to be quiet. - -“Don’t be quite so ready,” said he. “Perhaps Mr. Prentiss has plans of -his own.” - -He then turned to George once more. - -“You see,” said he, “some of us have grown tired of tavern fare and -tavern company; and we have engaged a house in Wall Street, ready -furnished and with a black fellow as cook----” - -“And such talent!” interrupted the young dragoon, who evidently loved -fine food almost as well as he did fine clothes. “Never was there such -a cook before. In his hands even so common an article as a joint of -beef becomes a thing almost ethereal.” - -“I will not go quite so far as that,” laughed the major, “but I will -say that we are circumstanced most comfortably. There are four of us, -and there is room for one more. Henderson and I have discussed the -matter and made up our minds that we owe you something to make amends -for a rather boorish greeting the other day. We’d be pleased to have -you join us in this venture, and can assure you of greater convenience -than you’ll get at an inn.” - -But George shook his head. - -“It will be but a few days, now,” said he, “before the main body of the -army arrives; and my employment will then be such that I’ll not know -from one day to another where I shall be. Another thing, I have some -close friends with the Massachusetts troops; and shall quarter with -them at such times as I shall be disengaged.” - -“Oh, see here now,” said the foppish dragoon, “this is most unforgiving -of you, ’pon my soul it is.” - -“I’m very sorry,” said Hyde, whose disappointment was better tempered, -but equally keen. “We had all but counted upon you.” He studied George -for a moment, and then added: “But you can come and dine with us now -and then, can you not? We shall be pleased to see you at any time.” - -At any other time George might have consented to accept their -hospitality out of sheer good nature. But now he somehow instinctively -drew back. It may have been that his first impression of the two men -was still strong upon him; or it may have been something else. He did -not, however, pause to work it out; but with a bow and a polite wave of -the hand, he said: - -“You are very kind. Some other time, perhaps; but not to-night.” - -And with that he swung along up Broadway, leaving them standing gazing -after him. - - - - -CHAPTER X - -SHOWS HOW WASHINGTON CAME TO NEW YORK - - -When George Prentiss told Major Hyde and Captain Henderson that he -would remain in New York until Washington arrived with the army from -Boston, he had not reckoned with the uncertainties of the service. - -That very evening he was called upon to board a swift-sailing ship to -New London, there to deliver certain important writings to the officer -in command of that division of the army which was expected to have -already reached that point. This duty the young New Englander performed -with the promptness native to him; and, under orders of the authorities -at New London, he rode with other dispatches to Washington at Norwich. - -As he dismounted from his horse before the commander-in-chief’s -headquarters, he was greeted with a hearty: - -“What! do we see you again, old chap? We thought we’d lost you for a -week or more.” - -The speaker was a stalwart young man in a continental uniform; and -beside him stood another, sleek and pippin-faced and with a friendly -smile. - -“The leaders of this army,” laughed the latter, “seem to know an -accomplished dispatch bearer when they see one. It speaks well for -their discernment.” - -George shook them both heartily by the hand. - -“I had not expected to see you, either. I had heard,” to the stalwart -one, “that you’d been sent off on a recruiting expedition through the -Massachusetts towns.” - -Nat Brewster nodded gravely. - -“I returned only yesterday. And we had but little success. Now that -their own homes are not threatened, the people seem to be losing -interest in the struggle.” - -The round-faced youth smiled widely at this. - -“If they don’t come forward,” said he, “they’ll find themselves worse -off than before. The British are swarming over seas, I’ve heard. The -stories of the mess-rooms have the Atlantic black with frigates and -three-deckers of the line.” - -“It’s very likely not as bad as Ben paints it,” said young Brewster, -“but at the same time there is good cause for alarm. Nothing is known -of the expedition that sailed from Boston under Sir Henry Clinton -before the evacuation. It’s a formidable force, capable of striking a -crippling blow; and then the army under Howe must be hovering somewhere -within easy sailing distance. To meet this and the forces which the -ministers at London must now be fitting out against us, General -Washington must greatly increase his force.” - -“Night and day he’s at it,” said Ben Cooper, in high admiration; “you -never saw such a man to work. But the recruits come in like snails. -They somehow seem to dread to leave their own states. Just as though,” -in disgust, “there were any more danger upon one side of a boundary -line than there is on another.” - -After George had delivered his dispatches and dined, his brother Ezra, -more astonishingly his counterpart than ever before, broke in upon him -tumultuously. And after they had exchanged experiences, George related -his queer encounters with Herbert Camp and his sister in New York. - -“A traitor,” said Ezra, aghast. - -“There can be no doubt about it,” said George. “A traitor, bought by -the prospects of the old man’s fortune.” - -They sat for a long time in silence; then Ezra laid his hand upon his -brother’s arm. - -“I am glad,” said he, “that you asked General Putnam’s permission to -withdraw. Herbert Camp will be taken in the end, but neither you nor I -must have a hand in it.” - -George was next day assigned, together with his brother and two -friends, to service under General Knox in transporting the artillery, -and in this work he labored for some days until the heavy guns of -Washington’s force were safely stowed in the vessels that were to carry -them to New York. - -It was on April 13th that Washington finally reached New York City. The -populace were thick in the streets and received him with thunderous -cheers. Guns were fired, though the ammunition could be ill spared, and -a medley of colonial flags fluttered in the breeze. - -As it happened, Tryon, the British governor, had just arrived in the -“Asia,” a huge ship of the line, to replace Colden once more. Mounting -the ramparts of the fort he noted the tumult of color and the seething -sea of citizens. - -“What,” cried he, to those of his staff who bore him company, “I did -not know that I had grown so popular with the townsfolk.” - -“The rebel leader, Mr. Washington, has just reached the city, Your -Excellency,” said some one; “and I fear that it is he whom they are -welcoming.” - -Tryon’s face darkened. “Ah,” sneered he, “is it so? Well, we will -shortly see how they will welcome the cannon shots that I’ll send about -their ears. I doubt if they will then be so overjoyed.” - -George Prentiss heard this from the lips of the young ensign who had -shown him the way to General Putnam’s headquarters a few weeks before. -This young man’s name was Noel, and George, in his few meetings with -him, had found him to be a student of the times and of the conspicuous -figures therein. - -“Quite a setback for old Tryon,” laughed young Noel. “Must have jarred -him quite a bit, I’ll warrant you. But the conceit of the wretch, to -think that any community would take a step out of its way to cheer him. -What else but an uprising could Lord North and the rest of the king’s -ministers expect, when they appoint such as he to rule the province?” - -“I have heard very little of him,” said George, “except that he is a -tyrant.” - -“Some ten years ago,” said the ensign Noel, “he was made governor of -North Carolina, vice Dobbs deceased. He built a palace at Newberne and -gave entertainments that were the talk of the province. And to pay for -all this the taxes went up by leaps and bounds; his administration was -one black history of crime and extortion; and at last the ‘Regulator’ -movement began that ended in his being withdrawn.” - -“And not being good enough for North Carolina, they saddled him upon -New York,” smiled young Prentiss. - -“Precisely. But he’s not for long.” - -A number of young militiamen were gathered upon the Parade at the time, -and one in the group remarked to George: - -“I met your friends Brewster and Cooper to-day. And afterward, some of -the Massachusetts men fell to talking of them. Very remarkable young -men, I should say.” - -“They have seen their share of service,” replied George. “Brewster is -from the Wyoming region, and Cooper is his cousin, a Philadelphian. -They both got into Boston before the Lexington fight, and there has -been little of consequence since that time that they have not had a -hand in.” - -“I hope,” said Ensign Noel, “that we have as much chance in New York as -you fellows about Boston have had. So far there has been little or no -opportunity for anything but hard work. Of course the fortifications -and the planting of batteries are necessary things; but there is little -credit in the work save for engineer officers.” - -“You’ll get your fill of fighting, Noel, before you are many months -older, or I’m greatly mistaken,” spoke another of the party. “And -you’ll not be sorry, either, that some effort was made in the way -of fortifications. We may need every scrap of strength that we can -muster.” - -The defenses planned by Lee had been for the most part completed, -some by himself, others by Lord Sterling and General Putnam; and the -remainder began to rise like magic under the hand of Washington. - -These were the days of great perplexities for the commander-in-chief. -New York had now become the grand magazine of the colonies. He had few -men to defend it against the weighty force that England was expected -to send. Terms of enlistment were about expiring for a great part of -the troops that had been brought from Boston; day by day the army was -growing less, and yet call after call came to him for reinforcements -for the desperately circumstanced force in Canada. - -Some weeks after his assuming command of New York, Washington set out -for Philadelphia to consult with Congress with regard to the passage of -an act that would increase the army in a more permanent way; for he now -realized that the transient enlistment of militia would never supply -sufficient power to effect real progress against a disciplined enemy. - -Meanwhile George Prentiss, who was attached to headquarters, had rather -an idle time of it so far as regular service went. He did not waste -his days, however; each afternoon he rode out and inspected the roads -and outlying defenses; also he made pencil sketches of points which he -fancied would be of value, and topographical maps of both Manhattan and -Long Island for miles around. This sort of work came naturally to him; -more than once his officers had complimented him upon his facility, and -found its product of considerable value. - -One evening toward the end of May he rode into the city with a bundle -of sketches in his saddle-bag; he had been in the district about -Kingsbridge, but had made his way back by the roads along the East -River. Riding along Queen Street he had all but reached the junction -of Crown when he espied a little party that crossed just ahead of him. -There was something familiar about them, so touching his horse with the -spur he turned into Crown Street after them. - -There was a corpulent old gentleman upon a broad-backed Flemish mare; -there was a spare old gentleman upon a rangy looking cob; and there -was a girl upon a chestnut which champed its bit and seemed to disdain -the ground. He had not gone more than a dozen yards into Crown Street -before he recognized those ahead of him. They were Merchant Camp, his -partner, Mr. Dana--and Peggy. - -Before a wide fronted brick house, not more than a dozen yards east of -William Street, the party halted. It was undoubtedly old Camp’s city -residence, for at his call, a couple of stout serving men hastened out -and assisted the three to dismount. The stout old merchant gallantly -led Peggy up the steps, while Dana halted along behind them. - -Somehow, after this, George found much to interest him in that part -of the city. The flower gardens, just beginning to bloom, were full -of attraction; the quaint old Dutch houses were rich in lore of times -past; he found odd, loitering fellows who could and would talk of their -neighbors; also craftsmen who were not in the least averse to an honest -gossip while they plied their trades. - -An old basket weaver, who sat in the sun which slanted in at his -doorway while he contrived articles of reed and cane, had lived and -worked there for forty years. - -“Things were different when I first came,” said he to George, and -he shook his white head in recollection of times past. “I was young -then--not yet thirty--work was plenty and times were quieter. Good, -God-fearing folk there was then--folk that had need of more baskets and -less powder and ball. Then people were glad to be able to do each other -a favor; now nothing will do them but that they’ll cut one another’s -throats.” - -“Times and people are always changing,” said George, agreeably. “But -riches change folk more than anything else, perhaps,” he philosophized. -“There’s your neighbor Camp, the merchant. He’s altered greatly in -forty years, I’ll warrant you.” - -“Why, not so much as you’d think,” said the basket maker. “Except for -the fact that he prefers to live far away in the country and gives but -little of his time to his trade or his ships, he’s much the same as -he’s always been.” - -George laughed. - -“His hard and fast manner did not come with age, then?” remarked he. -“As a young man he must have been a most forcible character.” - -The old basket weaver nodded. “Always just the same in temper,” said -he. “Just as you see him to-day. If a thing didn’t please him, he’d -storm like a fury. But he was always good-hearted and honest; I’ll say -that for him, Tory as he is.” - -“It’s an odd thing--or so I’ve thought sometimes--that a man’s kin are -so seldom like him.” - -“That’s a true saying,” agreed the basket weaver, as he worked away -industriously in the sunshine. “A very true saying, young sir. And -perhaps it is even oftener the case than you’d think. In the matter of -Merchant Camp, there are few that belong to him that have any but a -trace of his quality. Miss Peggy is more like him than any one else. -She has his pride in full and a rare bit of his peppery temper. But her -brother is a surly young dog. He’s a patriot, of course,” and the old -man grimaced, “but his deeds in that way will never break him down.” - -“What do you mean?” asked George. - -“Why, he went into the army when General Lee came, and strutted with -the best of them. But now that there is a chance of employment against -the enemy, he’s given up his commission--resigned, they tell me.” - -This was news to George. True, he had seen nothing of Herbert Camp -since his return to New York; and he had made no inquiries, thinking -it best, for one reason and another, to put the whole episode of the -“Wheat Sheaf” behind him. - -“Of course, a man has a proper right to do as he will,” observed the -basket maker, wagging his head. “He had his reasons, they say. However, -the matter stands as I have put it. And since his giving up the army, -little is seen of him; once or twice I’ve noted him pass my door, and -his head was hanging like a dog’s that had been caught harrying a -rabbit out of season.” - -When George left the basket maker, he rode along Crown Street and -passed the Camp mansion at a canter. By chance he lifted his eyes to -one of the windows; there stood his cousin Peggy, an arm upraised, -holding back the curtains; and as their glances met, she quickly let -the curtain fall. - -But that one look told him more eloquently than words could have done -that Peggy’s mind was not at rest; there was a look of fear in her -eyes; her expression was intent and anxious. - -And so, day by day, as his affairs took him through Crown Street, he -never failed to look up at the window; but not once again did he catch -sight of her. - - - - -CHAPTER XI - -IN WHICH GEORGE PRENTISS MAKES A SUDDEN RESOLUTION - - -In the meantime Washington had returned to New York. Knowing that if -the British ventured against the town, they would at once attempt -to seize the navigation of the Hudson, he redoubled his efforts to -strengthen the defenses of that important river. Upon his ability to -hold this depended the possible safety of the entire province. - -Fort Montgomery was planted at the lower part of the Highlands on a -tall bluff north of Dunderberg. Here the river was a mile wide, and -just opposite was the promontory called Anthony’s Nose, hundreds of -feet high and accessible only to goats and men expert in climbing. From -this a body of riflemen might sweep a vessel’s decks. - -Fort Constitution was some miles higher up and built upon an island. -The former fort was garrisoned by about two hundred and fifty of -Clinton’s regiment and Wisner’s minutemen; the latter had about half -as many drawn from the same source, and all were about half armed and -badly equipped. Colonel James Clinton was in command of both posts. - -Breastworks were thrown up for the defense of Kingsbridge and another -work commanded Spuyten Duyvil Creek. A strong work to crown a rocky -height some few miles below the bridge was also planned; this was to -be called Fort Washington, and it would command the channels of the -Hudson; also, redoubts were to be built on the banks at Jeffreys Point. - -While these efforts were being made along the Hudson, Brooklyn was not -neglected. Here the talent of General Greene was manifested; and in -many other places works were thrown up, batteries planted and redoubts -built. - -And it would seem they were none too soon; for the rumors as to the -coming of a heavy British armament were growing thicker and thicker; -some had it that the bay would be full of war-ships before a fortnight -had passed. - -Governor Tryon had long before given up the attempt to rule the -province from the point of Manhattan Island; so he undertook the much -more difficult task of transacting its affairs from the after cabin -of the “Asia,” which was anchored in the bay. He was in constant -communication with the king’s men of Long Island; plot upon plot was -hatched upon the ship of the line; some of them carried, some were -thwarted, but only one made a great noise and scurrying. - -One afternoon George was riding from Washington’s headquarters at -Richmond Hill; along a winding path which led through Lispenard’s -meadows raced his friends Brewster and Cooper upon horses white with -foam. - -He hurriedly drew his mount aside, for they never slowed their pace, -and as they flashed by he saw Nat Brewster wave his hand for him to -follow. At once he wheeled and plunged along after them. At Richmond -Hill the two dismounted, and had already been admitted when George rode -up; their panting mounts were being led to and fro by an attendant; -little groups of officers stood about, conversing in low tones. - -George slipped out of his saddle and waited; it was perhaps a quarter -of an hour later that young Cooper, his round face running beads of -perspiration and his eyes lit with excitement, threw open the door and -came hastily out. He carried a paper sealed with a great splash of red -wax; and his glance went quickly about until it rested upon George. -Instantly he approached him. - -“Nat said he saw you,” stated the chubby-faced youth, excitedly, “and -that you followed us. And it’s lucky you did, for there’s plenty for -you to do, old fellow.” He held up the dispatch. “This is for General -Sterling.” He passed the sealed paper to George. “Make all speed. Nat -and I and some others are going to carry the alarm to Harlem and the -posts on the way.” - -“Alarm!” repeated young Prentiss in surprise. Ben took a step nearer. - -“A conspiracy! Brewster was put upon it as soon as he reached New York, -and he just got to the bottom of it this afternoon.” Here a voice -called his name from one of the windows of the mansion. “I must go,” -said he, hurriedly. “Ride hard, for moments are precious.” - -As Ben darted away into the house, George threw himself into the -saddle; giving his horse rein, he galloped off toward the city. General -Lord Sterling was not to be found in his quarters in Broadway; but at -the “King’s Arms” George discovered him engaged with a dish of mutton -chops. - -“How now?” said the grave-faced soldier, looking up in surprise. “You -seem quite breathless.” - -“Important news, general,” said the young man, handing him the -dispatches. - -Neglectful of the smoking chops, Lord Sterling broke the seal and ran -his eyes over the lines of writing. His hand struck the table and the -dishes leaped under the impact. - -“Done!” exclaimed he. “Done at last! Now, my fine fellows,” folding up -the paper and stowing it in the breast of his uniform coat, “let me see -you escape the net we’ll spread for you.” - -[Illustration: _LORD STERLING BROKE THE SEAL_] - -Vigorously he began cutting at his meat, but in a moment he dropped -both knife and fork, and said to George: - -“Putnam has hinted to me that you have had a chance to hunt out this -very matter some time ago, but that for private reasons you gave it up.” - -George bowed, but said nothing. - -“Well, it seems to have made no difference. Young Brewster has handled -the thing most cleverly. And nothing but the severest blows would -do the rascals,” continued Sterling. “They aspire to blowing up our -important magazines, and not content with that, they must needs have -the life of the commander-in-chief.” - -“May I ask, general, what names have been mentioned?” - -The thought which George had been trying to stifle all the way into the -city had finally found expression. - -“A sergeant named Hickey is deep in it. You have seen him, perhaps.” - -“Frequently. He was a deserter from the British, I think, and was used -to drill our men.” - -“That is the very fellow. More than likely his desertion was a blind; -he was probably sent to take service with us so that he could try his -hand at corrupting our soldiers, as he has been doing.” - -“Are there any others?” - -“David Matthews, Tory mayor of the city, has been distributing money -to enlist men and purchase arms. A number of General Washington’s -body-guard is mentioned and will be seized as soon as the word is -given.” - -Lord Sterling paused for a moment, and then continued: - -“There is still another person suspected. However, he has been very -careful and little has been found against him. And he is, perhaps, more -to be feared than any of the others.” - -“Has his name ever been upon our list of officers?” asked George, and -his voice sounded strangely in his own ears. - -The general looked at him in surprise. - -“I had not thought you had gone so far into the matter,” said he. “And -while I can mention no names, it is very likely the person you have in -mind.” - -That night, at the place where they had quartered, George had a brief -talk with Nat Brewster, who had just ridden in from the Highlands, and -was eating a hasty supper. - -“I will give you the details later,” said Nat, “but the main facts are -these: I intercepted some letters passing between Mayor Matthews at his -place in Flatbush, and Governor Tryon on board the ‘Asia’; and in this -way secured the vital facts.” - -“I see.” - -“I never saw any documents richer in facts. They were full of allusions -which proved most valuable to me. I recall one in particular which put -me on a surprising scent. It said: ‘Don’t hesitate to trust the young -man I spoke of to the full. He is a nephew of Camp’s, and as he has -proven trustworthy in the past, will no doubt continue to be so in the -future.’” - -“Is it known when they will be arrested?” - -“The present home of Mayor Matthews is no great distance from General -Greene’s camp on Long Island. His house is to be surrounded to-night, -and he is to be taken. We expect to arrest the other actors in the -conspiracy, also, to-night. They are to meet at Corbie’s tavern, which -lies just to the west of Bayard’s woods; perhaps we’ll have the good -fortune to capture them in a body.” - -Nat had time to tell but little more; for instantly upon finishing his -meal, he ran out and mounted a fresh horse, which had been saddled for -him, and rode off toward Richmond Hill. - -For some time after he had gone, George sat upon a bench at an open -window and stared out at the June night. The boy’s mind was full of -vague trouble; there was something that stirred him strangely. Dully, -he realized that it all concerned the prospective arrest of young Camp. - -“But he is a traitor,” he told himself. “He deliberately broke his -solemn oath to the colonies that he might be enriched with his uncle’s -money. He is my cousin, but that he is to be shamed and made to suffer -is just and right.” - -But then there was Peggy. She had loved her brother and she no doubt -continued to love him; she would also suffer, keenly, bitterly, -pitifully. George realized that to the full. - -“Girls always grieve and break their hearts over a weakling who has -done evil and is made to pay,” he muttered, as he clasped his knees and -stared out into the darkness. “And the nearer and dearer the criminal -is to them, the greater the grief.” - -That Herbert Camp was near and dear to his sister had been made evident. - -“Did she not ride after him on that night at the ‘Wheat Sheaf,’” he -said, “fearing that he would come to harm? And since then what has she -not suffered, perhaps, because of him--in forebodings, in fear that -he would be found out? For all I know, she has ridden after him more -than once since, in the hope of safeguarding him. It may be that even -to-night----” - -Like a flash he was upon his feet. - -“Peter!” he called, sharply. “Peter.” - -A thick-set fellow, showing his Dutch descent plainly, lumbered into -the room. - -“Did you call?” he inquired, stolidly. - -“My horse--put the saddle on him as quickly as you can and bring him -around to the door.” - -Grumbling to himself, Peter quitted the apartment. George adjusted his -shoulder belt with its steel hilted hanger; also, he looked sharply to -the priming of a pistol which he stuck into his belt; then he paced the -floor, waiting for his mount. - -The horse’s iron shoes rang upon the stones; and in a few moments -George was in the saddle once more and headed away toward Bayard’s -woods. - - - - -CHAPTER XII - -TELLS HOW TWO PEOPLE PEERED THROUGH THE WINDOW OF THE OLD MILL - - -The night was without moon or stars, but the low, coppery sky made -things distinguishable, and the horse ridden by George Prentiss had no -difficulty in maintaining a steady lope. - -Once outside the city proper, the rider struck across the meadows, -knowing that Bayard’s woods were no great distance from Washington’s -headquarters. Entering a path that skirted the wood, he pushed along -until he saw the glow of lights through a growth of heavy trees. - -“That will be the tavern,” said George. “For none but a public house -would have so many candles burning.” - -Quietly he rode forward; suddenly his horse snorted and reared; only a -good seat and a firm hand saved the young New Englander from a fall. -His keen eyes, by this time well accustomed to the semi-darkness, saw -a dark shadow flit across his path. - -“Hello,” he called, and his right hand clutched the pistol butt, “take -care, there.” - -The unknown made no answer; and the rustling of the thick, spring -growth showed that no pause was made. George held in his nervous horse, -his eyes searching his surroundings as best they could. But the shadow -had disappeared into the thicker ones beyond, and all was silence. - -The lad did not waste any time in search, but speaking to his mount, -headed toward the lights of the tavern. Upon the side by which he -approached, the land lay low; then the path ascended a knoll, and upon -the top of this was a building. - -When he had gained the summit of the rise, George recognized that the -building was a mill; its solid outline and broken wings showed it to -be, perhaps, still another reminder of the Dutch who had held the land -in years gone by. - -Here the young New Englander dismounted and tied his horse. - -He had taken to the path once more and had gone but half a dozen -yards, when he suddenly came to a stand. Listening intently, he caught -the scuff-scuff of advancing footsteps. Straining his eyes, he dimly -made out two figures, arm in arm, and approaching with great caution. - -Instinctively young Prentiss shrank back into the shadow of the mill -wall; then he waited until the two came up. They were almost abreast of -him when they paused. - -“This is the place,” spoke one, in a voice strange to the listener. “We -can talk inside here without danger of being observed or overheard. -Many’s the time I’ve transacted risky business here.” - -Once more they advanced, apparently directly toward the lurking figure -against the wall; a hand was outstretched, so it seemed to George, to -grasp him; but in reality it was to open a door close beside him. The -rusty hinges creaked and complained querulously; then the two passed -into the mill and the door closed after them. - -George waited for a few moments, then he stole to the door. With his -ear close against it, he detected the clink of a steel against flint, -then through the long seams that now showed between the warped boards -of the door he caught the gleam of the spark. - -“They’ve lighted a candle,” he murmured to himself. - -There was a window some dozen feet above the ground; and he was gazing -up at it speculatively when he noticed the shoots of a sturdy vine -playing back and forth in the square of light. - -Carefully he took hold of this and began to draw himself upward; inch -by inch he ascended until finally his head rose above the level of the -window. Securing a good foot-hold in a tough fork of the stem, George -settled himself to observe what was before him. The room was a fairly -large one, having once upon a time been used for a storeroom by the -miller for his grist. A candle end sputtered fitfully upon the head -of an upturned cask; and beside it sat two figures engaged in earnest -conversation. - -Looking down at them as he was, George had no very plain view of their -faces; but their words came distinctly enough to his ears. - -“I wish,” spoke the voice which he had heard a few minutes before, “I -had known of your willingness some time ago. You would have been very -useful.” - -“I may still be so,” replied the second person, and young Prentiss -started and barely managed to choke back the exclamation that arose to -his lips. The speaker was Herbert Camp! - -“No,” said the first man. “Our plans are now complete. Nothing remains -but to await the moment when the signal is given.” - -“And when will that be?” inquired Camp. - -“How am I to answer that?” said the other man. “I know very little of -anything except the danger.” - -“They don’t tell you the important things, then?” - -“Only those that they must. There are men among them that are not -half--no, not a tenth as much concerned as I am; and yet they have the -details at their fingers’ ends.” - -“It would seem to me that you are not well treated, Hickey,” said -Herbert Camp. - -In the uncertain candle-light George now recognized the uniform of -Washington’s guard which the second man was wearing; he had seen the -British deserter only a few times, but, now that he was called to mind, -the watching youth had no doubt that this was he. - -“Did you, or anybody else, ever hear of Tryon treating those that serve -him decently?” demanded Hickey. “He’s one of the sort that squeeze you -dry--and then drop you. But,” he went on, “when he’s made up his mind -to drop me, my pockets will be well lined, for if he does not give me -his confidence, he does give me his money.” Once more the deserter -laughed. - -What answer Herbert made, young Prentiss did not hear; but in a moment -the other began speaking again. - -“When old Dana recommended you to me, I naturally had my doubts. ‘Is -he to be trusted?’ asks I. ‘As you’d trust yourself,’ says he. ‘Are -you sure of that?’ says I. ‘As sure as I am of anything,’ says he. ‘It -means sixty thousand pounds to him in ready money, real property and -some of the finest ships that sail the sea. Oh, yes, you can trust him -to any length; he’ll not miss a fortune like that,’ says he.” - -“No more would any man,” answered Herbert Camp. - -The remainder of the reply was lost to George; for at the moment Camp -began speaking, a sound outside the mill came to the ears of the young -New Englander. He drew his head down out of the lighted square of the -window and listened. But nothing followed. - -“It must have been the horse stamping,” was George’s thought, after a -few moments. He was about to resume his former position when he caught -the soft fall of feet almost directly below him; and while he crouched -low, listening, he felt the vine shaking as though under an inquiring -hand. - -“Some one is coming up,” he breathed. And, sure enough, the stout vine -shook and strained under an additional weight; slowly and with much -more difficulty than he had had, George felt the unknown ascend. For a -moment he fancied that he had been discovered and that the newcomer was -swarming up the vine to seize upon him. His hand went to the pistol in -the belt, and he awaited the first hostile word or touch to draw it for -use. - -The window was rather a large one, and the point that George had -gained, through pure chance, was to the extreme left of it. And now it -also chanced that the newcomer scaled to the right; in the darkness a -head came even with the young man, and, indeed, passed him. - -With his feet, knees and left hand holding to the thick stem of the -vine, George hung, clutching the pistol butt and awaiting the moment to -act. But, so it seemed, the stranger had more interest within the mill -than without, for the head went cautiously above the window’s edge, -the dim yellow rays fell upon the face, and with a sharp gasp, George -recognized Peggy Camp! - - - - -CHAPTER XIII - -IN WHICH PEGGY CAMP SHOWS HER COURAGE - - -For a moment, George Prentiss was so startled that he almost slipped -his hold on the vine. But apparently Peggy took no notice, her interest -in the two in the room below was so great; the dim rays of the candle -were reflected in her eager eyes. - -Though George, owing to his position, could not see the deserter and -his companion, their voices were so pitched that he had no difficulty -in hearing their conversation. - -“The cause of the colonies attracted me,” he caught from young Camp. -“It was the romance of it, no doubt; and partly it was the spirit of -rebellion that every young man feels against the powers that be. But -when my uncle made it so plain to me that it was against my interest to -continue as a colonial officer, why, I did not hesitate an instant.” - -A fist struck the cask head and the flickering candle leaped and almost -went out. - -“Now that is what I call reason, well spoken,” declared Hickey. - -“Mr. Dana must have told you my opinions of these things,” said young -Camp, “so there is no need of my repeating them. My object in coming -here to-night was to offer my services in any way that you might be -able to use me.” - -“As to that,” replied the other, “I don’t know. There are others -to be considered beside myself, you see. But,” here his voice fell -into a much lower key and finally trailed off into a soft whispering -which continued for some time. Then Herbert Camp was heard to say, -emphatically: - -“If you will do that it is all that I can ask in reason. Come,” and the -pushing back of stools told that the two had risen, “let us go at once. -I believe in making haste in things of this sort, for the opportunity -does not always last.” - -There was a low-voiced reply from the deserter; then the light went -out and the dimly illumined square of the window vanished. Once more -the neglected hinges creaked, then the door closed, and footsteps went -stumbling away toward the tavern. - -And now Peggy Camp began to descend the vine; in reaching out to take a -fresh hold, she slipped and would probably have fallen had not a firm -hand caught and held her. A frightened little cry came to her lips; but -a voice, almost in her ear, said: - -“Don’t be alarmed; I am a friend.” - -But the words were unheeded; the terror of a presence so near to -her and so unsuspected overcame all else; she swung herself down to -the ground with the celerity of fear, and George, when he had also -descended, found her gone. For a moment he stood trying to pierce the -gloom in all directions; then a now familiar sound came to him--the -rasping, complaining squeak of neglected hinges. A few steps brought -him to the door through which he had first seen the candle-light; -slipping within, he closed it behind him. - -“Once more,” said he, calmly, “I ask you not to be alarmed. You have no -occasion for it.” With the deftness that comes of experience he kindled -a blaze; the candle end was still in its place upon the upturned cask, -and lighting this, he looked about him. - -Peggy stood a dozen feet away, her eyes fixed steadily upon him; the -tilt of her chin and the proud pose of her young body told as plainly -as words could have done that though she might be well-nigh sick with -terror, still she would not show it. George regarded her for a moment -or two in silence; then he said: - -“I fancied that I would find you here.” - -“And I,” flashed she, “was sure that you would be at no great distance.” - -There was something in her manner and voice that affected him -unpleasantly; he felt his face flush hotly. - -“Oh, indeed!” was all that he could find to say in return. “And may I -ask why?” - -“Because,” said Peggy, coldly, “there are underhand things being -planned.” - -“It so happens, now and then,” said he at last, and rather lamely, -“that one is forced to contend with such conditions.” - -“Forced!” Her eyes flashed scornfully as she caught the word up. “It -seems, sir, that you are a trifle disingenuous. Your choice is free in -the matter, I should think.” - -He snuffed the long wick of the candle with his fingers; in the -heightened light he looked at her with attention. And as he looked, his -wits slowly returned. He resented the scorn so plain in her dark eyes; -his anger grew at the contempt written so straightforwardly in her face. - -“Here I am,” was his thought, “and for no other purpose in the world -but that she may be kept from danger; and she goes out of her way to -treat me as though I were some scurvy rascal.” - -Then, aloud, he said: - -“That I chose to be abroad upon another night, as you will perhaps -recall, served certain people well. Who knows but that another such -occasion might now arise; for, unless I am mistaken, the conditions are -much alike.” - -He heard her breath intaken sharply at this; and when she answered, her -voice shook a little. - -“I don’t think I quite understand,” she said. - -“Do you mean that you don’t understand what happened at that other -time, or what may happen to-night?” - -“As to that other night,” she said, “I was puzzled at first. But later, -I came to understand. I saw that the matter had not gone far enough -to serve your purpose, and you desired to learn more than you knew. -Then,” and she flashed him a look of contempt, “they might seize upon -my brother and welcome.” - -He made no reply, though she paused for one. After a moment she -proceeded, but in an altered tone. - -“But you spoke of to-night. What did you mean?” - -“I said that the conditions are not unlike. Your brother is here, in -secret; and you have followed him--also in secret.” - -“And the rest----?” eagerly. - -He shrugged his shoulders, and his gigantic shadow mimicked him much as -Hickey’s had done a little while before. - -“As to that,” said he, “I would not venture to prophesy.” - -“I do not require you to do that,” she said. “I merely ask you to -tell what you know.” She came a step nearer to him and her head bent -forward, as she continued: “That night at the ‘Wheat Sheaf’ a party of -colonial soldiers showed themselves. Will it be the same to-night?” - -He hesitated; like lightning she seized upon this as an answer. - -“It will,” she cried. “You have seen to that. Such as you are always to -be depended upon to arrange their traps cleverly.” - -Her eyes now fairly burned with scorn; her gesture, as she shrank back -from him, was one of repulsion. And it was this gesture that goaded him -beyond endurance. - -“I have laid no trap!” he answered; “and I have not been a party to -the laying of one. I do not expect you to believe me, for I see that -you have made up your mind to think the worst of me. But even if I -were seeking to snare your brother, would I be anything like as false -as he?” She seemed about to make answer, but he waved it back. “I, at -least, would be working for truth and the cause I’d sworn to uphold, -while he----” - -Her laughter interrupted him. “You!” she cried. “You working for truth! -You upholding a cause because you had sworn to do so!” - -It was with great difficulty that he kept back the bitter words that -came to his lips; but he felt that his resentment had already caused -him to go too far. So he remained silent. - -She stood looking at him as though expecting him to reply; but as he -did not do so, she went on: - -“Because you have overheard my brother just now, you think there is -nothing to be said in his defense. But you are wrong. There is this. No -matter what his words may have been,” and again she bent toward him, -“he is as free of wrong as you are.” - -George was about to make a reply, when suddenly there came a smothered -crash of shots from some little distance away, mingled with excited -shouts and cries of pain. Instantly he threw the door open, and as he -ran out he was aware that Peggy had extinguished the candle. The tavern -was a bedlam of sound; rapid shots were being exchanged within. - -Through the open windows and doors of the building men were springing, -followed by others who were grappling with them and bearing them to -the ground. But one, an active and speedy runner, gained the outside -without mishap and raced away from the inn, a half dozen pursuers at -his heels. With a leap of the heart George knew him as Herbert Camp, -and though he wanted to have nothing to do with his taking, duty was -plain before him. - -“He’s a self-confessed traitor,” muttered the youth, “and I am bound to -bring him down if I can.” - -With the tavern lights behind him, young Camp could be made out with -more or less plainness; and he was headed directly toward the abandoned -mill. As he drew near, George Prentiss gathered himself for an effort; -the scattering slugs from the heavy pistols of those in pursuit -sputtered and hummed about him, but he did not flinch. The fugitive had -reached a point a dozen yards away when the young New Englander made -his contemplated rush. However, he had not gone more than a few steps -when he felt his foot grasped strongly; and down he went at full length -upon the ground. - -What followed was rather confused; a half dozen or more colonials ran -by and over him. A few paused to drag him to his feet and disarm him. -Then he heard Nat Brewster’s voice call out: - -“He’s gone inside here; the door’s barred. Get something to force it.” - -Lights sprang up and danced upon the stone walls of the mill; a heavy -log thundered upon the door. - -“It was she that tripped me,” thought George. “And she’s hurried her -brother inside, thinking to escape notice. But they are trapped.” - -The door fell in with a crash, and Nat leaped over the threshold. - -“Empty!” he cried. “See, there is another door!” - -Sure enough, there was--one that had escaped George’s notice, but which -Peggy had evidently observed. And while they stood staring at it, the -sudden rattle of hoofs told the patriots that their man had made good -his escape. - - - - -CHAPTER XIV - -SHOWS HOW THE BRITISH SHIPS CAME INTO THE BAY - - -At a few words from his friends, George Prentiss was released; but -Hickey and some others who had been taken were marched to a place of -security and put under guard. - -Next day all was in a turmoil; the Tories in and about the city feared -for their lives. As Nat Brewster had predicted, Matthews, the mayor of -New York, was arrested by a detachment of Greene’s brigade; his house -and person were searched, but no incriminating papers were found. Those -of the Tories who had prepared for an outbreak fled, upon learning that -their leaders had been taken. - -Washington struck swiftly and strongly; those of the plotters who -belonged to the army were at once brought before a courtmartial; the -others were handed over to the civic power. Of the members of the -general’s guard taken, only Hickey was convicted; he was promptly -hanged on June 28th. - -On the day following this execution, a lookout on Staten Island -reported a fleet of forty sail in sight. The news quickly spread and -the city, not yet recovered from the shock of the Tory conspiracy, was -wild with excitement once more. - -The fleet proved to be from Halifax, and carried some ten thousand of -the troops which Washington had only recently driven out of Boston; -also there were six transports, having on board some regiments of -Highlanders which had joined the fleet at sea. - -At sight of this formidable armament heading up the bay, Washington’s -couriers were sent dashing here and there with the news, warning all -the commanders along the Hudson to hold themselves in readiness in -case the British should attempt to push their war-ships up the river. -But there was no such attempt. Day after day, however, the fleet -was increased; not long afterward there were one hundred and thirty -men-of-war and transports in the bay; the troops were disembarked and -the hillsides of Staten Island were whitened with their tents. - -This force was under the command of Howe, and Washington watched it -anxiously, knowing that the British general awaited only the coming of -the admiral, his brother, to begin operations. Young Cooper carried -a message to the President of Congress, urging the Massachusetts -authorities to send its quota of continental troops to New York; the -formation of a flying camp of ten thousand men in the Jerseys, to be -used wherever required, was also advised. Recruits began to pour into -the city; upon every open space they could be seen going through the -manual of arms. - -One afternoon, George, who had carried a dispatch summoning General -Greene to headquarters, was riding with that officer across a stretch -of fields beyond Broadway. A company of provincial artillery were -drilling; and the deftness of their work, the smooth, capable manners -of their commander, a small-sized youth of about twenty, attracted the -general’s attention. Quick to recognize ability, the general pulled -up and sat his horse, watching the proceedings, and during a pause he -inquired the officer’s name. - -The youth saluted. - -“Alexander Hamilton,” he replied. “A student at King’s College.” - -And it was that same evening, just at twilight, that George was pacing -along Maiden Lane near to William Street, his hands behind him and his -head bent. He still frequently rode and walked in that neighborhood; -always did he grow thoughtful when there, and always upon the same -subject. That Herbert Camp had been recognized by no one but himself -that night at Corbie’s tavern was evident, as no search had been made -for him; but George was puzzled to know if he and his sister had come -off unhurt in the rain of pistol shots that followed the dash from the -tavern. - -“Neither of them could have been grievously injured,” he mused. “If -they had been, they would have more than likely not have made off so -quickly.” - -But it was Peggy’s attitude that occupied him more than anything else. - -[Illustration: _“ALEXANDER HAMILTON,” HE REPLIED_] - -“Now, why,” the young man mutely demanded, “should she so set herself -to insult me? How have I deserved it? Is there one thing which I have -done since I came to New York and which touched her in any way, that -has not been in the nature of a service? On the wharf where the ‘Nancy -Breen’ tied up, I lent a helping hand to her uncle. And she recognized -it as such, for a few hours later when those popinjays on the Parade -sought to make me a butt for their wit, she was kind. I helped her -brother out of a tight place at the ‘Wheat Sheaf’; and even then she -seemed to show appreciation, for she warned me against a mysterious -danger. Once more at Corbie’s I try to serve her; and she turns upon me -like a fury.” - -He was still fuming along with bent head when he felt a hand laid upon -his shoulder. - -“Your pardon, young sir, if I am mistaken,” spoke a voice; “but it -seems to me that I should know you.” - -It was Merchant Camp, and the young New Englander, freeing himself from -his exasperating thoughts, smiled as he answered: - -“I had the pleasure of meeting you one morning, sir, on the river -front, when a certain sailorman differed with your political beliefs.” - -The stout old Tory burst into a laugh; red-faced and gasping a little, -he patted George on the shoulder. - -“Right!” cried he. “Right, lad! So it was. I knew, the moment I put -eyes on you, that you were one that I should not pass as a stranger. I -suppose,” inquiringly, “that I thanked you at the time? Yes? Well and -good. But I will also thank you now.” He shook George warmly by the -hand. “It was no light thing to do, sir, to lend a hand to a king’s man -in New York at this time. It was indeed a matter of some risk. And the -deeper the chance you ran, the greater is my obligation.” - -“The political side of the incident did not occur to me, Mr. Camp,” -said the youth. “I only saw that you’d be outmatched in a game of -buffets, that was all.” - -“He was a sturdy rascal, to be sure,” replied the old merchant. “But -take ten years off my age and I’d ask no odds of him.” He looked at -George for a moment, and his big red face wrinkled with smiles. “That -was a rare drubbing you gave him,” chuckled he. “But come,” after a -moment. “I have yet to hear your name.” - -“George Prentiss,” replied the young man. “I am from Boston.” - -“Prentiss--Boston!” The merchant looked at him with fresh interest. -“Can it be possible that you are kin to Seth Prentiss of that city?” - -“I am his grandson,” answered George. - -“Grandson!” The old man grasped his hand firmly and his broad face -beamed with good will. “His grandson, do you say! Well, well, here’s a -circumstance, indeed! Why, then, you are own cousin to my niece Peggy -and my nephew Herbert. Their mother was your mother’s younger sister. -Surely you’ve heard her mention us.” - -“Frequently, sir.” - -“And still you never made yourself known,” inquiringly. - -“There were reasons, sir. You see, in times like these----” - -The old gentleman did not allow him to proceed further. - -“I understand,” said he. “Nothing can be done straightforwardly these -days, with safety. Perhaps, when all is said, you have acted well. -But,” in another tone, “how is your grandfather?” - -“Very well, sir.” - -“There is no one in all the colonies for whom I have a greater regard -than I have for your grandfather,” spoke Merchant Camp, heartily. -“There is no more successful merchant than he, no more honest man and -no one more devoted to the cause of the king.” - -It was upon the tip of George’s tongue to correct this last, but -he restrained himself. There had been no more ardent king’s man in -all Boston town than old Seth Prentiss, that was true. But he had -experienced a change of heart, and now stood as stoutly for the -colonies as he had heretofore stood for their foes. - -“I cannot tell you,” went on Merchant Camp, “how pleased I am to meet -with you, and all the more so, the conditions being what they are. I -trust,” eagerly, “that you are in no way engaged for the evening, lad.” - -“No, sir,” replied George. - -“Excellent! I am on my way home just now; I live but a step from here, -and I want----” Here he paused as though something had occurred to -him; he looked searchingly at the young man for a moment, then went on -with less enthusiasm: “If you have nothing better to do with your time, -I should like to have you dine with me.” George bowed his willingness. -“My nephew dines with me to-night, and he will be pleased,” said Mr. -Camp. “And Peggy will no doubt be delighted to greet her cousin.” - -Then something in the lad’s expression seemed to strike him; and after -a moment he added: - -“But, perhaps, on the whole, I had better not mention your relationship -just yet.” - -“Perhaps,” answered George, “it would be as well if you did not.” - - - - -CHAPTER XV - -TELLS HOW GEORGE VISITED THE HOUSE IN CROWN STREET - - -The broad-fronted brick mansion in Crown Street was much like its -master. It spoke eloquently of the days gone by; its furnishing and -appointments clung as tenaciously to things past as did the political -beliefs of their owner. - -A serving man in livery of blue and white admitted them; and the -merchant at once led George into a room where they found Major Hyde and -the dragoon, Henderson, lounging. - -“Gentlemen,” said the old Tory, most ceremoniously, “I desire to -present you to a young gentleman who did me a service some time since. -Mr. Prentiss--Major Hyde--Captain Henderson.” - -Both officers greeted the young man cordially. - -“We had the good luck to meet with him when he first came to New -York,” said Hyde. Then with a laugh, he added: “Though we did not -consider it good luck at the time, judging by our greetings.” - -“’Pon my word,” said the dragoon, earnestly, “I was never so completely -pinked over anything in my life. Would you believe it,” to the -merchant, “I selected him as one to try my wit upon. And he flayed me, -sir. He flayed me.” - -The old Tory laughed. - -“I can well believe it. He’s a good up-standing lad in more ways than -one, I promise you.” Then after some further conversation, he said: -“But I’ll leave him here with you for a few moments. I have some small -matters to see to.” - -When George met the merchant in the street, the sky was rapidly -becoming overcast, and the wind raising eddies of dust; and as they -entered the house, large scattering drops began to fall. Now, as the -old gentleman left the room, the storm broke, and torrents of driving -rain dashed against the windows. - -“Hello, hello!” cried Henderson, “here’s a state of things, ’pon my -soul! There’s rain enough for you, major, in all conscience.” - -“Ring for lights, there’s a good fellow,” said Major Hyde. - -Languidly the fop arose and did as requested; in a few moments the fine -old apartment was yellowed with candle-light. Major Hyde sat back in -the corner of a sofa and studied young Prentiss with speculative eyes. -Noting this, Henderson turned to the young New Englander and said: - -“These days keep some of you fellows on the jump, eh?” - -“I’ve used up three horses in the last fortnight,” said George, “and I -did what I could to save them, too. And others have been kept moving -more briskly than I, by all accounts.” - -“It seems the very deuce to get things settled for a fight,” complained -the fop. “I always fancied it was a very simple arrangement--one side -here and the other side there, and then go at it like all possessed. -But it’s really like the plot of a play; everything must be settled and -accounted for before a blow is struck.” - -A rattling volley of thunder rolled along the sky; then a dash of -lightning lit up all outdoors and showed them Crown Street running -torrents of water. - -“Of late,” said young Prentiss, “I have seen but little of either of -you.” - -“We’ve been with Greene,” answered Major Hyde. “Indeed, within the -week that we invited you to share our quarters in Wall Street, we were -forced to give it up and transfer to a barn of a place beyond Brooklyn.” - -“Not fit for beasts to live in, let alone gentlemen,” said the dragoon -officer. “I assure you,” earnestly, “I’ve never been asked to put up -with such accommodations before.” - -George Prentiss had no great tolerance for complaints of this -character; popinjay soldiers who required to lie soft and live at their -ease were scarcely the sort to win battles. But he answered smilingly: - -“We had rough quarters enough before Boston. Sod huts and ramshackle -affairs built of planks were considered luxurious; and many a winter -night some of us slept on the ground beside a camp-fire.” - -“At Boston, Mr. Prentiss, you were employed in a variety of ways, were -you not?” - -“Like many others,” replied the young New Englander, “I was willing to -give what service I could.” - -“Ah, yes, to be sure. But I have heard it hinted that your service took -many uncommon forms. Your specialty was, in the main, the flanking of -the enemy, not the facing of him.” - -“I have done my share of the secret work that our necessities -required,” said George, “though I never had any partiality or even -liking for that form of the service. But some one had to do it, and why -not I as well as another?” - -“True enough.” Major Hyde settled himself farther back in the corner of -the sofa; his hands were clasped about one knee; his eyes were peering -and slit-like. “Of course,” he resumed, easily, “when a person acquires -a reputation for a certain thing--especially when he has proven very -satisfactory in it, indeed--he naturally is given the preference when -work of that sort is needed.” - -George nodded. - -“Yes,” said he, quietly, “I suppose that is so.” - -“General Putnam,” and Major Hyde laughed, “is a direct and rather -simple-minded man. He was aware of the quality of your service, I know; -and I suppose he did not hesitate to use you when occasion demanded.” - -“I have undertaken some small enterprises for General Putnam,” answered -George. - -“Since you came to New York?” - -“Yes; and before.” - -There was a moment’s silence. The foppish dragoon had sat twiddling his -thumbs; apparently he now fancied that the time had arrived for him to -venture into the conversation once more; so he leaned toward George. - -“Perhaps,” said he, “you’d not mind----” but here a sharp gesture from -his friend cut him short. George sat facing a window; and, engaged in -watching the play of the lightning and the dash of the rain upon the -glass, he gave no sign of having noted the interruption. - -“When a man of parts is employed in special service,” said Major Hyde, -“it is naturally expected that he use his own discretion in many ways.” - -Again George nodded. But this time he said nothing. - -“But,” proceeded the other, and the slits between his eyes grew -narrower and narrower, “there is, I think, a point at which a line -should be drawn. He should not be privileged to exercise his discretion -in all things. Limitations should be set.” - -“I agree with you,” said the youth. - -“In the securing of information,” said the major, “he must, of course, -be at liberty to do as he sees fit. But after it is secured--it is -there that the line should be drawn.” - -“I don’t think I quite follow your meaning,” said George, vaguely. - -At another time his naturally keen perception would have given him -some indication as to the officer’s direction; but truth to tell, -George had, for the last few moments, ceased following the speaker very -closely. - -The window through which he was gazing out upon the storm was bowed, -and very large. It was hung with heavy curtains that were only partly -drawn; and during the latter portion of Major Hyde’s remarks, George -detected something like a movement behind these which had taken his -attention. - -“There is some one there,” flashed through the young man’s mind. “Some -one who is listening.” However, now that he was sure of the state of -affairs, his self-possession returned; he gave his attention to the -speaker, all the time watching the curtain with the tail of his eye. - -Major Hyde was frowning a little, but at the same time he kept a smile -playing about his lips. - -“I will make my meaning clear,” said he. “Some time ago I had a man -servant who pleased me very much. He had a rare judgment in the matters -that came within his province, and a close tongue. But--now, mark -this--I found after some time that the close tongue did not always -operate in my favor. He had a habit of receiving messages and then -retailing to me those parts of them that he considered I should hear.” - -“He was not lacking in presumption, along with his other qualities,” -said George. - -“I am inclined to agree with you,” remarked Major Hyde, drily. “He -should have given me a choice at least, as to what parts I considered -of no consequence.” - -“Very impudent, ’pon my word,” observed Henderson. - -“I am of the same opinion,” spoke George Prentiss. “But,” and he looked -at Major Hyde composedly, “I am still rather at loss. Just what is your -meaning? Somehow all this seems to apply to me. If I am wrong in this I -beg of you to say so.” - -“You are not wrong,” said Major Hyde. - -“No,” put in the dragoon, “you are right.” - -“General Putnam,” said Major Hyde, “employed you upon a certain -occasion. I suppose you recall this, and also the nature of the -employment. Being very intimate with headquarters affairs at the time, -I was well informed in the matter. But I know that it resulted in -nothing.” - -“Go on,” said George. - -“I mean that through motives of your own, you withheld certain -information. You knew that a certain person--who for the moment shall -be nameless--was concerned in machinations against the new government, -and yet you did not denounce him.” - -Footsteps could be heard coming along the corridor. George regarded the -speaker fixedly. - -“How do you know that I did not?” he asked. - -“By the barrenness of the result; if you had done your duty, arrests -would have been made.” - -Here Mr. Camp reëntered the room; he carried a paper, apparently a -letter, in his hand; and his face was beaming. - -“Gentlemen,” said he, “will you do me the pleasure of walking this way?” - -Major Hyde and Henderson at once arose and George did likewise. They -passed into a room where a table was laid with much silver and delicate -ware. - -“Being short-handed,” apologized the old merchant, “I must do duty -myself.” Then to George: “I sent most of my servants away yesterday.” - -When he had again left them, George turned upon the officers. - -“What other reason did you have?” - -“What other was needed? Could anything have spoken more eloquently?” -demanded Major Hyde. - -“Oh, yes. General Putnam might have done so.” - -At this the young New Englander saw the two men dart looks of covert -meaning at each other. But he did not wait for either of them to reply. - -“Another question,” said he, evenly. “May I ask how you came to be so -familiar with what we might call the real results of my work?” - -There was scarcely perceptible hesitation, then Major Hyde answered: - -“Is it not possible that there are others beside yourself who have -means of gaining secret information?” - -“Let us grant that.” George spoke very coolly. “And then let us come -to a more important thing. If you know of this person whom I have, as -you say, failed to report, why have you waited for me? Why have you not -reported him yourself?” - -At this, to the astonishment of George, Major Hyde burst into a laugh; -and his friend joined him heartily. - -“Very shrewdly spoken,” said the major. “Eh, Henderson?” - -“’Pon my soul,” said the dragoon, “I’ve never listened to a neater -stroke of the tongue.” - -“A little wager with Henderson, that is all,” explained Hyde, putting -his hands upon George’s shoulders and swaying him backward and forward. -“I ventured a good dinner that upon the very next time we met, I could -worm something out of you regarding your private transactions for the -various commanders. Henderson had a better notion of your shrewdness -than I, so it seems, and----” - -“And I expect the dinner to be paid with the utmost promptness,” -declared the foppish dragoon, delightedly. “But, ’pon my soul, Hyde,” -with a shout of laughter, “what a farrago of nonsense you used to gain -your point! And how you scowled and shook your head! You should have -turned your mind to play-acting instead of soldiering.” - -“How am I to know, though,” and Major Hyde joined in the laugh, “that I -did not come somewhere near the real facts as they stand? Come now, was -there such a person as I imagined?” - -“I can only say,” returned George, good-humoredly, “that I have done -my plain duty upon all occasions. If I say more I may lose Captain -Henderson his dinner.” - -The dragoon slapped his thigh at this, and vowed that as a witticism he -had never heard its equal. - -“He’s a rare fellow, this lad from Boston,” declared he. - -“He’s gotten the better of me this time, at any rate,” answered the -major, good-naturedly enough. - -The two were still laughing and discussing the matter when the old -merchant reëntered. Then Major Hyde begged leave to retire for a moment. - -“I have this matter noted down in a little book which I usually carry,” -said he to George. “But it is in the pocket of another coat which I -sent on here with some other traps a week ago. I’ll hunt it up and get -all straight.” - -“Not a moment do you get out of my sight,” declared the dragoon. “If -you go, I’ll go with you.” - -“Come along then,” laughed the other. “I’ll play fair. You shall have -a peep with me.” - -And so out they went; and George heard them go stamping up the stairs, -wrangling and protesting and laughing; and as he listened, the young -man somehow felt a doubt creep into his mind. - - - - -CHAPTER XVI - -PEGGY SPEAKS HER MIND - - -“Was it really as they said?” George Prentiss asked himself. “Was the -thing a jest, after all? Or was it----” - -Here his thoughts were interrupted by the old Tory. - -“Huh!” grunted that worthy gentleman. “It would seem that my nephew, -the major, is in wonderful spirits to-night. Something must have -pleased him vastly, for I never saw him so before, that I can recall.” - -There was a swish of silken skirts as a door opened. - -“My niece, Peggy,” added the merchant. “My dear, this is young Mr. -Prentiss, who was of such use to me some few weeks ago when my -villainous temper got me into trouble.” - -Peggy swept the young New Englander so elaborate a courtsey that it -hinted of mockery. The smile that wreathed her lips was honeyed, but -the old look of scorn was deep in her eyes. - -“I remember Mr. Prentiss perfectly,” she said, and there was an -undercurrent of meaning in her tones. - -“You shall sit opposite him at supper,” promised the stout old fellow. -“And mind you entertain him well. We owe him something.” - -“Mr. Prentiss,” said Peggy, “should not be difficult to amuse. He is so -interesting himself. I feel sure that wherever he is, something will -happen; one is not likely to be dull.” - -“Ha, ha! do you hear that, lad?” Merchant Camp chuckled delightedly. -“That’s saying something of you, surely.” - -“I don’t deserve it, though,” answered George, and his eyes met the -girl’s straightforward look unsmilingly. - -“Never say that,” cried the honest old uncle. “Leave others to speak -ill of you, my boy.” - -“Apparently,” said George, his eyes still meeting those of Peggy, “they -are only too ready to do that.” - -“Why,” said the old gentleman, “you are over young to have observed -such things.” - -“Sometimes it is made so plain,” replied George, “that it requires no -great experience to know it.” - -The merchant laughed good-humoredly. - -“We have a philosopher of gloom in you, I see.” Then turning to his -niece: “What do you say to this, my dear?” - -“If you please, sir--nothing,” said she. - -She walked to one of the windows, her silken skirts swishing; and the -old merchant, puzzled, turned to George and shook his head. - -“She’s an odd one at times,” he said, lowly. “Very much like her mother -was--and there was no keeping the run of her for five minutes together.” - -George made no reply to this; he stood with his back to the fireless -hearth and watched the tall young figure at the window with its -proudly-posed head. After a moment, the merchant, as though something -had just occurred to him, took a letter from his pocket. - -“I meant to speak of this when I first came down,” said he. “But those -gentlemen of Mr. Washington’s were in ear-shot.” - -He unfolded the sheet while George looked at him surprisedly. The -expression “gentlemen of Mr. Washington’s” seemed odd. - -“It will amuse you,” continued the stout old Tory in a low tone, “but -when I was about to ask you here to-night a thought struck me, and I -hesitated. Not that the outcome would have made any real difference, -you see, for I should have asked you anyhow. But I hastened to refer to -this,” holding out the letter, “as soon as I got here. And the result -has pleased me. I am delighted that you are one of us.” - -“It looks like my grandfather’s writing,” George said, lowly. - -“It is,” replied Merchant Camp. “It is a letter of his written me when -Warren and Hancock and the Adamses first began to take such a high -hand in Boston. In it he speaks of how families were divided upon -the question before the public eye. His own, like mine, was in this -deplorable condition.” Here he held the letter to the light so that -he could read it. “Listen to this: ‘One of my grandsons, Ezra, is -in favor of the Whiggish demands; the other, George, is a king’s man -through and through.’” Merchant Camp looked up from the screen and -smiled at the young man. “That is what I wanted to make sure of. I knew -that one or the other of you was on the right side; and I am delighted -that it’s you.” - -Here he grasped the hand of George with great warmth. The youth, -disliking that any one should have a false impression of him, was about -to put the matter before the merchant in its proper light, but at that -moment Major Hyde and his friend, Henderson, reëntered the room. - -“I find that the terms of the wager were----” Here Hyde observed Peggy -and paused. Holding a small note-book toward George, its pages open -that he might read, he continued in a lower voice, “The terms, as -you see, are merely that I manage to get you talking on the subject -mentioned.” - -The young man noted that this was so; but there was something in the -proceeding and in the eager intentness of the two men that caught his -attention. - -“But,” continued Hyde, “Henderson interprets it that I extract -information from you.” - -“Oh, well,” said the dragoon, and in the same low tone as his friend, -“I dare say we can arrange the matter. We must not delay the supper,” -in a louder voice. - -“A good, sensible saying,” spoke the host. “And as sense is not to be -expected of scatterbrains who take sword against rightful authority, -all the more credit is due you, Master Henderson.” - -The dragoon laughed, as did Hyde. - -“Do you hear that, Prentiss?” cried he, as they all seated themselves -at the table. “Do you notice how you are referred to? A ‘scatterbrain,’ -says he.” - -The old Tory favored George with an elaborate wink, which not only -expressed delight, but spoke of what he considered the secret -understanding between them. - -“I dare say,” remarked he, “that we of the king’s side have as bad said -of us--or worse.” - -As the meal progressed, the wind and rain did not abate; the thunder -rattled and rolled; the lightning glared against the sky. The merchant -had placed Peggy just opposite George, and the lad made the best of the -opportunity. But the girl was silent. The best he could draw from her -was a “Yes” or a “No”; and all the time her face was cold; her eyes, -when he caught them, were judging him cruelly. - -“What has become of Herbert?” asked Captain Henderson, after a time. “I -haven’t seen him for weeks.” - -The old merchant scowled down at his plate. - -“It is difficult to keep track of that young man,” said he. - -“A great pity that he left the army,” observed the dragoon. “Especially -at this time.” - -“It altogether depends upon the point of view,” replied the Tory host. -“But, that aside, hide nor hair of him I have not seen for some time. I -don’t,” with displeasure, “even attempt to understand him.” - -“To understand people is one of the most difficult tasks a person can -set himself,” said George. As he spoke, his eyes met those of Peggy. -“But for all that,” he went on, “there are those whose judgments of -others are made offhand.” - -“No doubt, no doubt,” answered Mr. Camp. - -But it was not until after supper that George had his first opportunity -to speak to her alone. The old merchant had mentioned an ingenious -method that he had hit upon for packing breakable articles, and had -carried the two officers into another room to demonstrate it to them. -The spring storm was still raging; the flare of the lightning every now -and then dimmed the drawing-room candles; the wind continued to beat up -from the bay with fury. - -The girl was in a deep window-seat, looking out upon the storm; the -night was inky, but the flare of the lightning was so incessant as to -afford an almost continuous view. George leaned back against a carved -table, and as he trifled with the stems of some roses which he had -found thereon, he watched her reflectively. - -“I’ve been thinking,” said he, at last, “that perhaps I may have been -wrong.” - -She did not even turn her head, but went on gazing steadily into the -rain-drenched Crown Street. - -“Perhaps,” proceeded George, “the judgments which one is led to believe -are quickly made are really arrived at after some thought. It is even -possible that your estimate of me came after due deliberation.” - -At this she turned, as he felt sure she would. The lightning glared in -at the window behind her; but the flash of her eyes was the quickest to -reach him. - -“It is strange,” she said, “that you go on holding this attitude when -you must know that I am not to be deceived. I did not require to -deliberate; your acts were all that were necessary to make up my mind -concerning you.” - -A gleam of satisfaction came into his eyes. - -“Ah!” He threw the roses back upon the table and studied her closely. -“That is it, then?--my acts? Thank you. At last we have come to -something specific. - -“If you will point out anything that I have done since I came to New -York, which I cannot successfully defend,” continued he, “I shall be -willing to have you think what you choose of me.” - -But she gave a gesture of utter disbelief. - -“I am not interested,” she said. “It does not matter to me.” - -“But it does to me. You seem to forget that.” His voice was hot with -anger. “Do you expect me to hold my tongue, accused as I am of some -rascally act! Not once, not twice, but a half dozen times you have -hinted at something discreditable that I have done. Speak plainly. Give -it a name, so that I may meet it squarely!” - -His resentment was low-voiced and sharp; his face was flushed and -determined; his hands were clinched until the knuckles seemed ready -to split the skin that covered them. As she looked at him a hesitancy -seemed to temper her scornful attitude; for the first time since she -had assumed it, a doubt crept in and mingled with her disdain. But for -all that she retained her former tone. - -“Of what use would it be to give it a name?” she said. “You know it -already.” - -“You will pardon me if I insist,” he answered. “I differ with you in -opinion--I oppose the faction that you hold to, and upon this you have -reared a fanciful structure of evil. I demand that you be plain.” - -“You demand!” Her voice rang as she said this and her eyes flashed -her defiance. But almost instantly her manner changed. “A fanciful -structure, indeed! Do I not know--haven’t I seen? Haven’t I heard? -And my treatment of you is not because you oppose the faction that I -hold to. There are others in this house,” bitterly, “who do the like, -yet I believe them honest men. It is,” and her voice fell a trifle, -but lost none of its directness, “because you hold faith with no -faction--because you are a traitor to all.” - -The flush died out of his face; he took a step toward her, astonishment -replacing the rage of a moment before. But before he could speak -another word, the two officers and the host reëntered. - -“I defy any one,” declared the old gentleman, “to destroy valuables so -arranged. They’ll go safely enough, though the roads across Jersey are -somewhat rough,” with a laugh. “Indeed, I wish we were assured of as -comfortable a journey.” - -“When do you start?” asked Major Hyde. - -“At high noon to-morrow. We have a coach with good springs and can -secure relays of horses. Two days should see us at home, if nothing -unforeseen turns up.” - -“I think,” spoke the dragoon, “that you do well to leave New York so -soon. There is no telling, now, when all the roads will be closed and -Lord Howe’s guns roaring havoc across the city.” - -“That would not drive me out,” stated the Tory merchant, “if it were -not for Peggy. Indeed, gentlemen, it would please me greatly to stay -and see the end of this uprising.” - -“You think, then, that it will end here?” - -“I never was more convinced of anything in my life. The governmental -officers are determined to efface the stain put upon them at Boston, -and that they will do it is a certainty.” - -Here the talk drifted away into the field of politics; the merchant did -most of it, and he did it heatedly and most eloquently. The time went -by and the storm seemed to increase. By ten o’clock Peggy begged leave -to retire, as she had some tasks to perform against the journey on the -morrow. George lingered on and on in the hope that she would return to -the drawing-room; but she did not. - -It was close to midnight when he at last arose to take his leave. - -“What!” cried Mr. Camp. “In such a drenching downfall as this? Never, -sir. You’ll be wet through. I have a room for each of you, and you -shall all three remain and take breakfast with me--my last in New York -under rebel rule, at least.” - -George Prentiss did not protest against this with any great vehemence; -the wind and rain, and the thunder and lightning, though, had little to -do with his agreeing to remain the merchant’s guest. It was very late -when he, at the heels of Hyde and Henderson, and each bearing a lighted -candle, mounted the wide staircase to their chambers. The flickering -yellow light fell before and about them, but there were dark corners -which remained heavy with shadow; and from one of these a pair of -terror-filled eyes followed them; two trembling hands were upraised to -hide a frightened girlish face. - - - - -CHAPTER XVII - -SHOWS WHAT HAPPENED IN THE TAPESTRIED CHAMBER - - -The room that fell to the lot of George Prentiss was a huge one, -square, high ceilinged and hung with rich but faded tapestries. The -furniture was dark and massive; a great four poster bed of mahogany, -with a spreading canopy over it, stood near the door. - -There was a wide fireplace, the clean-swept hearth of which showed no -indication of a fire having been lighted in it for some time. - -When George had bidden the others good-night he closed the door and -placed his candle upon the table. The light danced grotesquely upon the -walls, dimly illuminating the quaint figures upon the tapestry and the -old paintings that hung here and there. The young man drew the curtains -at the windows so that the flare of the lightning would not disturb -him; there were other candles upon the mantel and having a curiosity to -better view his apartment, he kindled a pair of these and placed them -where they would do the most good. - -The tapestry proved to be an ancient French one, and depicted the deeds -of Charles Martel; the portraits were partly of New Amsterdam Dutchmen -and with a good sprinkling of English. - -“Ancestors,” mused George as he gazed at these. “I can see the features -of my host in most of them.” His eyes paused upon a large painting at -the far end of the apartment; it was so somber, the shadows played so -upon it, that he took up a candle and went nearer. Holding the light -so that he could view the picture to better advantage, he saw the name -“Dirk Van Camp” upon the heavy frame. - -“A burgomaster of the old Dutch days,” said George to himself. “And a -stern, dogged sort of a fellow he must have been, judging by his face.” - -The furnishings of the tapestried room were mostly of European make; -Dutch tables and chairs; English sofas and stands; and near to the -fireplace stood a tall French mirror that swung in its frame. George -sat down in a heavy chair before this and began removing his cravat; -his back was turned to that end of the apartment where hung the -portrait of Burgomaster Van Camp, and the light of the candle which -George had left upon a stand near the picture threw the determined, -joyless face into good relief. - -“Good shelter and a four poster bed are not to be treated lightly on -a night like this,” the young New Englander told himself, as he threw -the cravat upon a table. Then he removed his short sword and the pistol -which he had kept buttoned under his coat while in the drawing-room; -after this he began tugging at one of his riding boots. - -It was while he was so engaged, for the boot was stubborn, that he -caught the reflection of the burgomaster’s portrait in the mirror. The -chair in which George sat hid the greater part of the picture; but the -face was plain, and it was as though it was peering over his shoulder. - -“Now, there is a grim old curmudgeon for you,” smiled the youth. “I’ll -venture to say he never laughed in his life save when he had driven a -hard bargain, or gotten the better of some one in another fashion.” - -He threw the boot down on the hearth and before he drew off the other, -sat gazing into the mirror at the portrait. Suddenly the smile left -his face and he started a little. The eyes of old Dirk Van Camp were -small and black and deeply-set under heavy brows; George had noticed -them especially a few minutes before, while examining the picture; and -now as he looked into the glass, he saw them glint in a marvelously -lifelike manner. - -For an instant it was in his mind to turn and stare at the portrait; -but like a flash he regained control of himself, and sat motionless, -gazing into the mirror. Some few minutes passed in this way; but he -could now detect nothing out of the ordinary. True, the eyes had an -unusually lifelike appearance; but that may have been due to the skill -of the artist, or, perhaps, it was the unsteady light of the candles. -He lay back in the chair in the lounging posture of one entirely at -ease; but never for an instant did his apparently careless glance leave -the pictured eyes. At length he muttered: - -“It’s the lights; their flickering gave the appearance of movement; -and the varnish upon the canvas is the cause of the really lifelike -sparkle.” - -[Illustration: _THE HAND PAUSED_] - -He was about to give the matter up and proceed with his preparations -for retiring when a thought struck him. With the utmost naturalness he -stretched out his hand toward the table, and while so doing, his eyes -remained fixed upon the pictured ones in the mirror. With a thrill -he saw these latter follow the hand; beyond the shadow of a doubt -they turned slowly and keenly; and when the hand paused and clutched -the pistol butt, there was a change in their expression--and their -steadiness wavered. - -Calmly George drew the pistol toward him and made a pretense of -examining the lock; all the time his heart was bumping in a tumult; -strange thoughts filled his brain. - -“The eyes of the portrait are removable,” he told himself. “There is a -door or a panel behind it, and some one is stationed there watching me.” - -He sat for a short space nonplussed; and all the time he saw the eyes -fixed upon him. The situation was an odd one; he did not know how to -meet it. - -“It’s a Tory house,” were George’s thoughts, “and there may be those -hidden within its walls of whom I know nothing.” An idea flashed upon -him that made him start. “And yet I might know considerable of them,” -he added; “and I might be suspected of knowing even more than I do.” - -This latter idea rapidly took definite form in his mind. As likely as -not Herbert Camp was hidden in the house--perhaps without his uncle’s -knowledge. - -“But his sister is aware of it,” was the young man’s further thought, -“and who knows,” bitterly, “but that she still fancies me in pursuit of -him.” - -With this his mind was made up; he put the pistol down upon the table, -and then pulled off the other boot. After this he stood up, and -divested himself of coat and waistcoat; he put out two of the candles, -permitting that near the picture of the burgomaster to remain burning. -Drawing a tall leather screen up to the four poster he spread it out -and then with a wide yawn went behind it as though to complete his -disrobing. - -Now, as before said, the bed stood near the door, and when George -spread the screen, he hid the door from the view of the peering eyes -behind the portrait. So instead of going on with his preparations for -bed, the young man softly opened the door, and all unarmed as he was, -stepped out into the hall. - -This latter was dark and still, and step by step he made his way along, -being careful not to knock against anything that might be in his way. -He had not gone many feet when he saw that the door of the apartment -next his own stood partly open; it was only a trifle and but a trickle -of light showed itself. He approached the door softly. It was in this -apartment that the spy would be hidden, for the portrait was backed -against the wall that divided it from his own. He had all but gained -the door when there came a sharp exclamation and the stir of feet -upon the other side of it; for a moment he feared that he had been -discovered and halting, braced himself for whatever was to come. But -there was nothing save a continued and low-pitched sound of voices. - -“There’s more than one,” he murmured softly. This knowledge, however, -did not stay him; once more he made for the door along the edges of -which the light was seeping. The opening was too small to admit of his -gaining a view of even a part of the room; but he could hear the almost -whispered words distinctly. - -“It is very annoying to be spied upon,” said a voice which George at -once knew as Major Hyde’s. “And I am surprised that you should stoop -to it. Or, perhaps,” and there was something like a sneer in the tone, -“you will deny that you were spying.” - -“No,” came the voice of Peggy Camp, “I do not deny it. I saw you steal -along the hall and followed you.” - -“You are quite sure,” and there was a keen note of inquiry in the man’s -voice, “that you were not already in the room when I entered?” - -“I am not in the habit of misrepresenting my actions,” returned Peggy, -and the listener fancied her head rearing proudly as she said it. - -“Of course not. But at a moment like this! Who knows?” - -“I think you do,” returned the girl. - -There was a moment’s silence; then Major Hyde spoke. - -“What made you think that my actions had anything to do with him?” he -asked. - -“I knew from the first that you were laying a trap for him.” - -“Ah!” There was a note of surprise in his voice. “You are even keener -than I thought you.” - -“You knew that he would be here,” she said. “And you proposed carrying -it through here, of all places.” - -“It is not given to us to choose our opportunities,” said the major. -“So I’ll strike when I can.” - -“You will not.” - -“Of course your feelings in the matter are perfectly natural,” spoke -the man coolly. “I understand them very well. They are to be expected -of you. But is he worthy of all you’d do for him?” - -There was no answer. - -“He is not. He is a worming, designing villain; there is no truth nor -honor in him. To serve his own ends, he’d sell his friends to their -enemies--he’d sell his cause to----” - -“Oh, I know, I know,” cried Peggy, and there was pain in her voice. “I -know it all better than you can tell it. I know it and hate him for -it; and yet I cannot see him harmed.” - -“Herbert is concealed in the house, as I suspected,” thought the young -man at the door. “Major Hyde has in some way learned of it, and being -aware of his treachery, is trying to locate his hiding-place.” - -The voices within the room now sank even lower than before; George -listened intently, but could not make out what was being said. Some -minutes passed in this way and the voice of Peggy was raised in -gladness. - -“You promise me that?” - -“I do.” - -“Then Herbert is safe,” she whispered thankfully. “I know, I know,” as -though preventing his interrupting her; “he does not deserve it, but I -am happier than I can tell.” - -“He is safe from me,” spoke Major Hyde, slowly, “but I am not the only -one. Don’t forget that----” - -He said no more, but George Prentiss was as sure that his hand lifted -and his finger pointed to the tapestried chamber as he would have been -had he seen him do it. - -There was a gasping cry, smothered and full of fear. Then the girl -replied: - -“I know that, too. It is horrible. But,” and her voice suddenly became -clear and sure, “he shall not harm my brother. That he is here seeking -information, I know. But he shall learn nothing--he shall do nothing.” - -“Who will prevent him?” - -“I will!” she answered and her voice was filled with resolve. - -Again their voices sank; then George heard footsteps advancing toward -the door. A tall Dutch clock stood near by, as the inquiring hands of -the young New Englander had learned, and quickly he shrank close to its -side as the room door swung open. - -“I’ll bid you good-night, cousin,” said the voice of Major Hyde, “and -advise you to go to your chamber.” - -What Peggy’s answer was George did not hear. Then the major shut the -door and passed down the corridor; the soft closing of another door -told the watcher that he entered his own room at the far end. - -George waited for some little time, fearing that Peggy would emerge and -discover him. But as she did not do so, he quietly tiptoed to his own -room. Drawing aside the screen he stepped out into the center of the -apartment, yawning and putting back the hair from his eyes, as though -he’d been asleep. - -At once his gaze went with studied carelessness to the portrait; there -were the eyes, eager, alert, inquiring, fixed upon him. - -“Hello,” said he, with ready art, as he yawned again. “I must have -fallen into a doze.” - -Negligently he threw himself once more into the chair before the mirror -and sat looking at the reflected eyes. - -“It is she,” he told himself. “There is no one else there. And it’s -been she all along. Hyde was right. She was already in the room when he -entered, as he suspected.” - -Then suddenly he became aware that the eye sockets of Burgomaster Van -Camp were empty. Vacantly the portrait stared down from the wall. But -only for a moment. Suddenly a long, black cylinder was thrust through -one of the apertures--there was a puff of smoke, a loud report, and a -pistol bullet whizzed past his head. - - - - -CHAPTER XVIII - -IN WHICH IS FOUGHT THE BATTLE OF LONG ISLAND - - -The smoke of the pistol was drifting toward the ceiling as George -wheeled toward the portrait. But the blank spaces were now filled by -the painted eyes; there was no trace of anything being amiss. For a -space after the crash of the shot died away there was complete silence. -Then a hum grew through the mansion; doors began to open and shut, -voices were lifted in anxious and frightened inquiry. - -But George Prentiss paid little heed. He stood in the center of the -room gazing into the heavy face of the old burgomaster, incredulity, -fear, astonishment mingled into one expression. Peggy had tried to take -his life, was the horrid thought that filled his mind; to save her -brother she had attempted to shoot his fancied pursuer in the back. - -Up and down outside his door hurried unshod feet; the voice of the -stout old merchant could be heard demanding, threatening, raging. But -what his words were, George did not gather; indeed, his brain seemed -numbed by what had happened; he felt as though it were moving in a sort -of haze and could grasp no fact save the one. - -Then a knock sounded upon his door; dully he turned and opened it; Mr. -Camp stood there, and at his back were a couple of frightened servants -bearing lighted candles. - -“Master Prentiss,” said the merchant, “we were startled a few moments -ago by what sounded much like a musket or pistol shot, in or near this -room.” - -“Indeed, sir.” - -“You will pardon me, but I am going over the house to make sure that -all is well.” - -George smiled faintly. - -“There has been no harm done me, as you can see.” - -“I am delighted to hear it. But it’s most strange. It sounded much as -though it were within the house, and yet it scarcely could be. Pardon -me again for disturbing you.” - -All night long George sat in the empty chair by the hearth; the rain -ceased, the clouds drifted away and both moon and stars looked serenely -down upon the drenched earth. And when morning came he descended to -find the servants already loading the household valuables into covered -wagons. He ate breakfast with his host. - -“I’ve always kept this place intact against my infrequent visits,” said -he to George. “But nothing will be safe, now that a war is upon us, and -I’m taking away all I may.” - -“Have Major Hyde and Captain Henderson not yet arisen?” asked the young -man. - -“An hour ago,” was the answer. “They could not await you, and begged me -to mention their regrets. And my niece is discommoded with a headache, -a thing uncommon with her. So I will be forced to say good-bye for -her,” added the honest old gentleman a few moments later when George -arose to take his leave. “But believe me, we were all pleased to see -you and will be again when it is possible. Should you ever cross the -Jerseys, lad, don’t fail to hunt us out. The Elms, we call the place, -and it’s less than a dozen miles out of the town of Trenton.” - -“I shall be glad to do so, sir,” said the youth. - -The old gentleman lowered his voice so that none of the bustling -servants might hear. - -“I understand that you are now engaged with the undertakings of this -man Washington. And to one of your opinions this can only mean one -thing. You are spying on them.” The distaste in the merchant’s voice -was plain, and he added: “If you will be advised by me, you will give -it up. It is not to my liking, and should not be to yours. Take service -with Lord Howe. Fight the rebels for all that’s in you--but fight them -fairly.” - -And so George left the mansion in Crown Street to take up his -duties; and the next time he rode that way the place was closed and -deserted. What his thoughts were, he kept to himself; but that they -were unpleasant was clearly evident. But it was no time for wandering -thoughts. There was scarcely a day that history of a more or less -important degree was not in the making. - -While New York was slowly being encompassed by foes, great things were -being done some little distance south. At Philadelphia, Congress was -discussing a question which John Adams referred to as “great as ever -was or will be debated among men.” On the second of July a resolution -passed the body declaring the colonies free and independent; on the -fourth, the Declaration of Independence, as drafted by Mr. Jefferson, -was adopted. - -Riders were sent scurrying in all directions with fair copies of this; -and on the evening of July 9th, Washington caused it to be read at the -head of each brigade of the army. - -“I hope,” he said in his orders, “that this important event will serve -as a fresh incentive to every officer and soldier to act with fidelity -and courage, as knowing that now the peace and safety of his country -depend, under God, solely on the success of our arms; and that he is -now in the service of a state, possessed of sufficient power to reward -his merit and advance him to the highest honors of a free country.” - -Bells were rung, guns sounded, bonfires gleamed at every street corner. -An excited throng gathered in the yard of the “King’s Arms” and -planned an escapade which they felt would fittingly crown the moment. - -A man well known as an enthusiastic member of the Sons of Liberty -sprang up and addressed those present. - -“Friends,” he cried, “a word with you.” By the expression of his -face they knew he had something of interest to propose; and so all -conversation was hushed. “We are done with kingly government and with -kings,” proceeded the speaker. “And this being the case, we have left -something undone. On Bowling Green, near the fort, is a statue of King -George----” - -An instant roar went up. - -“Shall it remain longer than it takes us to make our way there?” -demanded the man. - -“No,” answered the throng, as one man. - -“Then let us start at once. But remember one thing. This statue is made -of lead. And lead is the metal that bullets are made of. What more -fitting than that the presentiment of a king be run into bullets to be -used against his hirelings!” - -Delighted with this, they streamed into Broadway and toward the fort; -amid the shouts of hundreds who gathered to see the sport, the statue -was pulled down and broken up. And legend has it that it was indeed run -into bullets for use against Lord Howe and his army. - -A few days after this the city was struck with panic. Two ships of war -got under way and headed up toward the battery. One was found to be the -“Phœnix,” forty guns; the other was the “Rose,” a vessel of twenty, -and commanded by Captain Wallace. Alarms were sounded; the Americans -flocked to their posts. With wind and tide behind them the British -ships swept up the bay with three tenders following, all shaping their -course for the Hudson. The batteries from both the city and Paulus -Hook opened upon them. The war-ships answered with broadsides, but -kept on their way. The fleet made no attempt to ascend, holding to -their anchors; and seeing this and drawing from it that there were no -prospects of an immediate general attack, the townspeople breathed -freely. - -The troops at the Highlands were made ready; river sloops and all boats -of any size for miles along the Hudson were requisitioned; the forts -and batteries were manned; as far as might be, all was prepared for -anything that might come. - -On the evening of the day that the “Rose” and the “Phœnix” made their -dash there was a great booming of cannon from the enemy’s shipping off -Staten Island. A ship of the line had just come in from sea; at her -foretop streamed the British ensign, and her sister ships thundered a -smoking welcome. And an increased feeling of dread ran through the city -when it was learned that Admiral Lord Howe had arrived. - -The crisis was now at hand, and all disaffected persons were removed -from the city. General Lord Howe immediately opened negotiations. While -military diplomats wrangled over forms, the militia along the Hudson -kept up a constant bickering with the two ships that had forced their -way up the river and were now within six miles of Fort Montgomery. -Brushwood was piled at intervals, so that beacons could be lighted to -give warning in time of danger; fire ships were made ready to float -down against the war vessels, and General Putnam was proceeding with -a plan for the obstruction of the channel, his notion being to prevent -the passage of hostile vessels up or down the river. - -Watchful eyes then made out another incoming fleet. It was of a hundred -sail, and carried huge reinforcements to the British land force; one -thousand of the already detested Hessians were among them. These -disembarked on Staten Island and threw up earthworks. Scotch, English -and German mercenary troops continued to arrive; then came the army -under Sir Henry Clinton, which had only lately been rather soundly -beaten at Charleston. - -The British land force now numbered some thirty thousand experienced -men; that under Washington was less than twenty thousand. And these -latter were raw, undisciplined troops for the most part; they were -badly armed, and most of all they were torn with sectional animosities. -Bilious and other fevers were rampant among them; one-quarter of their -number were on the hospital list; and the remainder were compelled to -cover a defense fifteen miles in length. - -The watchful Washington missed few of his opponent’s movements. Through -spies and deserters he learned that many of the British regiments -had reëmbarked, three days’ provisions had been cooked, and every -indication pointed to some large movement being at hand. Then General -Putnam brought word that one-quarter of the ships had sailed, probably -around Long Island. - -The American general stood ready with his force to meet the movement of -Howe as soon as it should develop sufficiently to be intelligible. The -movement, so he reasoned, would be to land a force to attempt Brooklyn -Heights, which commanded the city of New York. - -General Greene and his army held Brooklyn, a strong line of works -stretched across the peninsula, upon which the town stood, running from -Wallabout Bay on the north to Gowanus Cove on the south. A battery -was mounted on Red Hook to protect the rear from the shipping of the -British; a fort occupied the lower point of Governor’s Island. - -A range of hills stretched away before Greene’s intrenchments; it was -densely wooded and cut by three passes. One of these led to Bedford in -the east, the second opened to the southeast toward Flatbush, while a -road ran through the third that led directly south by Gowanus Cove and -Gravesend Bay. It was undoubtedly General Greene’s purpose to man the -hills and defend these passes; but as fate would have it, he was taken -down with a violent fever, and General Sullivan was placed in temporary -command. - -From the American camp of Livingston on the Jersey side, much British -preparation was discerned. Word was sent to New York that thirty -thousand troops had been crowded into the transports riding at anchor -off Staten Island; these were to attack Long Island, and the remaining -regiments were to be launched against other points at the same time. - -The day after this news was received, the dull roar of cannon was heard -from the south of Brooklyn; Washington instantly sent a reinforcement -of six battalions across the river; more would have gone, but it was -not yet known where the attack would really center. - -With these battalions went George Prentiss, his friends Brewster and -Cooper and his brother Ezra. Next day the latter, who had been riding -for Sullivan to the south of the town, made known to his friends what -had occurred. - -“Colonel Hand was stationed with his Pennsylvania riflemen to guard -the landing-places; a force of artillery and light horse crossed and -drove him back. Sir Henry Clinton commanded this landing in person; -but under cover of a smart rifle fire, Hand took possession of the -hills commanding the Flatbush pass. Some light infantry, and Donop’s -Hessians, came on to seize this; but seeing that the riflemen were -capable of making a stubborn and bloody resistance, they halted and -rested for the night at Flatbush. - -“The remainder of Clinton’s force is laid out from the Narrows, where -they landed, to Flatbush, which is almost a straight line to the east.” - -On August 24th, Washington crossed the river and carefully inspected -the scene of the coming struggle; Greene’s plans were at hand, but -the gallant Rhode Islander was too desperately ill to explain them. As -yet, nothing but skirmishing was indulged in, and it was fortunate for -the Americans that this was so. If the British had plunged forward, the -rout of the patriot army would have been complete; for, because of the -absence of Greene from the lines, things were in a bad way. - -“The conditions are even worse here than they were before Boston at the -beginning of the siege,” Ezra Prentiss said to his friends, as they -stood awaiting orders in front of Sullivan’s headquarters. “Confusion -and disorder are everywhere.” - -“Each man is his own law,” agreed young Cooper. “They don’t wait for -instructions if they feel inclined to take action against the enemy; -and if they are not so inclined, they refuse to move, no matter what -the orders are.” - -But when Putnam took command, this condition was to a large extent -altered, for that doughty warrior called the officers together and in -plain terms told them what was expected of them; stern measures after -this effected something of a change. - -British preparations continued. At length, two more brigades of -Hessians under De Heister crossed the Narrows; and when Washington -noted this he was convinced that now indeed the blow was to be struck; -accordingly what troops he could spare were sent to join Putnam’s force -on the east side of the river. - -On the evening of August 26th, Clinton began a movement with a body of -picked troops toward Flatbush Flatlands; after him, trailing through -the darkness, came Percy with the artillery, grenadiers and dragoons; -and close to Percy’s heels marched Cornwallis with the heavy ordnance. -Like ghosts the silent columns changed their course at Flatlands and -flitted across the New Lots. A Tory who knew every inch of the ground -was at their head, and he brought them safely through the marsh to -the Jamaica Road. To Clinton’s astonishment, the Bedford pass was -undefended, and through it he went, followed by Percy and Cornwallis; -at daylight they breakfasted within three miles of Bedford; and the -Americans never dreamed of their being anywhere at hand. - -Three hours after Clinton began his movement, the British general, -Grant, according to plan, started with the left wing of the enemy’s -force from Gravesend Bay. Some New York and Pennsylvania militia -retired before him, keeping up a brisk rifle fire. A party of scouts -brought the news of this advance to Putnam; and at once General -Sterling was rushed forward to hold Grant in check. - -The scouts rode ahead, testing every doubtful point. - -“Daylight will soon be upon us,” said George Prentiss, “and that will -give us some idea of what force we will have to contend with.” - -“These fellows behind us are the pick of Putnam’s force,” said Ezra. -“Indeed, they are the only well-trained regiments I’ve seen here, and -should be able to give a good account of themselves.” - -When Sterling reached the Gowanus pass he found his scouts mingling -with the militia in the graying dawn. - -“The report is, sir,” said George, saluting the general, “that the -enemy is close at hand.” - -Through the indifferent light, Lord Sterling selected the points of -vantage. To the commander of the militia he said: - -“Draw your men up in that orchard on the left of the road; we may -manage to have them walk into an ambush.” - -While this was being done, Sterling formed his own men along a ridge -that ran from the road to a hilltop. Under a steady fire the British -came along; but they avoided the ambush by throwing forward some light -troops; and at broad day these, from behind hedges and trees, were -facing the Americans at a distance of some hundred and fifty yards. - -But the blow was to be dealt on the Flatbush Road. While darkness -hung over all, the Hessian, De Heister, opened with his guns on -Hand’s riflemen, who defended the pass under the direction of General -Sullivan. Some ships of the line attempted to get into action; but -heavy head winds drove them back. The “Roebuck,” a rather small vessel, -managed to beat up against the wind, however, and she opened upon the -fort at Red Hook. - -During all this, Washington was in Manhattan; the people of the city -were wild with terror, for it was still believed that the real attack -would be leveled at them. But in a little time the commander-in-chief -saw that this was not to be the case, so he had his barge manned and -crossed to Brooklyn. And he arrived in time to see the first blows -struck. - -Clinton, having comfortably breakfasted, now brought forward his -artillery; the guns thundered the awaited signal. At once De Heister -knew that the American left had been turned; and he hurled his Hessians -under Count Donop upon the Flatbush pass. Sullivan also caught the -sound of Clinton’s guns; they were in his rear, and the truth struck -home instantly. - -“Fall back!” he cried. - -As the German troops pressed forward, no one remained to resist them; -down the opposite side of the hill rushed the Americans, hoping to -escape being surrounded. But when they reached the plain, Sullivan saw -that he was too late. Clinton’s light infantry and dragoons were upon -them like cats. Back the patriots rushed into the pass, only to be -greeted with a stream of lead from the mercenaries’ muskets. - -“We have them!” shouted Count Donop in his hoarse German. “At them, my -children!” - -The Americans recoiled from the sleet of bullets, but only to fall -upon the sabers of the British dragoons. Backward and forward like -shuttlecocks they were driven; first the British would send them -reeling toward the Hessians, then the latter would, in turn, hurl them -back upon the British. But not for a moment did the patriots cease -fighting; their rifles belched in the faces of the foe, their bayonets -ran red with blood. The pass roared with conflict; mercy was not asked -nor given; above the barking of muskets, horses neighed and trumpets -shrilled their high-voiced commands. - -At length Sullivan was taken prisoner, and with him a large body of -his men; another section of the command broke through the mass of the -British and gained their own lines, but by far the greater number of -the brave fellows lay dead among the stones of the pass. - -Before this dreadful blow was dealt the colonial hopes, Lord Sterling -was exchanging shots with the British under Grant at the Gowanus pass. -When the heavy guns of Clinton announced his presence at Bedford, Grant -began a determined advance; with one rush he crushed and took the raw -militia. - -It was here that George Prentiss’ knowledge of the country, gained in -his long rides and his sketching, was brought into play. Sterling, -with his officers grouped about him, was endeavoring to hit upon a way -out of a desperate situation. For desperate it was. Cornwallis, while -Sterling was facing Grant, had rapidly brought the British reserve from -Bedford by a narrow road; and he was now directly in Sterling’s rear. -As Sullivan had been between the fires of Clinton and De Heister, so -Sterling was between those of Cornwallis and Grant. - -As George pressed toward the group about Sterling, an officer whispered -something in the general’s ear. Instantly the latter’s glance went to -the young New Englander. - -“Prentiss,” said he, “I’m told that you’re familiar with this section.” - -George lifted his hand in a salute. - -“Yes, general.” - -“Our only hope seems to be to the west and north of us. What is the -ground like in that direction?” - -“There is a creek, sir, which flows into Gowanus Cove; it is fordable -at low water.” - -“Do you know the state of the tide now?” - -“It happens that I do. It’s coming in at this hour, but should still be -low enough to pass.” - -At once Sterling’s orders were given; part of his force was left to -face Grant; the remainder marched at a double quick for the creek. -They had sighted it when a cry from Ezra drew the attention of his -superiors. His finger was pointing to a growth of bush between them and -the coveted stream. Above this could be seen the head-pieces of the -British grenadiers and the cold gleam of their bayonets. - -Only one commander in a thousand would have thought of resistance -now. But Sterling was that one man. Calmly he gave his orders. With a -part of one battalion of Maryland men, he boldly threw himself upon -the grenadiers; and while he so engaged them the rest of the command -crossed the creek. - -With these latter were George Prentiss and the party of scouts; it -would have pleased them more to have stayed; but their orders were -imperative; a swamp stretched from the creek almost to the American -lines, and some one must guide the Delaware men, or they would be -caught like rats. - -No more desperate fighters than the five companies which Sterling -retained were in the American army; they flew at the stalwart -grenadiers like game-cocks; repeatedly they were broken, but each time -they rallied and renewed the fight. Once, indeed, they crushed the -solid formation of Cornwallis, and started the grenadiers on the run; -but as fate would have it, bodies of British reinforcements came up, -and the brave fellows were forced to retreat. Even then, Sterling, with -a part of what was left, held his ground long enough to permit another -detachment of his force to cross the creek to safety. - -Broken and desperate, they made their last stand in a clump of trees. -Washington, who was watching the fight through his glass from a high -hill within the American lines, grew sick at heart as he witnessed the -gallantry of this little band and saw the fate that must overtake them. - -“Alas!” he exclaimed to some of his staff who stood near. “What brave -fellows I must lose this day.” - -And lose them he did. They were borne down and bayoneted in a -corn-field, or shot as they endeavored to escape across a marsh. To the -very last, Lord Sterling encouraged them by presence and word and deed; -and when all was lost he gave up his sword to the Hessian general De -Heister. - -Then came the moments that meant much to the colonies; mad with -victory, the British massed before the American redoubts; within musket -shot they poised for the charge that would end the fight. Washington -prepared for a desperate defense of Brooklyn; his cannon played upon -the massed columns fiercely, and seeing that he was resolved to hold -his position at all hazards, Clinton gave orders that his eager troops -be held in check. To storm the American works would have been the -quicker and more spectacular way; but hundreds, perhaps thousands of -lives must pay for it; and this crafty tactician was not given to -wasting his force. So he drew off his men and they encamped out of -musket shot for the night. - -But it was no night of rest for George Prentiss and his fellow riders. -Through the darkness they tore, never heeding life nor limb; the length -and breadth of Manhattan was crossed, and the dispatches they bore set -troops in motion all over the island. - -Day broke dismal and lowering after a fearful night behind the colonial -works. Twenty thousand of the enemy were encamped in plain sight. Then -through a drenching rain, the American reinforcements arrived. Among -these were Glover’s hardy New England seamen, Shee’s crack Philadelphia -regiment, and Magan’s Pennsylvanians; also Mifflin’s troops from -Kingsbridge and Fort Washington. - -The downpour seemed to dampen the spirits of the British; they ceased -their artillery fire and took to their tents; only some desultory -rifle shooting between the advanced posts was indulged in. Late in the -afternoon, when the rain slackened, they began to intrench, their idea -being to advance by regular approaches, each protected by an earthwork. - -Next day there was a heavy fog. George Prentiss, scouting in the -neighborhood of Red Hook, saw an unusual activity among the British -shipping off Staten Island, during a moment when a trifling breeze had -lifted the mist from the waters. - -“Look there!” he cried to his friends. They had but a glimpse of the -war-ships before the fog settled once more. - -“There seems to be something going on,” said Ezra. - -“I think I caught a glimpse of small boats plying between the ships and -this side,” added Brewster. - -“No doubt you did,” said George. “Twice the other day the British -caught us between two fires. And not satisfied with that,” -confidentially, “they are going to try again.” - -“What! Do you mean that----” - -“That they are coming up with the next wind and tide. This battery,” -pointing to the Red Hook defense, “can’t hope to keep them back, and -the Governor’s Island and city batteries are not much better. Let -them once anchor in the East River and Washington’s army is lost. His -retreat will be cut off.” - -They put their tired horses at a gallop back to the lines. To some -staff officers they imparted their news, and the commander-in-chief at -once called a council of war. Other hostile craft were known to have -rounded Long Island and gained Flushing Bay; should these land troops -east of the Harlem they might take Kingsbridge, which all knew to be -the key to Manhattan. - -A retreat was decided upon that very night! - -Again the fleet horsemen were in the saddle. This time they bore orders -for the requisition of all craft between Spuyten Duyvil on the Hudson -and Hell Gate on the Sound; and by evening a huge fleet of all sizes -and trims were gathered at the Brooklyn side of the river. - -The enemy was so close that the sound of their sentries’ voices could -be heard, and to move an army of nine thousand men from under their -very noses was an appalling military task. And yet it was done. Company -by company, regiment by regiment they embarked and under cover of the -fog which still prevailed, they slipped across to New York. Horses, -wagons, ammunition, provisions and artillery were also transported. -By daybreak General Mifflin’s covering party also entered the boats; -and in the last of these could be seen the tall figure of Washington, -gazing back through the gray light of the morning toward the heights. - -“It is what he feared from the first,” whispered George Prentiss to -his brother. “They will mount the guns there that will drive him from -Manhattan.” - - - - -CHAPTER XIX - -DESCRIBES HOW GEORGE AND HIS FRIEND START UPON A DANGEROUS MISSION - - -The next two weeks were filled with memorable events; they saw the -execution of the daring young schoolmaster, Nathan Hale; they witnessed -the thronging of the British war-ships into the Hudson, and the landing -of Clinton’s heavy force on Manhattan Island at Kip’s Bay; and, also, -they saw the massing of Washington’s battered army upon Harlem Heights. - -Then began a series of desperate ventures with fire ships, sallying -parties and raids in which the brutal Hessians had a chance to show -their quality; Fort Washington was taken by Howe; and then began the -terrible retreat across the Jerseys. Cornwallis, relentless as a -bloodhound, hung upon the trail of the American army. At Newark, his -advance guard entered the town as the American rear was leaving it; at -Trenton the British reached the banks of the Delaware only to see the -camp-fires of the patriots burning on the opposite side. - -New Jersey now fell into a state of terror; the Hessians overran -everything. Following the example of their leaders, they plundered left -and right. None escaped them; Tories suffered as well as patriots; -houses “protected” by the sign manual of Cornwallis himself were -sacked; women and children were turned out into the winter cold with -scarce enough to cover them. In a spirit of retaliation, the American -troops on the west of the Delaware also entered into the game of -pillage; for miles and miles they looted the homes of all suspected -of being in sympathy with the British. This grew in extent until -Washington posted most severe penalties for all engaged in plunder. - -The knowledge of what was going on in New Jersey excited the most -bitter hatred against the Hessians. But through it all, Washington, and -those nearest him, remained calm; they watched and waited, and all the -time they strove to get their forces into shape to strike a blow that -would be at once quick and deadly. - -The deeds of the Hessians brought horror to all who heard of them, -but to none did the measure seem so full as to George Prentiss. When -some fresh enormity reached his ears, there always flashed upon him a -picture of a stately manor house in the possession of these lawless -ruffians; he saw, also, a white-faced girl and a helpless old man, and -none to lift a hand in their defense. - -“Should you ever cross the Jerseys, lad,” old Camp had said, “don’t -fail to hunt us out. The Elms, we call the place, and it’s less than a -dozen miles out of the town of Trenton.” - -A dozen miles! It must, then, be in the very heart of the section where -all was pillaging and burning and hanging. - -George had kept his brother Ezra acquainted with all the happenings -that bore upon the Camps; and in many things Ezra had advised wisely. -But just now he was detailed upon service at Philadelphia under Putnam, -and his absence was badly felt. - -Nat Brewster and Ben Cooper began to notice the eagerness with which -George sought news from across the river. - -“It is something more than common,” said young Cooper. “Every chance he -gets, he’s riding along the shore; at night nothing seems so attractive -to him as the firelights on the Jersey side. He watches them by the -hour.” - -“He says nothing, though,” replied Nat Brewster, “and I have the -impression that whatever it is that’s on his mind it’s something he -wants to keep to himself. So I’ve never asked him any questions.” - -One afternoon, only a few days after the above words were spoken, -Brewster, grave-faced and quiet, opened the door of the hut which the -three had erected for shelter. - -“There’s work to do,” he stated, as he sat down before the fire. - -George, watching his friend’s face closely, saw that something -important was under way. - -“What is it?” he asked. - -“Volunteers are demanded to cross the river and learn the enemy’s -strength.” - -“You are one,” and George sprang up, knocking over the stool upon -which he had been sitting and causing the crazy little hut to vibrate -with his eagerness. - -Nat nodded. George dashed open the door and was away. The winter blast -swept in and the blaze roared up the rude chimney. Ben closed the door, -his lips puckered in a whistle. - -“There, now,” said he. “What did I tell you? Something’s over there,” -and he jerked his head in the direction of the river, “that’s on his -mind. The only wonder to me is that he hasn’t crossed before now, -orders or no orders.” - -In about half an hour George reappeared. - -“I go with you,” he said, his eyes alight and with more spring in his -step than they had seen for some time. Their arms hung upon the wall, -and instantly he took down his pistol and began putting it in order. - -“There is no need to hurry matters,” answered Nat, quietly. “Great -speed at a time like this is as like to bring disaster as anything -else. Take time; more than bustle will be required to land us within -the British lines--in safety.” - -George had great respect for Brewster’s shrewdness and resourcefulness; -so holding his eagerness in check, he sat down and began recharging the -pistol. - -“You’ve been thinking the matter over,” said he to Nat. - -The latter nodded. - -“We have no password,” said he slowly; “and even if we had I doubt if -it would be of much service with the Hessians. They seen to disregard -everything but their own desires. Like as not we’d each have a musket -ball or bayonet planted in our bodies if we encountered them in any -other way than one which pleased them.” - -George looked up from the pistol. - -“Do you know of anything that would be pleasant to them?” - -“I think so,” said Nat. “You see, the countryside all about Trenton is -being drawn upon for provisions for the troops.” - -A set look came into young Prentiss’ mouth; his eyes grew hard in the -firelight. - -“Go on,” he said. - -“If we can cross the river to-night and make our way some distance into -the interior, perhaps we can meet with the teams that bring in the -forage. Every American to be found is impressed to help in this work. -All we need do is to show ourselves; and as the bringers of food, we’ll -pass muster.” - -“That is a good plan enough,” said George. “I accept it as it stands.” - -“You would accept any plan that promised to land you across the -Delaware,” was Ben Cooper’s thought as he listened and watched. “And -you’d not question any of them.” - -And so it happened that as the early December evening fell, two loutish -looking fellows made their way toward the Delaware at a point some -distance beyond the American lines. The wind that swept up from the -deep dark river was icy and damp; for all their greatcoats and muffling -neckerchiefs they shivered and swung their arms for warmth. - -Once upon the bank they paused. Frozen fast in a little runlet they -found an old ferry-boat that George had noticed before. - -It required more than an hour’s hard work to free it from the ice; then -with the heavy sweep they smashed the formation that extended out from -the bank, and were afloat. The point was some miles above Trenton, and -the ice-floes were thick and running freely with the tide. For over an -hour they strained and tugged, and at length the heavy bow of the ferry -crushed through the thin ice on the Jersey side, and they scrambled -ashore. - -The tide had carried them well down toward the Hessian outposts; and -turning their backs upon these they trudged their way along a snowy -road that ran northeast. As the night went on it grew colder and -colder; more snow began to fall; they could feel its wet softness upon -their faces. - -Far off in the distance, a bell struck the hour mournfully. - -“Midnight,” said Nat. - -“And getting colder every moment,” answered George. - -The white of the snow pressed in upon them from the further darkness, -and the way grew more and more difficult. Suddenly Brewster felt his -friend clutch his arm. - -“Nat,” said George. “Look there.” - -A faint point of light appeared off to the right. - -“It’s moving,” spoke Nat. - -“More than likely a lanthorn,” said young Prentiss. - -They paused and watched the glimmer of light; little by little it drew -nearer. The bearer of the lanthorn apparently had great trouble in -making his way along, for his pace was very slow. - -“He’s plowing through the drifts,” said George. “There must be open -fields in the direction from which he’s coming.” - -But at last the stranger struck the road, and his pace increased; in a -very little time they could hear his feet crunching the snow, then they -caught the growling undertone of angry words. - -“So there are two of them,” whispered Nat. - -“No; he’s talking to himself.” - -Nearer came the light bearer; and they could now distinguish what he -said. - -“That I should live to see the day,” he mumbled. “That I should live to -see an English king send such a horde of rascally dogs down upon his -people. Dogs, did I say? They’d shame the name of dogs; a decent cur -would not own them.” - -Grumbling and stamping in the snow he passed them unnoticed, a stout -figure in a heavy cloak and with a broad woolen scarf bound over his -hat, adown his ears and knotted under his chin. A little distance away -they saw the light halt, then came the rattling of a lock and chain and -the door of a low barn-like structure creaked open. The man set his -lamp down within, stamped the snow from his feet and then closed the -door. At once George began making his way toward the building; but Nat -took him by the arm. - -“What are you going to do?” - -“I want to make sure of something.” - -Carefully they crept toward the building; but before they reached it -there came a low knocking. - -“Who’s there?” came the voice of the man who had borne the lanthorn. -“Who comes knocking at this hour?” - -“Open the door. It is I!” - -At once the door reopened; a second and slighter form flitted in, and -again it closed. - -“Stay here,” whispered George to his friend. “I shall be gone only a -short time. Keep a lookout.” - -“Very well,” replied Brewster. - -George stole away toward the building; it proved to be a log structure, -chinked with clay; its one window had been broken, apparently, for some -boards were roughly nailed across the opening, and the seams between -stuffed with rags. It required but a moment for him to work an opening -in one of the seams large enough to enable him to obtain a view of the -interior. - -There was a low, rudely raftered ceiling through which protruded wisps -of rye straw; the room was filled with smoke; there was no chimney to -carry it off. The first thing that George heard was a prolonged fit of -coughing; he could dimly make out two forms through the blue haze, but -not enough to be sure. However, in a manner, his suspicions proved to -be correct. - -“To think,” said the voice of the man with the lanthorn, “that I should -ever be brought to this. Strangled in a hovel not fit for beasts. But -I’ll be even with them, or my name is not Camp.” - -“It was he, then,” breathed the watcher softly. - -There came the flapping of a broad hat within and the smoke began to -thin. - -“Is this the only building left on the place?” asked a second voice. - -“The only one. Every other is burned to the ground.” - -“The rascals!” said the second voice. - -“Rascals! They are the most murderous villains unhanged! They stop -at nothing. I held the ‘protection’ of Lord Cornwallis before their -eyes--there was his signature and seal as plain as day--but I might as -well have shown it to a drove of mad bulls.” - -“Is there no way of punishing them?” - -“None. Their own commanders alone have authority over them; and they -are as bad as the rank and file.” - -“It’s fortunate,” exclaimed Merchant Camp, amidst another fit of -coughing, “that you got your sister Peggy away, at least.” - -“Herbert again!” breathed the one outside, for the first time realizing -to whom the second voice belonged. - -“It wouldn’t have done to have left her hereabouts.” - -“You placed her with the Hawksworths?” - -“Yes. And she is perfectly safe there, for Hawksworth has some British -army friends quartered with them--a colonel and a lieutenant-general.” - -“Good,” said Mr. Camp, as though greatly relieved. “She’s safe enough, -then.” - -“It would have been best if you both had remained in New York.” - -“I fancied that I left there to escape persecution,” said the old Tory, -bitterly. “But I must say that the rebels were as mild as children when -compared with these who should be my friends.” - -“They tried to be just, at all events,” said Herbert Camp. - -“Yes, yes, I see that now, though I didn’t then. But I see many things -now, as a matter of fact, that I didn’t see then. I once thought Mr. -Washington a great villain; but now I consider him a brave and honest -and able gentleman--one who has clung to his beliefs in the face of -defeat; and one who will continue to so cling until the last.” - -“I have often heard you express admiration for tenacity of purpose and -for the man who had the courage of his convictions,” said Herbert. “And -yet you were willing enough to have me change my coat.” - -“My boy,” and there was a curious little break in the old man’s voice, -“the day that you threw down the sword you had taken up for the -colonies was one of the bitterest in my life.” - -There came an exclamation from Herbert; but he spoke no words. - -“When I threatened to strike you from my will,” continued the old Tory, -“I did it through motives of pride. I wanted to show my friends how -strong the family character was; I desired to convince them as to its -ruggedness and firmness and truth. I said to you in the presence of -all: ‘Give up your principles or give up my money.’ I expected to see -you throw the insult back into my teeth--uncle and all as I was. But -you shamed me, you caused my pride to fall in ruins about me. You took -me at my word. You traded your honor for money.” - -“Uncle!” George heard a scraping of feet which told him that Herbert -Camp had sprung up; and there was a ring in his voice that thrilled. -“Do you mean to say that you’d have been better pleased had I held to -the American cause?” - -“I do. Strange as it may seem, I do say it. You would have shown that -you were honest and steadfast, even though I thought you wrong. As it -is----” - -He did not complete the sentence and for a space nothing more was said. -Then Herbert spoke once more. - -“Suppose,” said he, “suppose that I should tell you that I had not been -false to my principles?” - -“Do you mean this?” And the old man’s voice rang sharply. - -“I do.” - -“So then,” and there was bitter anger in the tones, “you pretended. You -tried to humbug me. You were willing to stoop to a mean deception in -order that you might retain my good will?” - -“Uncle!” - -“That,” sternly, “is perhaps worse than the other thing of which I -thought you guilty. Out of your own mouth you have proved yourself a -designing----” - -But here the young man stopped him. - -“Wait,” said he; “uncle, wait! Before you say anything more, listen to -me for a moment. It is true that I have deceived you.” - -“Hah!” - -“But not for the mean reason that you suspect.” - -“What other reason could you have?” - -“Give me a moment and I will try to make all plain to you. It had come -to my ears that a plot was on foot--the same that eventually resulted -in the hanging of Hickey, one of General Washington’s guard. When you -made your proposal it instantly occurred to me that if I seemed to fall -in with your views, I might be able to learn what was going forward.” - -“Ah!” - -“A renegade, you know, is always the most eager to proceed against his -former friends; and I hoped that this fact would gain me credit among -my country’s foes. Believe me, uncle, it hurt me to deceive you. I -longed to tell you plainly that I was only acting a part. But I dared -not. - -“And then, there was Peggy!” There was a moan in the young man’s voice; -and George Prentiss recalling his sullen face and heavy, brooding -brows, was surprised. “You know, uncle, what we always thought of each -other. You know that we were inseparable from childhood. And you also -know what an ardent friend to colonial liberty she is.” - -Here George just smothered an astonished outcry. Peggy Camp a patriot! -A patriot! And he had thought her a Tory! Why, if that were the -case----! - -But he had no time for thought. Herbert was still speaking, and he -could not lose a word. - -“And when she heard of my supposed change of front, she did not say a -word, but the way she looked at me, I shall never forget. Contempt was -the weakest thing in it--scorn was there, and pity also. For a moment I -felt that I could not stand it. I felt that I must tell her the truth. -But I did not. An unguarded word from her to my enemies, a look, even, -might ruin my chances for success.” - -“Success?” There was a note of interrogation in Merchant Camp’s voice. -“And were you successful?” - -“No.” The regret in the young man’s voice was undoubted. “Misfortune -dogged me constantly. At first I was reported as a traitor to General -Putnam and was quietly arrested. But I convinced him of my innocence, -explained to him my plan and was liberated that I might carry it out.” - -“And what was this plan?” - -“It was to gain the good will of Governor Tryon in the first place; but -this I could never do--the way to him was blocked by the very persons -whom I suspected.” - -“And who were they?” - -At this moment George felt a hand laid upon his arm; he turned, the -heavy pistol leaping from his belt; but Nat Brewster’s voice whispered -in his ear: - -“Some one’s coming this way.” - -Cautiously they drew back from the hut; and when they had reached a -safe distance, they paused, knee-deep in the snow, and listened. - -Whips were snapping, horses were floundering through the drifts, men’s -voices were crying out sharply. - -“A provision train,” said Nat. “A provision train, bound for Trenton, -as sure as you live!” - - - - -CHAPTER XX - -TELLS OF TWO PATRIOTS IN TRENTON - - -Nat was right. A half dozen clumsy-looking sleighs, drawn by farm -horses, came lumbering slowly along the road; in the light of the -lanthorns that swung upon the side of each, the two young men saw that -the vehicles were piled high with sacks of flour, barrels of salted -meat, bacon, hams, and slaughtered hogs and sheep. - -The drivers clump-clumped along doggedly by the side of their horses; -at the front and rear of the train rode a party of horsemen. - -“There is the opportunity you spoke of, just as though it had been -made to your order,” whispered George. “But how are we going to take -advantage of it?” - -“Let us follow on behind. They may stop somewhere, and we can happen -along--two honest and rather thick-witted fellows that we are--and who -knows but that something might turn up.” - -Allowing the sleighs and the horsemen to proceed a certain distance, -they fell in behind and trudged in their tracks. George’s mind was full -of what he had just heard; but try as he might, he could not reconcile -them with the facts as he knew them. - -“One thing alone convicts him and shows me conclusively that his tale -was merely an invention,” reasoned the young New Englander. “And that -is the letter of the British governor Tryon to the Tory mayor of New -York. In that, Tryon recommended this very young man to the mayor as -one to be trusted--one who had served him before and would again. And -yet he has just told his uncle that he attributes the non-success of -his ‘plan’ to the fact that he could never gain Tryon’s confidence.” - -Here he was aware that Nat had halted, and so drew up beside him. - -“They have stopped,” said Brewster. “Now is our chance. Remember, now, -you are a thick-headed lout, willing to work and willing to take kicks -and cuffs for your pay.” - -Adopting a gait in character, they shambled on and into the light of -the sleigh lanterns. The train had arrived before a roadside inn of a -low type. The drivers were struggling to draw their sleighs up to the -side of this, but the drifts were deep and the horses sullenly refused -to exert themselves. - -The officer in command of the guard flew into a rage and brandishing -his riding whip, shouted: - -“Pigs! Have you no brains! You must first a way make. Come, now! Shall -I stand for you here in the cold!” - -The drivers, who were apparently farmers of consequence, impressed by -the Hessians, muttered among themselves rebelliously. And it was here -that the two rough figures came up from the rear, seized shovels from -the sleighs and fell to on the drifts. - -“Ach! das is gut!” approved the German officer. “Here men are who can -work.” - -In a very short time the sleighs were through the drifts, and the -soldiers were thronging the inn. In about an hour they were ready to -start once more upon the cold road to Trenton. But as they filed out -and mounted, the two supposed country bumpkins bent low over the blaze -upon the hearth and seemed content to remain where they were. The -leader of the Hessians espied them, however, and his heavy lash snapped -about their ears. - -“Out with you,” he cried. “Shall we Hesse men into the cold go, and you -two pigs stay by the fire!” - -“But,” protested Nat, in a dull sort of way, “we are going to stop here -for the night.” - -“Donner und blitz!” exclaimed the officer, “shall I tell you again! Out -with you! And be quick! Such as you may needed be before we are far -gone on our journey.” - -So out the two darted, dodging the lash, and took up places beside the -sleighs, still making a pretense of protesting; and then away they went -toward Trenton. The snow fell thickly and steadily; the road grew more -and more difficult; at length, at daybreak, they sighted the town; and -an hour later they were unloading the stores. - -This once finished, the two young men had little difficulty in slipping -away; and then began their work of observing the enemy’s position, -numbers and general frame of mind. Some days passed--days of hardship -and hard usage. With their rough dress, their unkempt heads of hair and -grimy faces and hands, they were the butts of the brutal mercenaries -that filled the town. They were forced to do all sorts of menial and -laborious work; but as this permitted them to gain entrance at points -where information was to be had, they fell in with the demands of the -Hessians readily enough. - -To the British and the Hessians, the American army was a dispirited -and broken crew of ragamuffins. They knew how to run and dodge, that -was all. At Trenton, all across the Jerseys and at New York, careless -confidence was supreme. Howe was quartered at Manhattan for the winter; -his troops were negligently stretched from Brunswick to the Delaware. -Three regiments of Hessians under Colonel Rahl occupied Trenton and the -towns near by; and the general conduct of these filled the two spies -with satisfaction. - -That iron discipline that has ever marked the German army, and which -had been the particular characteristic of the Hessians since landing -in America, had now relaxed. They held Washington in contempt. When one -of the veteran officers suggested the erection of earthworks, Colonel -Rahl laughed uproariously. - -“Earthworks for those rats across the river! Ach! you are joking!” was -what he said. “In a little time there will be ice where there now is -water; then we will cross over and at them with the bayonet.” - -This attitude of their commander had been taken up by the men; they -gave little thought to the enemy; being comfortable and having more -than enough food was of vastly greater interest. - -Cornwallis had secured leave and was at New York about to take ship for -England; Grant, who was in charge of the noble earl’s division, thought -almost as meanly of the colonists as did Rahl. - -All these things became known to the two eager-eyed young men, and -more. They had been in the town perhaps a week, when one afternoon -Brewster said: - -“There is nothing more of value to be learned. Suppose we try to get -across the river to-night.” - -They stood at a point just above Trenton where they had the stream in -view, but were well out of sight of the guards. - -“There are no boats to be had,” said young Prentiss. - -“I tested the ice last night, almost opposite this point,” said Nat. -“It was strong enough to bear a man’s weight then; and it’s been -freezing hard ever since.” - -“Perhaps it would not bear two even now,” suggested George. - -“I had thought of that. We had better go one at a time. Then should an -accident happen to one, the other would still have a chance to get the -information to camp in safety.” - -For a moment George was silent; then with a hand upon his friend’s -shoulder, he said: - -“Do you mind venturing first? I have excellent reasons for asking this -of you.” - -“As well first as last.” - -“If you get across without harm, as I hope you will, I mean to remain -here for a little longer,” spoke George. - -“Remain!” there was astonishment in the other’s voice. “But why? We -have learned all we can hope to learn.” - -“The matter is a private one,” returned George. “Some time I will -explain all, but not now.” - -Nat said no more. That night they again sought the same spot; the sky -was high and starry, but there was no moon; the river looked like a -great snow covered field of ice. - -“Just light enough for me to see and not enough for them to see me,” -said Nat. - -“I don’t think you are going to have much trouble in making the -passage,” said his friend. “The ice looks firm enough to support a -troop of dragoons.” - -“Well, here’s for it; and I trust that you are right.” They clasped -hands tightly. - -“Don’t forget the signal that’s to tell me that you are safely -across--a fire upon the hilltop just above there.” - -“I’ll light it as soon as I arrive.” - -“And I’ll watch here for it until midnight. If I don’t see it by that -time, I’ll be sure that something has happened to you and will make the -attempt myself.” - -“Good-bye,” said Nat. - -“Good-bye.” - -A dark form flitted down to the river’s edge and stepped fearlessly -upon the ice; then it headed for the Pennsylvania shore and was soon -lost to view. The night was cold and still; George could hear the -crunching of his friend’s shoes in the frozen snow for some time after -he had lost sight of him. But after a little, even that ceased; he -heard a clock strike nine and then ten from a tower in the town; then -followed what seemed ages of waiting. The watcher trembled with the -cold; his feet were numbed; his hands were useless. Just as eleven -boomed out, mournfully and far off, there was a faint flare from a -knoll across the river; then it mounted to a ruddy blaze and George -gave a sigh of relief. - -“He’s safe,” said he. “Safe! And now I can turn my hand to my own -work.” - - - - -CHAPTER XXI - -HOW COLONEL RAHL PROPOSED GIVING A CHRISTMAS CONCERT - - -George learned that the Hawksworths, with whom Peggy was staying, were -an English family who owned vast acreages in the Jerseys; the head -of the house was the younger son of a duke, his wife the daughter -of a viscount; and their connections were extremely fashionable. -They resided in a fine brick mansion in the best section; and -because of their high estate and the fact that they quartered a -lieutenant-general, they had a brace of pigtailed Hessians constantly -on guard at their front door. - -Once or twice, George’s affairs had taken him by the house, and he -found it quite as compelling as the one in Crown Street, New York. But -he never saw Peggy. As a matter of fact, he made no especial effort to -see her; he felt that he was upon urgent business for headquarters, -and that it was his place not to attract any more attention than was -necessary. - -But now that Nat had safely carried their harvest of news across the -river, the boy considered himself more of a free agent than before; and -his own affairs came uppermost in his mind. - -“Peggy Camp has held me up to contempt, insulted me to my face and even -tried to take my life,” he told himself. “And yet I want to see her. -I want to see her just once. I want to tell her how I regard her, and -then I want to see no more of her.” - -But for a person dressed as he was to gain admittance to one under the -care of the aristocratic Hawksworths was clearly impossible; and so -he sought a tailor, a hair-dresser and a haberdasher; emerging from -their hands, he was spick and span and eligible for any company. And, -also, which came as an afterthought, he was open to detection. No doubt -there were numerous New York king’s men in Trenton upon various errands -connected with the service; and some of these who had seen him there -would know him for what he was. - -“But I’ll take the chance,” he muttered; “nothing is gained except by -venturing. A bold manner will win me a way, perhaps, even if any one -should recall me.” - -So he sought out an inn which was patronized by persons of quality, and -calmly installed himself therein; there were many officers of Rahl’s -brigade quartered there, but that made little difference; the nearer to -the danger mark at times, the safer one may feel. - -The inn was directly across the way from Rahl’s headquarters; from his -windows the young New Englander could see the sentries pacing up and -down; the half circle of cannon grinned grimly down each street that -led thereto. - -George had not been a guest at the inn more than a day or two when he -noticed that the sound of music was almost constant at headquarters. -The landlord, a Tory, made a wry face when George mentioned the matter. - -“Rahl is a madman for melody,” said he. “No matter what else is toward, -his concerts must not be interfered with; he’ll sit for hours before -the fire, beating time with his fingers. The best fed men in his army -are the musicians. As for me, I wish they’d choke themselves with their -own bugles and fifes; one can’t get a wink of sleep at times for their -blowing and braying.” - -It wanted only a little time now until Christmas. This has always been -a festival greatly in favor with the Germans. The plundered countryside -suffered more than ever; the mercenaries made a clean sweep of what was -left; nothing escaped them; sleigh train after sleigh train entered -Trenton from all directions; herd after herd of sheep, swine and beef -were driven over the snowy roads. - -And the more deeply engaged the Hessians became in these preparations -for the festival, the less attention they gave to duty. Neglect of even -the simplest military precautions became common; one unacquainted with -the real conditions would have said, upon observing their indifference, -that there was not an enemy within five hundred miles. - -“If it were not for the river,” said George to himself time and again, -“Washington would need only make a swift dash and the town would be -his.” - -But that even the ice-choked river had no terrors for the American -commander was soon made plain to the boy. He had just finished his -noonday meal and arisen to his feet when he heard a guarded voice say -in his ear: - -“Guess you ain’t no friend to Mistah Brewstah?” - -It was a black boy, woolly-headed and with solemn eyes. - -“I am,” replied George, in the same low tone. - -“Would you ’blige me wif you name, suh?” The black boy was caution -itself. George told him his name, and the solemn eyes gleamed with -satisfaction. - -“Das it, sho’ ’nuff,” he said. Then lower still, “I got a lil’ bit o’ -writin’ fo’ yo’, suh.” - -A strip of paper was slipped into the young man’s hand. It read: - -“Crossing Christmas night. Fire on hill back of where I left. Put out -at once--don’t cross. Allow to burn--all is well.” - -A thrill ran through George’s body. At a glance its meaning was plain -to him. - -“The army crosses the river on Christmas night,” he thought. “I am -to light a signal fire on the hill back of the spot where Nat left -me last. If I put the blaze out at once it will mean that I find it -dangerous for them to make the attempt. If I keep it burning, it will -mean that the time is ripe for the blow to be struck--that the Hessians -suspect nothing.” - -For a moment he continued gazing at the paper, fascinated; then he -turned to the messenger. - -“Who gave you this?” - -“Mistah Brewstah, suh.” - -“Where is he?” - -“Was jes below de town, suh, a few hours ago. Reckon he’s gone now, -’cross de river.” - -“Do you know what’s written on this paper?” keenly. - -“’Deed no, suh. I can’t read writin’ no-how. It’s sumfin ’bout Gen’ul -Washington, though. Mistah Brewstah done told me that when he said I -was to be ca’ful and not let the British see it.” - -“How did he come to give it to you?” - -“I wu’ks for Mistah Spen’sah, outside town; Mistah Spen’sah is a -friend to Gen’ul Washington’s gen’l’men, an’ he done tol’ Mistah -Brewstah that he could done trust me. I’se pow’ful sot ’gainst dese -heah Hushians, I is.” - -For some time after the lad had gone George stood immovable reading -the paper so that there could be no mistake as to its meaning. Then he -touched one end of it to the flames upon the broad hearth and watched -it blacken and curl. A door opened and the draught carried the charred -fragments up the wide chimney; George was still bending toward the fire -meditatively, when a harsh, high-pitched voice demanded: - -“Where are my friends, sir? Come now, don’t keep me kicking my heels -and waiting.” - -There was something familiar in the tones, and George lifted his head -and gazed at the speaker. The man was burly, red-faced and had small, -deeply-set eyes; and his manner, as he stood waiting for the landlord -to reply, was oddly like that of an ill-trained mastiff. It flashed -into the youth’s mind that he had seen this man somewhere before and -under conditions which had possessed interest. As George was measuring -him closely, the glance of the newcomer happened to rest upon him; -and into the small, deeply-set eyes there came a look as puzzled as -his own. For a moment they stood thus, gazing at each other; then the -landlord spoke: - -“Your friends, sir,” he said, “are in the back parlor. They required -that you be shown in when you arrived.” - -Several times after this George encountered the same person and each -time he fell to wondering who he was; and always did he see speculation -in the glances which the big man leveled at him. - -On Christmas day the inn was all a-bustle with preparation. Colonel -Rahl had suddenly announced that he would hold a concert and -entertainment there; his own quarters were not large enough to house -the throng expected; and as the inn parlors were big and comfortable, -the landlord had been given notice to decorate them with greens and -candle-lights against the coming of the commander’s guests. The regular -lodgers at the tavern were greatly inconvenienced by the affair. The -kitchens were mainly given up to the cooking of Rahl’s dinner; and when -the patrons of the place did succeed in having a meal prepared, they -were forced to eat it in all sorts of out-of-the-way places in order -not to be in the way of those hanging the decorations. - -So George found himself dining alone in a screened corner near to the -fire early that evening. A small dining party was placed, after a -little, upon the opposite side of the screen; George paid no attention -to them, being busy with his own thoughts. - -In a little time the waiters had finished their hammering and hanging; -and the first voice that George caught from the party beyond the screen -was that of the burly man whom he thought he knew. - -“And so,” this person was saying, with a great laugh, “she is coming -here to-night, is she?” - -A smoother voice replied: - -“Yes; she’s stopping with the Hawksworths, I understand. And they’ll be -sure to be here. They are great friends of Rahl’s, you see.” - -When this last person began to speak, George started in astonishment. -It could not be! But as it went on he was convinced and dumbfounded. -The voice was that of Major Hyde. And, as though to assure the young -New Englander that he was not mistaken, Henderson, the dragoon officer, -now spoke. - -“’Pon my word,” he laughed. “Rahl is a great fellow. He pulls the -string and they all dance like puppets.” - -“Your uncle, Mr. Camp, will also be present, I suppose,” said the burly -man, apparently to Hyde. - -“I think not,” answered the major. “He’s still brooding over the ashes -of his manor house, I believe; they can’t induce him to leave.” - -“He would be a trifle astonished to see us here,” said the dragoon with -another laugh, in which the big man joined. - -“And scarcely pleased, I fancy,” said Hyde. - -“Not pleased!” There was incredulity in the other’s voice. “Not pleased -to know that you’ve really been a king’s man all along, and not a -rebel. Oh, come now.” - -Hyde a king’s man! George’s knife fell with a clatter to the floor, so -great was his amazement. - -“What I say is more likely than not to be a fact,” answered Hyde. -“Herbert, it seems, made no real interest with the old gentleman in -shifting his colors. I saw that long since. You see,” with a sneer in -his voice, “my worthy uncle is one of those who prefer what they call -principle to the gaining of victory.” - -“Absurd!” growled the burly man. There was a pause, then he continued -in another tone: “But it seems to me that you have made your real -sympathies known too soon. The rebellion is not yet put down. If you -had remained with Washington’s army, you would have----” - -“He would have graced the end of a rope,” said Henderson. “And I should -have borne him company.” - -“Ah! They suspected you, then?” - -“They were only waiting to make sure,” said Hyde. “I got wind of a -letter written by Tryon to Matthews in which I was referred to--not by -name, to be sure, but near enough to be dangerous. That told me that my -stay in the American lines was limited.” - -“Tryon is an idiot,” commented the dragoon. “How a man can so trust -intimate matters to pen and ink is more than I can understand.” - -“So!” was the thought of the listener. “Herbert Camp spoke the truth -then. Hyde was the nephew of whom Tryon wrote.” - -“It was high time for us to go,” said Henderson. “I felt it in my -bones, days before the Long Island fight. That fellow Prentiss seemed -growing too keen to be comfortable.” - -“Prentiss?” the big man repeated the name inquiringly. - -“Yes; the messenger sent us from Boston.” - -“Ah! that was his name, was it? Now, there was a confounded knave for -you. He was willing to sell us all out to Putnam, I’m told.” - -“Yes. And he’d just as willingly sold out Putnam to us. It made little -difference to him.” - -“It’s fortunate that we received word as to his true character when we -did,” said Henderson. “Otherwise he would have come to know every man -of us for what we really were.” - -“You should have got rid of the scoundrel,” growled the burly man. -“There are more ways than one.” - -“We tried several,” said Hyde. “Once we invited him to dinner to our -place in Wall Street. But he refused.” - -A shudder ran through the listener. He had indeed been near to death on -that spring evening. - -“Then Henderson had a shot at him later--in my uncle’s house on Crown -Street.” - -“Henderson!” George almost cried this aloud, so great was his -astonishment. - -“But I missed,” complained the dragoon. “You see, I couldn’t get a -proper bead on him. I was in a sort of closet behind one of Hyde’s -ancestor’s portraits, and was forced to shoot through a hole in one of -the eyes. And even though I missed, I almost lost my life for the shot.” - -“How was that?” - -“Who stood in the middle of the room when I tore out of the closet, but -Mistress Peggy Camp. Poof! What a tiger cat!” The burly man exclaimed -wonderingly. - -“Peggy,” said Hyde, “has always been an eager little rebel. And -because I was such an ardent patriot,” laughingly, “I’ve always had her -respect.” - -“You once counted upon having more than that, if I remember aright. You -wanted her as your wife when you thought she’d be made heiress to the -old man--vice Herbert, dismissed.” - -“Well, Herbert’s sudden shift to the British side of the house spoiled -all that. So we’ll not discuss it.” Hyde’s voice was cold. - -“And so Peggy flew at you for taking a shot at Prentiss, did she?” said -the burly man. “He’d fooled her into thinking him a staunch Whig, I -suppose.” - -“On the contrary,” answered Henderson, “she was convinced that he was a -traitor to the American cause.” - -“She fancied that I, the patriot officer, sought his life for that very -reason,” said Major Hyde. “That night in Crown Street, she saw me enter -the room where Henderson was already concealed behind the picture. At -first I thought she had been in the room when I entered, and was afraid -she knew Henderson’s purpose. But later, I was convinced that this was -not so. - -“The rascal in the next room had been of service to her in some way. -She said she knew he was a traitor to her countrymen--she realized that -he was all that was bad. But, for all that, I must not harm him.” - -“It was I, and not Herbert, for whom she pleaded,” was the listener’s -thought. “But, then, I heard Herbert’s name mentioned; I heard----” - -“All the time,” laughed Hyde, “I knew that her brother was hiding in -the house. There were many arrests just then, and I suppose he feared -being taken. I promised Peggy that I’d say nothing of his presence; but -I warned her to beware of Prentiss.” - -For the first time, George understood the conversation which had taken -place in the room next the tapestried chamber. They had spoken of him -at first; but later the talk had shifted to Herbert. - -“Prentiss,” went on Major Hyde, “had filled her with fear, for all her -determination to save him. I told her that he was in the house for no -other purpose than the tracking of her brother. This I thought might -induce her to leave the fellow in our hands to do with as we pleased.” - -“But she didn’t?” - -“No; she was frightened, but apparently had full faith in herself to -deal with the situation. I went away, thinking she too would go to her -room. But she must have suspected something, and was still where I left -her when the shot was fired.” - -“What have you succeeded in fastening upon Prentiss beside the charge -from Boston that he was carrying water upon both shoulders?” inquired -the big man. - -“Nothing.” - -“We made a try, that same night in Crown Street,” said the dragoon. -“But he’s such a sharp villain that we were hard put to it to avoid -suspicion.” - -“I tried to make him admit that he’d betrayed Dana or young Camp to -Putnam,” said Hyde. “But he avoided us; and we were forced to pass the -thing off as a sort of wager.” - -But at length there was a pushing back of chairs upon the other side -of the screen; the score was settled, after some argument with the -waiter; George heard the sound of feet crossing the floor, mingled -voices in talk that was both loud and light; then a door closed upon -them. - -The youth looked at his watch. It was after eight o’clock. Hastily he -settled for his dinner, and rising, was helped on with his greatcoat. -Feeling in his pocket to make sure that he had his tinder box, he came -from behind the screen and made for the street door with quick steps. - -Not once did he glance about him. If he had done so he would have -noted that all of the Major Hyde party had not gone. The burly man -still remained, and as George hurried by him, he glanced up. The same -speculation filled his eyes that always entered them at the sight of -George; but this time recognition quickly followed. His heavy jaws -snapped together, mastiff-like, and as the door closed behind the lad, -he arose to his feet and called for his hat and coat. And as George had -felt carefully for his tinder box, so did this man feel for his pistol; -and being satisfied that it was in its place he opened the door and -set doggedly after the other through the Christmas lighted streets of -Trenton. - - - - -CHAPTER XXII - -TELLS HOW A FIRE WAS KINDLED ON A HILLSIDE - - -Upon all sides were lighted windows; and through each of them could be -seen groups of Hessians feasting or dancing; the sounds of singing and -laughter came from every quarter. Through the day, George Prentiss’ -quick eye had noted the increasing lack of military deportment among -the mercenaries; and now that night had come, things had grown worse. - -“The fire, when I light it, will be allowed to burn,” thought the -young fellow, grimly, as he pushed his way through the snow. “And when -Washington’s rifles are banging about their ears, perhaps they’ll -regret their feastings and frolickings.” - -In a little while he was in the select quarter of the town. Here the -festival was being observed with less grotesquery; and every now and -then a sleigh flitted by, crowded with merrymakers on their way to -Colonel Rahl’s concert. At the door of the Hawksworth mansion stood -a number of gracefully modeled cutters, each with a spirited team and -a great number of jingling bells. Apparently quite a party were going -from here to the concert; they were trooping down the steps laughing -and chattering; several footmen held lanthorns aloft; the ice upon the -stone steps and pavement glittered like glass. - -Suddenly there was an exclamation; a girl slipped and would have fallen -had not young Prentiss deftly caught her. She murmured a “Thank you,” -and looked into his face. - -But, so filled was he with the importance of his errand, that he -had not even noted that the house was Hawksworth’s; so he failed to -recognize the face behind the heavy veil. All unknowing, he touched his -hat and hurried on. She recognized him, however, for the light from -a lanthorn had fallen directly upon his face; and she gasped to see -him here, of all places in the world. Her friends were laughing and -chattering still, and calling to each other from the different sleighs; -but she never heeded them. Standing at one side she gazed after the -dimming figure pushing its way so doggedly through the snow. - -And as she stood there, she became aware of something else. There was -another figure--a burly, towering figure that possessed an atmosphere -at once cautious and threatening. The huge shoulders were bent, the -head was drawn down, the step was careful, the whole manner one of -secrecy and observation. That this person was following the boy seemed -beyond doubt; and the girl choked back a little cry as she realized it. - -Apparently under the impression that the entire party was wrapped in -the robes and tucked away in the sleighs, the horses were given rein -and started away amid a great jingling of bells. But still Peggy Camp -paid no heed. For a moment she stood, her eyes following the burly, -secretive pursuer; then with sudden resolution she gathered her cloak -about her and stole away in the broad track which he left in the snow. - -When George reached the point above the town where his friend had -crossed, he stopped for a moment and gazed out over the river. Not even -a twinkle of light could be seen from the Pennsylvania shore; the -snow was falling thickly; the bitter wind had broken the ice into huge -cakes, and these were grinding together ominously. - -But his pause was only of a moment’s duration. Upon the hillock of -which Nat had spoken, a heap of brush, carefully covered from the -snow, was collected. George had taken this precaution the day before. -Shielding his operations with his hat, he struck a spark and fired the -brush; the flame began to lick at the dry twigs hungrily; the dark -red tongues leaped from point to point at the bottom of the heap. As -the wind struck it, the mounting fire bur-r-r-red complainingly; and -satisfied that it had safely caught, George stepped back. As he did so -he heard a step at his side; upon the point of whirling about he heard -a low voice say: - -“Hah! You would, would you!” - -Then came a tremendous blow upon the side of his head and he fell -stunned upon the hillside. The cold touch of the snow, however, -instantly revived him; with his muscles lax and powerless he lay there, -his eyes rolling about until they became fixed upon a form at the fire. - -“A signal, eh?” The big man laughed, and the leaping flame lighted up -his face. And, as it did so, George, strangely enough, knew him. It was -the bully, Slade, whom he had seen at the “King’s Arms” on his first -day in New York. “A signal, was it, my hearty? Well, we’ll soon put an -end to that.” - -With a massive walking stick, apparently the weapon with which he had -felled young Prentiss, he began scattering the brush. - -Unsteadily, George got upon his feet; waveringly he advanced. For the -fire to be instantly quenched meant that the American army must not -venture across the river. - -“How do I know but what this would bring the entire swarm of rebels -down upon us?” growled Slade. He lifted his cudgel for another blow at -the burning brush, when he felt himself shouldered aside; and when he -turned he found himself staring into a wide mouthed pistol. - -“You will kindly not disturb this fire,” said the young New Englander. -“It cost me some little effort to build it, and I’d prefer having it -burn.” - -Bristling and snarling more like a bad mannered mastiff than ever, -Slade regarded the young man. - -“All such things as fire are forbidden on the river bank,” said he, -rather lamely. - -George laughed. “They will have to do something more than forbid, to -make me put this one out,” he said. - -“I was right, then,” said Slade. “It’s a signal!” - -“It is your privilege to guess. And it is also mine to refuse an -answer,” smiled the young man. - -Though he kept the pistol upon Slade, George noticed that the fire was -waning. He began kicking the brush together that it might burn better; -particles of snow flew among the light flames and hissed and sputtered. - -“How much of the conversation did you overhear at the inn about an hour -ago?” asked Slade. - -“All of it.” - -“That’s what I thought.” The small eyes snapped viciously beneath the -heavy brows. “Then you know that you’ve never deceived us. We knew that -you were playing fast and loose from the first.” - -“Your messenger from Boston was suspected of being a traitor, was he?” - -“Suspected?” Slade laughed at this. - -“What was his name?” asked George, quietly. - -Slade hesitated; then a curious look came into his face. - -“We never heard,” said he finally. - -It was George who laughed this time. - -“Mr. Dana is a curious old fellow,” said he. “I wonder if he always -jumps so at conclusions.” - -“Do you mean to say----” Slade stopped. - -“That I am not the messenger? Exactly. Your man must have missed the -‘Nancy Breen.’ I bore dispatches, but they were to General Putnam.” - -Slade eyed him narrowly. - -“That,” said he, “will astonish Major Hyde.” - -“No more than my learning that that same gentleman is a British spy -astonished me,” replied George. - -The fire was not burning as he desired it. Smiling quietly at the -amazed look of Slade, George incautiously lowered the pistol and -proceeded to arrange the dryest of the brush. This lapse was like to -have been his last act on earth, for Slade bounded upon him like a wild -beast. The pistol was knocked from his grasp, and he was crushed to -the ground under the man’s bulk. But the few minutes that had passed -since the first blow had seen the youth’s strength come back in a great -degree. He twisted about, grappled with Slade, and they went writhing -and rolling about in the snow. - -The Tory had little idea of the work in which he was now engaged; with -his tremendous power he should have beaten his lighter opponent into -submission in short order. But, save in clumsy wrestling, he did not -know how to use his strength. George, on the other hand, never missed a -point; he clutched the other by the neck-cloth and twisted it until he -had him gasping; and now and then, when he had a chance, he let go with -one hand and dashed it into the contorted face. - -With the blood streaming from mouth and nose, Slade continued the -struggle; slowly the boy was strangling him; the breath labored in his -huge chest; in the mounting firelight his small eyes seemed ready to -start from his head. - -During the entire fight, George’s great dread was that the fire -might die out through want of attention. He did not fear Slade, or -the outcome of the struggle; but that the waiting Americans upon the -west bank might misread his signal gave him much anxiety. Even in the -midst of the battling, he managed to keep his attention on the fire. -Instead of dying out it grew stronger and stronger; indeed, it roared -and sparkled bravely in the wind; its light made the hillside as plain -as day. Amazed at this, George finally managed to twist about so in -Slade’s clutch that he got a good view of the fire. Still more amazed -was he to see a slight form hovering beside it and heaping brush upon -it with a generous hand. And as he looked, a clear voice said: - -“Never mind this; it is my work. Take care of that man, and leave the -fire to me.” - -With a sort of fierce joy in his heart, George proceeded to do as he -was bidden. But Slade had heard the voice and now saw what was going -forward. The fear of what might be the outcome of the beacon light -caused him to lose his head. With a wild jerk he freed himself from -the young man and leaped to his feet. As he rushed toward the blaze, -George was after him like a cat, snatching his heavy pistol from the -snow as he went. Slade’s arms were outstretched to seize the girl when -the steel barrel fell upon his head; and like an ox he went down in his -tracks. - -“Now,” spoke the young man quietly, as he looked at Peggy Camp, “if -you’ll be so good as to go on as you were, I’ll see to trussing this -fellow up.” - -Without a word the girl fed the brush to the hungry flames; with the -man’s own belt and his woolen neckerchief, George pinioned his arms and -legs. - -“He’s very awkward to handle,” said the youth when this was -accomplished, “and it’s just as well to have him safe.” Then he -turned and helped her with a tangled mass of brush which she found it -difficult to move. “How did you happen here?” he asked. - -“I saw you coming this way,” she answered simply. “And I saw him,” with -a nod toward Slade, “following you. He looked as if he meant harm, so -I followed him.” - -“You did!” He gazed at her steadily. - -“You have served me more than once,” she said. “And then, you are my -cousin.” - -George started with surprise. - -“You know that!” - -“I have known it all along--from the first, almost. And that is why I -have been so--so----” - -She hesitated, and he added a word. - -“Contemptuous,” he said. - -“I felt sure that you knew who Herbert was,” she said, very low, “and -that you should be the one to hunt him down seemed unnatural.” - -He did not reply; and side by side they stood by the fire watching it -curl and roar in the wind. Then she said: “A few moments ago I heard -you say that Major Hyde was a British spy. Was that true?” - -“It was. I had it from his own lips this very night.” Again he looked -at her in the same steady way; then he added: “Some curious things have -happened and some equally curious misunderstandings have sprung up -since that morning on the wharf near the ‘Brigantine.’” - -“I have begun to fear so,” she said. - -“Even at the first,” he said, “I could have explained some of them. But -you would not allow me. Now, however, I can explain all.” - -“I ask your pardon for anything which I have done or said amiss.” She -spoke gently. “If you are ready to tell me these things, I am more than -ready to listen.” - -And so there, on the bleak hillside, with the snow falling and the -bitter wind shrieking about them, he began his tale. Dana’s mistake; -his own selection by Putnam to trace out the conspirators; Hyde’s plot -to have his life because he thought him a false agent to the Tory -cause. And here the girl interrupted him for the first time. - -“That, then, is what Major Hyde meant when he spoke one night with -Captain Henderson at my uncle’s house in Crown Street. He was plotting -your destruction. He said you were as false to them. I thought he spoke -as an American officer. That is why I warned you against coming into -the city upon the night that you rescued my brother and myself at the -‘Wheat Sheaf.’ I felt sure that you had betrayed the American cause.” - -Then George proceeded with his narrative. He told how he had given up -the mission because of his relationship to them, and how he had plainly -told General Putnam why. Then he watched the joy in her face as he -related what he had heard Herbert tell his uncle. - -“Then my brother is not a renegade!” she cried, with shining eyes. - -“It would seem not,” replied George. “And it would seem that General -Putnam was in touch with all the facts and all his movements.” - -After this they spoke of the eventful night at Corbie’s tavern. The -girl listened, and when he had finished, he saw doubt once more in her -eyes. - -“As you suspect,” she said, “I knew my brother intended going there -that night, as I did on the night at the ‘Wheat Sheaf.’ And I followed -to do what I could to save him from danger. But if he was innocent,” -and her eyes fixed themselves gravely upon George, “why did he see fit -to hide afterward?” - -“In the light of what I now know,” answered George, “it is clear -enough. He feared that he had been recognized and would be arrested. -In that event it would be necessary to call upon General Putnam; of -course, he would then be released; but at the same time, this release -might cause a suspicion of the real state of affairs to get abroad, and -so ruin his chances to eventually worm himself into the secrets of the -enemy.” - -He then recounted how he had been met and been invited by her uncle to -their New York home; he was about to tell his conversation with Major -Hyde and the dragoon when she interrupted him. - -“I heard it all,” she said. “By accident I was seated at the window -behind the curtain; and that conversation convinced me more and more -that you were what I had come to think you--a person in the pay of -both sides--one willing to betray either, according to which way your -interest pointed.” Her hand touched his arm lightly, imploringly. -“Forgive me,” she said. - -After this came the story of the tapestried chamber from his point of -view; then he told what Hyde had said about it. She hung her head. - -[Illustration: “_IT’S THE ARMY OF WASHINGTON_”] - -“I could not see you harmed, no matter what you had done,” she said, -simply. “In spite of all that I then believed against you, I could not -forget who you were and that you had behaved bravely more than once in -my behalf.” - -And so they talked and talked and the time sped by. For more than an -hour the brush fire crackled on the hillside; and then, when no more -fuel was to be had, it was permitted to die away. But still the youth -and the girl waited, their garments wrapped about them snugly, for the -wind grew more bitter with each passing moment. Then from across the -ice-choked river long lines of light began to dimly flicker. - -“It’s the army of Washington,” said George, and there was exultation in -his voice. “They are about to embark.” - -“Then that,” said Peggy Camp, awed, “is really the answer to the -signal.” - -“It is,” answered he. “And in a few hours, there will, perhaps, be a -new master in the town of Trenton.” - -And so they stole away through the darkness and snow toward the town. - -And when they had disappeared, the burly figure on the ground began to -writhe and tug at the bonds that held him. After a long struggle, the -neck-cloth began to stretch and slip; a half minute later it had fallen -from his arms. Then the belt was off and Slade got painfully upon his -feet. - -“So we are to have a crossing of the river and a surprise, are we?” -said he, as he hobbled toward the town. “Well, we shall see about that, -my lad.” - - - - -CHAPTER XXIII - -SHOWS HOW THE CONCERT WAS INTERRUPTED - - -When George Prentiss and Peggy Camp reached the inn, they found it -brilliant with lights, festoons of green branches and laurels hung all -about; holly berries gleamed redly against their backgrounds of somber -leaves. The public rooms were alive with merrymakers; the gleaming -costumes of the ladies mingled with the rich European uniforms of the -German and English officers. Bright looks and happy laughter were -everywhere; the beloved band of Colonel Rahl throbbed through a German -waltz. - -Peggy instantly sought out Mrs. Hawksworth; what explanation she made -of her absence, George did not know; but he noted that both Mrs. -Hawksworth and her cold-faced husband looked at him searchingly. - -It was then past midnight; George was on fire to be off that he might -watch for Washington’s coming; but he knew that this would be both -dangerous and useless, and so he remained where he was. - -The clock struck two, and then pointed to the half hour before Peggy -came to him again. - -“They forbade me speaking to you until they had heard and understood -everything concerning my escapade, as they call it,” she laughed. “And -so I had to steal away.” Then, eagerly: “What have you heard? Are they -really coming?” - -“I have heard nothing,” said George. “We can’t hope to get news before -the last moment. The rifles will then tell us what we are to expect.” - -“I can’t get the picture of those great blocks of ice out of my mind,” -she said, with a shudder. “And then the river looked so dark and so -deep. And it was so cold and pitiless.” - -They stood by one of the windows at the front of the inn; the room, -save for a few other couples, was deserted. Through an open doorway at -one side they could see the dancers whirl by; also there came the gleam -of the brass instruments and the high-colored uniforms of the bandsmen. -Another open door showed the numerous parties grouped about the tables -engrossed in their game. Colonel Rahl was among those nearest the door; -opposite him sat Mr. Hawksworth, and grouped about the table were -numerous officers and Tory residents of quality. - -“The colonel is ill prepared, should things go as we wish,” whispered -George. - -“The worse prepared, the better for our friends,” said Peggy, sagely. - -The snow all about the inn was packed hard by the steady tramping of -the Hessian guard. Under a beefy sergeant they kept all intruders at -a distance; the squeaking of their boots and the clanking of their -equipment were constant. - -Three o’clock struck, and it was some time afterward that George -became aware of an altercation going on outside the window where they -sat. Since seeing Hyde and Henderson he had kept himself much in the -background, but all matters in any way unusual were quick to draw his -attention. So he turned at once to see what was going forward. - -The beefy sergeant and a number of his men were grouped outside; -in their midst was a burly figure with a face blood-clotted, a -shirt-frill crimson and with the bearing of one about to sink down from -exhaustion. His legs seemed to sag beneath him; his big head weakly -swayed from side to side; his hands pawed at the Hessians in an effort -to hold himself erect. - -“Slade!” exclaimed George, under his breath. And as he said it, he -stepped back from the window, drawing Peggy away also. “He’s slipped -out of the things I tied him up with.” - -“Does he suspect anything, do you think?” whispered the girl. “Did he -hear what we said as we talked by the fire?” - -“Perhaps.” - -“And he’s here to give warning.” She drew in her breath in a great -frightened gasp, and her eyes were fixed upon the blood-smeared man -swaying so weakly in the snow. - -“Colonel Rahl!” they heard him say. “Colonel Rahl!” - -“Well, what about him?” demanded the fat sergeant, waving away the -pawing hands. - -“I must see him--at once.” - -The sergeant laughed. His men, who understood almost no English, -looked at Slade with stolid indifference. - -“You must see him,” said the sergeant “Plenty peoples think the same as -yourself to-night.” He waved a hand. “Poof! Get away!” - -“I tell you I must see him,” said Slade. - -“Make me no troubles,” advised the Hessian sergeant. “Get away, or -you’ll feel der ramroad your back across.” - -“I have business with him--important business.” - -“Der colonel no business listens to, to-night yet,” stated the beefy -sergeant. - -“He’ll listen to this,” cried Slade, desperately, almost sinking down -in the snow from very weakness. “Ask him to give me a moment.” - -But the sergeant, bored, gestured him away. Two of the men seized him -by the shoulder. - -“Wait!” cried Slade. “Just a moment.” - -From his pockets he took a number of broad gold pieces; and at sight of -them the sergeant’s eyes shone. - -“These are yours,” said Slade, “if you carry a note to your colonel.” - -The sergeant nodded. - -“Business so important as dot,” grinned he, “must be attended to, a -little.” - -At a command of the sergeant, one of the soldiers brought an ink pot -and a quill from the headquarters across the way; with weak, numbed -fingers, Slade scrawled a few lines upon a sheet of paper. - -“Take that to him,” he said. “That will answer, I think.” - -The sergeant accepted the note and the gold pieces. - -“Inside,” said he, pointing to headquarters, “a fire is by der hall. Go -there and wait. When I der time get, I’ll give this to der colonel.” - -“You will be sure?” - -“You will wait der fire beside,” stated the fat sergeant. “To my own -affairs I will attend myself.” - -As there was nothing to be gained by insistence, Slade turned and -limped slowly across the street; then the door opened and closed behind -him. - -“If he gives that note to Colonel Rahl,” breathed Peggy, “it may -destroy everything.” - -“It’s half-past three,” replied George, quietly, looking at his watch. -“The army has more than likely now reached this side of the river.” - -“Oh, do you think so!” - -“I do. But,” and there was an anxious note in his voice, “for all that, -if the message did not come under the eyes of Rahl, it would be much -better.” - -Here came a loud shout of laughter from Rahl. He had won. His face was -flushed and exultant. - -“Ach!” he shouted. “I have not yet forgotten the game.” Then noting -that his band had ceased playing he added, with a frown: “What is the -matter with the music? Eh? Tell them to play. What do I pay the swine -for?” Then to his companions, “Come, deal, deal----” - -Muddled, excited, engrossed in his game, the leader of the Hessians had -no thought of his trust; had any one spoken of an American attack at -that moment, he would have been treated as one beneath contempt. On and -on went the game, the dance and the throbbing of the band; the minutes -passed and grew in number; the long hand of young Prentiss’ watch -climbed slowly upward. - -“Four o’clock,” he said at last to Peggy, who sat huddled in her cloak -in the outer room. “It would seem that the sergeant has forgotten -Slade’s note entirely.” - -That Slade had arrived at this conclusion also was at that moment -made evident; he came out of the headquarters across the way, his -face cleansed of the blood stains and seeming much stronger. At once -he accosted the fat sergeant. That worthy gazed at him stupidly for a -moment; his naturally sluggish brain had been rendered more so than -ever by the cold of the early morning; then he remembered. - -“Ach! Donner und blitz!” he cried. “I have not der colonel spoken to -yet. But I will. Stand here der door by.” - -So saying, he entered the outer room where George and Peggy stood alone -by the fire. The sergeant saluted awkwardly; he was a plain man, and -the lights and beautiful women in the rooms beyond rather bewildered -him. - -Instantly Peggy was at his side, smiling and bewitching. - -“Did you want anything, sergeant?” - -Again the fat man’s hand went to his hat. - -“A message for der colonel, Fräulein,” he said. “But,” with a glance -toward the card room, “he don’t like to be disturbed when he blays. So -I will wait.” - -He had turned to go when Peggy stopped him. - -“A message,” she said, insinuatingly. “It might be important. Give it -to me.” - -“You will hand it to him, Fräulein?” eagerly. - -“To be sure--and before very long.” - -“Danke schön.” The man went out, leaving Slade’s note in her hand. - -George looked at her; there was admiration in his face. - -“That was very clever,” he said. - -“It was necessary,” answered Peggy, and she laughed. - -“But you promised to give it to Rahl,” said George, his eyes now on the -message. - -“I know. And I will--but not until it is too late to do harm.” - -Again they stood together before the hearth, watching the curling -flames and the darting sparks. Then suddenly he reared his head, as he -became aware of a jarring, far-off sound. His eyes went to the window; -a Hessian guard had paused in his monotonous tramping and stood as -though listening. Again it came, a sullen jarring, far off, yet somehow -plain. - -“What was that?” Peggy’s hand was on his arm. - -“I don’t know. And yet it sounds like----” he paused as the sound came -again. “Yes, it is! It is volley firing!” - -“They are here!” She bent her head to catch the sound. “But it seems so -far off.” - -“That is because of the snow. They are firing on the outposts, and none -of these are stationed more than a half mile outside the town.” - -At once she left his side and started toward the room where Rahl sat. -And as she did so, the tired musicians began to play once more. - -“Where are you going?” George was at her side. - -But she did not answer in words; between her fingers he saw the -crumpled scrawl of the Tory, Slade; and as she held it up, it replied -eloquently. - -He followed her. The men and women about the table were eagerly -absorbed in the game; the room was hot, and crowded with onlookers. As -the girl paused beside Colonel Rahl, several players lifted their heads -surprisedly; the idlers as though they felt that something was about to -occur came a step nearer to the Hessian leader’s table. - -“Colonel Rahl,” said the girl. - -The man turned his flushed face toward her. She held out the paper. - -“A message,” she said. “Your sergeant brought it.” - -“Ah, yes; I will see to it.” - -He took the note and stuffed it feverishly into his breast pocket, -never once looking at it; then he gave his attention once more to the -game. - -George noted that the candles were beginning to grow dim; and this -told him that dawn was at hand. Above the blare of the brass throated -instruments he fancied more than once that he caught the scattering -discharge of small arms. At length, unable to stand the suspense, he -turned to leave the room; and as he did so, came face to face with -Major Hyde. A sarcastic smile lit the man’s cold eyes. - -“It is something of a surprise,” said he. “But, nevertheless, I am very -glad to see you.” Then in a loud tone he added: “Colonel Rahl, if you -will summon the guard, I’ll give this spy in charge.” - -“Spy!” Men and women sprang to their feet; swords were drawn, chairs -were overturned. With a swift look over his shoulder George saw Peggy’s -face whiten; then like a panther he sprang upon Hyde. Down went the man -as though stricken by a thunderbolt; over his body leaped the young -New Englander. As he did so the outer door was flung open and the fat -sergeant bounced into the inn. - -“Der feind!” he roared. A volley of musketry rolled through the -streets. “Der feind!” - -George flashed by him and gained the street; out of the inn poured Rahl -and his officers, excited, confused, buttoning up their greatcoats and -feeling for their swords. - -“Heraus!” shouted Rahl, flashing his blade from its sheath. “Heraus!” - -The cry was taken up by the officers; the Hessians, heavy eyed, gorged -with feasting and totally unfit for battle, thronged out of the warm -houses into the bitter night. Drums were beating; the town was roaring -with fright. - -A group of artillerymen formed behind the half circle of guns before -Rahl’s headquarters; their matches were lighted and they waited for the -word that would scatter death into the onrushing Americans. But there -was no officer collected enough to give it; and in another instant the -gunners were bayoneted at their posts. - -George Prentiss saw two forces of Americans, coming from different -directions, form a junction; at their heads he recognized Sullivan and -the commander-in-chief himself. Seizing the musket of a fallen Hessian, -he joined the massed column. A battery of six guns under Forest was -drawn up and opened upon Rahl and his frantic brigade at a few hundred -paces. - -“Hot work,” said a voice at George’s side. And turning he saw the forms -of Ezra and Nat Brewster. Ben Cooper, his chubby cheek pressed against -a rifle-barrel, was drawing a bead upon an enemy. - -“Glad to see you’re all right,” he nodded to George. “But I’ll tell you -more about it later on.” - -Under the galling fire of Forest’s artillery, Rahl drew his men off to -the east side of the town. Hand’s riflemen took up a place in his rear -while he was forming his command. Desperate fighters that they were, -the mercenaries still had a chance to escape. But they so despised the -Americans, and their quarters in the town were so stowed with plunder, -that they determined to stand their ground. Rahl gave the word to -charge. The Americans braced to meet them, their rifles held ready. - -“Steady! Steady!” ran through the columns. “Hold your fire.” - -In spite of this a scattering of bullets met the Hessians as they -began their charge. Even in the dawn, the face of Washington shone -with exultation. Ezra, who stood near him, heard him say to one of his -officers: - -“They are gorged like animals and cannot fight long. After the first -volley, we’ll give them the bayonet.” - -A moment later he lifted his hand; the order to fire was given, and the -onrushing Hessians began to fall. Through the dimness and smoke George -saw Rahl press a hand to his side and sway in his saddle. - -“He’s hit!” cried the lad. - -And no sooner had the words left his mouth than the Hessian leader -pitched forward under his horse’s feet. Dismayed at his fall, the -mercenaries faltered; then the hardy colonials broke upon them with -sword, bayonet and pistol; but the sluggish, overfed foreigners had -no stomach for hard fighting and in a few moments the cry went up for -quarter; and then to a man they threw down their arms. - - * * * * * - -It was high noon before the last batch of prisoners had been banded -together to be sent across the river; and half the American force was -busy in making ready the Hessian stores and plunder for transportation. -Now and then a shot rang out which told of a detected looter, or an -unearthed enemy; but for the most part the streets were quiet. - -Private property, by Washington’s strict order, was in every way -protected. Before the Hawksworth mansion paced a guard of stalwart -continentals; within was gathered a party which laughed and talked -joyously. Stout old Merchant Camp shook Ezra Prentiss by the hand for -perhaps the tenth time. - -“And so you are Seth’s other grandson, eh? Well, well! And both of you -hold to Washington and the Congress, you say! Were there ever such -times in the world before!” - -“And grandfather, too, don’t forget that,” laughed Ezra. - -But the staunch old Tory did not laugh. - -“So Seth has gone over, too! Well, every man to his own beliefs. I am -alone among you, but,” and his stubborn old head lifted high, “I’m a -king’s man still, and will be to the end.” - -Peggy and her brother, Herbert, together with young Brewster, Ben -Cooper and George, were grouped at the fireside. First Peggy would look -at George and then at Ezra. - -“I am almost frightened, Cousin George,” she said in an awed sort of -way, “when I look at you both. You look so much alike that it’s really -uncanny.” - -The heavy-browed Herbert, who proved a most companionable fellow, said -to Ben, aside: - -“They look alike, but it is not possible that Ezra is as great a fellow -as George. It would be expecting too much.” - -But Ben waved the notion aside at once. - -“There is no greater chap than Ezra Prentiss in the army,” said he. -“And after you’ve come to know him, you’ll say so yourself.” - -“No, no,” said old Mr. Camp to something which Ezra had just remarked. -“Howe is at New York; I’ll go back there; that is the place for me.” - -“You’ll probably meet with Cousin Hyde and his friend Henderson there,” -said Peggy. “Mr. Brewster has just been telling me that they escaped.” - -“A pair of rascals, my dear,” said the old gentleman. “I want nothing -to do with them.” - -“You will go back to New York also, I suppose,” said George to Peggy. - -“No,” she said, proudly. “I have lived my last under British rule. -Herbert will take me to Philadelphia.” - -“Then,” spoke Ezra, “we’ll see you often, more than likely, for, if the -indications are to be trusted, the army will be thereabouts for some -time to come.” - - -Other Stories in this Series are: - - THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT LEXINGTON - THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT BUNKER HILL - THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT MONMOUTH - (In Press) - - - - -TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES: - - - Italicized text is surrounded by underscores: _italics_. - - Obvious typographical errors have been corrected. - - Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been standardized. - - Archaic or alternate spelling has been retained from the original. - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT -TRENTON *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/66806-0.zip b/old/66806-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 56327c3..0000000 --- a/old/66806-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h.zip b/old/66806-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bf8f4e9..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/66806-h.htm b/old/66806-h/66806-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 654f992..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/66806-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11066 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Young Continentals at Trenton, by John T. McIntyre—A Project Gutenberg eBook - </title> - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - <style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - - h1,h2 { - text-align: center; - clear: both; -} - -p { - margin-top: .51em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .49em; -} - -div.titlepage {text-align: center; page-break-before: always; page-break-after: always;} -div.titlepage p {text-align: center; font-weight: bold; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: 2em;} - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - margin-left: 33.5%; - margin-right: 33.5%; - clear: both; -} - -hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;} -hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;} -@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} } - - -div.chapter {page-break-before: always;} -h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;} - - -table { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} - - -.tdl {text-align: left; } -.tdr {text-align: right;} - -.pagenum { - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-variant: normal; -} - -p.drop-cap { - text-indent: -0.1em; - margin-left: 35%; - margin-bottom: 2em; - font-weight: bold; -} - -p.drop-cap2 { - text-indent: -0.5em; - margin-left: 35%; - margin-bottom: 2em; - font-weight: bold; -} - -p.drop-cap3 { - text-indent: -0.35em; - margin-left: 35%; - margin-bottom: 2em; - font-weight: bold; -} - - p.drop-cap:first-letter, p.drop-cap2:first-letter, p.drop-cap3:first-letter -{ - float: left; - margin: 0em 0.15em 0em 0em; - font-size: 200%; - line-height:0.85em; - text-indent: 0em; -} - -.x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap, .x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap2, .x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap3 { - text-indent: 0em; -} -.x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap:first-letter, .x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap2:first-letter, .x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap3:first-letter -{ - float: none; - margin: 0; - font-size: 100%; -} - -.center {text-align: center;} - -.ph1 {text-align: center; font-size: large; font-weight: bold;} -.ph2 {text-align: center; font-size: xx-large; font-weight: bold;} - -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - -.large {font-size: 125%;} - -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; - page-break-inside: avoid; - max-width: 100%; -} - - - -.poetry-container {text-align: center;} -.poetry {display: inline-block; text-align: left;} -.poetry .verse {text-indent: -2.5em; padding-left: 3em;} - -.poetry .indent {text-indent: 15em;} -@media print { .poetry {display: block;} } -.x-ebookmaker .poetry {display: block;} - -.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA; - color: black; - font-size:smaller; - margin-left: 17.5%; - margin-right: 17.5%; - padding: 1em; - margin-bottom: 1em; - font-family:sans-serif, serif; } - - </style> - </head> -<body> -<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Young Continentals at Trenton, by John T. McIntyre</p> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online -at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you -are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this eBook. -</div> - -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The Young Continentals at Trenton</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: John T. McIntyre</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Illustrator: Ralph L. Boyer</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: November 23, 2021 [eBook #66806]</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: D A Alexander, David E. Brown, with thanks to Bowling Green State University for providing the image of original book cover. and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.)</p> -<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT TRENTON ***</div> - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/cover.jpg" width="40%" alt="" /></div> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_0"></span> -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_frontispiece.jpg" alt="" /></div> -<p class="drop-cap"><i>“GET OUT OF THE WAY,<br /> -MY HEARTY”</i></p> -</div> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<div class="chapter"> -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_title.jpg" alt="" /></div> -</div> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="titlepage"> - -<h1>The Young<br /> -Continentals<br /> -at Trenton</h1> - -<p><i>by</i><br /> - -<span class="large">John T. M<sup>c</sup>Intyre</span><br /> - -<i>Author of</i><br /> - -“The Young Continentals at Lexington”<br /> -“The Young Continentals at Bunker Hill”</p> - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_titlelogo.jpg" alt="" /></div> - -<p>Illustrated by Ralph L. Boyer.</p> - -<p><span class="large"><i>The Penn Publishing<br /> -Company Philadelphia<br /> -MCMXI</i></span></p> -</div> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="center"> -COPYRIGHT<br /> -1911 BY<br /> -THE PENN<br /> -PUBLISHING<br /> -COMPANY</p> - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_publogo.jpg" alt="" /></div> -</div> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[3]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">Introduction</h2> -</div> - - -<p>“<span class="smcap">The</span> Young Continentals” series deals -with the experiences of four boys in the -American Revolution. One of them, Nat -Brewster, is from the hills about Wyoming, -Ben Cooper is from Philadelphia, while the -Prentiss twin brothers come from Boston.</p> - -<p>In the first book of the series, “The Young -Continentals at Lexington,” Nat Brewster -played the leading part—a part full of daring -and enterprise. In the second book, “The -Young Continentals at Bunker Hill,” Ezra -Prentiss replaced Nat as the principal figure, -while in the present volume, George Prentiss -steps into the foreground.</p> - -<p>The first book dealt with the revolution -from the stirring of the wrath of the colonies -to the first blows struck at Lexington and Concord -Bridge. The second began where the first -ended, and related the events that took place -during the siege of Boston, including the fight -on Breed’s Hill and ended with the evacuation -of the city by the British.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[4]</span>The present, or third, takes up the thread -of the great struggle where the second laid it -down; it deals with the preparation for defending -New York City, describes the battle -of Long Island, the crossing of the Delaware -and the capture of the Hessians at Trenton.</p> - -<p>The fourth book, “The Young Continentals -at Monmouth,” takes in the encounters -around Philadelphia, including the battle of -Germantown, and ends with Washington’s -brilliant success at Monmouth. Ben Cooper -fills the eye in this volume; and during the -course of the story appears the celebrated -Molly Pitcher, the girl who served a gun at -Monmouth and whom Washington afterward -made a sergeant on the field of battle. This -volume is now in preparation.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[5]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">Contents</h2> -</div> - -<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2" summary="table"> - - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">I.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Shows How Merchant Dana Boarded -the “Nancy Breen” and What -Came of It</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_9"> 9</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">II.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Shows the Reception George Prentiss -Met With in New York Town</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_34"> 34</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">III.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Tells How a Bully Entered the -“King’s Arms”</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_52"> 52</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">IV.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Tells How the Bully Changed His -Mind, and How George Was Sent -for in Haste</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_64"> 64</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">V.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">In Which General Putnam Has His -Say</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_75"> 75</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">VI.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Explains How George Prentiss Becomes -a Guest at the “Wheat -Sheaf”</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_82"> 82</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">VII.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Tells How Three People Made a -Dash for Freedom</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_111"> 111</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">VIII.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Tells How Peggy Gave a Warning</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_122"> 122</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">IX.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">In Which George Prentiss Receives -an Invitation</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_129"> 129</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">X.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Shows How Washington Came to -New York</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_138"> 138</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XI.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">In Which George Prentiss Makes a -Sudden Resolution</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_152"> 152</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XII.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Tells How Two People Peered -Through the Window of the -Old Mill</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_163"> 163</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XIII.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">In Which Peggy Camp Shows Her -Courage</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_171"> 171</a><span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[6]</span></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XIV.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Shows How the British Ships Came -Into the Bay</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_181"> 181</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XV.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Tells How George Visited the -House in Crown Street</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_190"> 190</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XVI.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Peggy Speaks Her Mind</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_204"> 204</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XVII.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Shows What Happened in the -Tapestried Chamber</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_217"> 217</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XVIII.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">In Which is Fought the Battle of -Long Island</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_229"> 229</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XIX.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Describes How George and His -Friend Start Upon a Dangerous -Mission</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_255"> 255</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XX.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Tells of Two Patriots in Trenton</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_274"> 274</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XXI.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">How Colonel Rahl Proposed Giving -a Christmas Concert</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_283"> 283</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XXII.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Tells How a Fire Was Kindled on -a Hillside</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_301"> 301</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="tdr" valign="top">XXIII.</td><td class="tdl"> <span class="smcap">Shows How the Concert Was Interrupted</span></td><td class="tdr" valign="bottom"><a href="#Page_317"> 317</a></td></tr> -</table> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[7]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">Illustrations</h2> -</div> - - -<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2" summary="table"> - - -<tr><td> </td><td class="tdr"><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> - -<tr><td>“<span class="smcap">Get Out of the Way, My Hearty</span>”</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_0"> <i>Frontispiece</i></a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">General Putnam Glanced Up</span></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_47"> 47</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>“<span class="smcap">I Walked Into a Nest of King’s Men</span>”</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_89"> 89</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">Lord Sterling Broke the Seal</span></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_156"> 156</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">“Alexander Hamilton,” He Replied</span></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_184"> 184</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td><span class="smcap">The Hand Paused</span></td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_221"> 221</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td>“<span class="smcap">It’s the Army of Washington</span>”</td><td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_315"> 315</a></td></tr> -</table> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[8]</span></p> - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[9]</span> -<p class="ph2">The Young Continentals -at Trenton</p> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER I<br /> - - -<small>SHOWS HOW MERCHANT DANA BOARDED THE<br /> -“NANCY BREEN” AND WHAT CAME OF IT</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">A dry</span>, weazened little man with a halt in -his step passed “The Brigantine” inn which -faced the East River at the foot of Broad -Street; and as he did so, he peered in at the -windows and doors, for it was a fine spring -morning and they stood wide. “The Brigantine” -was a place for captains and mates and -merchants to congregate; and all about it -were warehouses, shipping offices and places -for the sale of maritime stores.</p> - -<p>Apparently what the weazened little man -sought was not visible in or about the tavern, -for he went halting across the roadway and -out upon the wharf, peering inquisitively<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[10]</span> -here and there through a pair of huge, horn-rimmed -glasses.</p> - -<p>A good-sized shallop was moored to the -wharf. She had come down the Sound during -the night; a lean looking lad with a -vacant grin upon his face was furling her -clumsy lugs, and in the waist the skipper was -coiling a line with expert neatness.</p> - -<p>The dry little man limped to the string-piece; -readjusting his glasses, he inquired in -a high thin voice which squeaked when he -sought to raise it:</p> - -<p>“Just in to-day, captain?”</p> - -<p>“An hour ago,” replied the skipper.</p> - -<p>The little man stepped upon the rail and -then with great care reached the deck. Approaching -the skipper, he proceeded with -marked anxiety and some craft:</p> - -<p>“I suppose you hail from Newport?”</p> - -<p>“New London,” replied the shallop’s -master.</p> - -<p>The anxiety of the little man now became -tinged with eagerness.</p> - -<p>“You did not bring a passenger, I know,” -said he.</p> - -<p>“Wrong, master,” returned the sailor. “I<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[11]</span> -did, and there he sits, as natural as you -please.”</p> - -<p>A bronzed, well-made youth was leaning -over the craft’s stern, gazing out over the -waters of the bay to where several black -hulled frigates swung frowningly at anchor; -his eyes seemed to soberly measure the flaunt -of their colors, and the bravado of their staring -ports.</p> - -<p>At once the weazened little man was at his -side.</p> - -<p>“Good-morning, young gentleman,” said -he, with a squeak. “It is a beautiful day, is -it not?”</p> - -<p>The young man turned and surveyed the -newcomer.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” he returned, “it is a fine day -enough.”</p> - -<p>“You came down from New London, I -understand,” questioned the dry little man. -The youth nodded rather absently. However, -the other rubbed his hands with quite a degree -of briskness and seemed greatly pleased. -“And,” said he, positively, “you were required -to deliver—ah—something to—ah—some -one?”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[12]</span>The youth was alert enough now; he -examined the little man with inquiring eyes.</p> - -<p>“Quite so,” he replied.</p> - -<p>The hand rubbing now indicated vast relief; -but in a moment it ceased, and an expression -of disquiet came into the wrinkled, -high-featured face.</p> - -<p>“Of course,” spoke the little man, eagerly, -“this vessel is the ‘Nancy Breen’?”</p> - -<p>“It is,” answered the other.</p> - -<p>The disquiet instantly departed; the squeak -in the voice was full and content as the newcomer -said:</p> - -<p>“I had really forgotten to inquire; and -it was a rather important question, too. But -no matter.” Here the voice lowered itself -into a pitch of confidence. “I was sent to -give you a few instructions.”</p> - -<p>“From headquarters?”</p> - -<p>“Yes. You are not to make yourself -known. I was to impress that upon you -fully. Neither are you to call at any one’s -lodgings.”</p> - -<p>The young man seemed puzzled.</p> - -<p>“That has rather an odd sound,” said he. -“Where am I to transact my business?”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[13]</span>“There are many places where it may be -done without attracting attention. But the -best of these perhaps is the ‘Wheat Sheaf,’ -an inn just above the city.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t quite understand it,” said the -other. “Will you be kind enough to explain -why all this secrecy is necessary?”</p> - -<p>“Secrecy,” and the weazened little man -made a wide gesture, “is never a bad thing. -And while some of the reasons for this exercise -of it are most obvious, others are as unknown -to myself as to you. I am not a -person of sufficient consequence to warrant -my being told any but the outside facts. If -you desire to learn more, you’d do well to -inquire of those who are better informed.” -He seemed about to take his departure at -this, but paused. “Shall we say the ‘Wheat -Sheaf,’ then, to-morrow night at nine?”</p> - -<p>“If it is necessary,” said the young man.</p> - -<p>“Believe me, it is necessary, or I should not -have been sent to you.”</p> - -<p>The little man walked haltingly to the rail, -climbed upon it and then upon the wharf.</p> - -<p>However, he had not gone a dozen yards -when he was halted. A stout, choleric old<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[14]</span> -gentleman came stamping along; he had an -oaken staff in his hand, and its tip rang -angrily upon the stones.</p> - -<p>“Ah, Mr. Dana,” cried he, “well met.” -He paused before the dry little man and -seemed to bristle with indignation. “I have -been given to understand, sir, that the ‘Sea -Gull’ is not permitted to sail.”</p> - -<p>“I am sorry to say, Mr. Camp,” replied the -other earnestly, “that your information is -quite correct.”</p> - -<p>At the mention of the name of Camp, the -youth on board the “Nancy Breen” became -more attentive; indeed, the expression upon -his face seemed one of recognition.</p> - -<p>“Do they mean to ruin us between them?” -demanded the stout old gentleman. “Do -they insist upon making beggars of us?”</p> - -<p>He flourished the oaken staff and his face -grew redder still.</p> - -<p>“I will face these miscreants,” declared he. -“I will have an understanding. Four of our -ships have been held up in a month. Four -in one month, do you understand? But still -you do nothing!”</p> - -<p>“If you will but listen to reason,” Mr.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[15]</span> -Dana said, but the angry old gentleman took -him up in an instant.</p> - -<p>“Reason!” cried he. “Reason! Was there -ever a time, Mr. Dana, that I refused to harken -to it? Answer me, sir! Specify an instance -when I turned away from even common sense. -I defy you to do it, sir; I defy you!”</p> - -<p>“Now, now, Mr. Camp, don’t be vexed. I -did not mean to insinuate that you were not -open to reason. Nothing of the sort, dear -sir, believe me. I merely desired that you -listen to my remarks on the situation.”</p> - -<p>The other planted the point of his staff -firmly upon the stones.</p> - -<p>“I have great respect for your capabilities, -Mr. Dana,” said he. “No man more so. But -the thing is beyond explanation. The vocabulary -of Dr. Johnson himself would throw -no light upon it.” He lifted the staff and -pointed across the peaks of the buildings to -where the British flag flew from a pole in -the fort. “Do you see that? It should be -an emblem of authority—the symbol of law. -But it’s not! It should mark the power of -the English nation—of English civilization. -But it does not. Authority, law, the British<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[16]</span> -nation, and its civilization as well, are a jest, -Mr. Dana. Singly and together they are a -jest for every low fellow in the town.”</p> - -<p>“But,” expostulated the other, “can you -not see that it will not last? It is only a -momentary turbulence. It will pass. The -good folks will come to their senses by and -by.”</p> - -<p>“That may be true enough,” said the old -gentleman. “Indeed, I have no doubt but -that it is, for the sight of bare bayonets in the -hands of resolute fellows will make them run -fast enough, I warrant you. But, nevertheless, -that does not alter the present condition. -It does not remove the fact that an English -governor is penned up in Fort George, that -English troops with muskets, cannon and -other equipment sit idly by and permit His -Majesty’s town to be overrun by rebels.”</p> - -<p>“When Tryon returns he will make an end -of it. He is even now on the sea, so I have -heard. The situation needs only a resolved -man,” and the little gentleman waved a hand -assuringly.</p> - -<p>But the other was not in the least quieted -by this view.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[17]</span>“The people of New York,” said he, bitterly, -“would, from what I have seen of them, -dare do anything against the peace, if it be -agreed with their rebellious fancies. The -king’s desires are not enough for them. They -must have representatives in Parliament, forsooth! -They must not be taxed without their -own consent! Nothing must be done in the -matter of the colonies that they don’t, in their -pride, consider fit and proper.” Mr. Camp -laughed scornfully. “Oh, no, no, Mr. Dana, -you are a good man of business and far-sighted -enough in trade; but you are blind to what -is going on around you.”</p> - -<p>This conversation was plainly heard by -those on board the “Nancy Breen.” The -skipper winked at the bronzed young man.</p> - -<p>“The old gentleman seems to fancy a spell -of bad weather,” said he.</p> - -<p>“And he doesn’t seem the sort to strip and -run before a gale,” returned the young passenger. -“Do you know him?”</p> - -<p>“By reputation only, Master Prentiss. He’s -a merchant in the West India trade, now retired -from active service. He’s said to be as -rich as the king himself; anyway, he lives<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[18]</span> -somewhere in the Jerseys in a fine manor -house and comes to New York but seldom.”</p> - -<p>“For a retired merchant,” commented -George Prentiss, “he takes an uncommon interest -in shipping.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, as for that, he’s retired only from the -active work of it. He still has his moneys in -the trade, I’m told. The gentleman who just -now boarded us is his partner. But,” and the -skipper looked at George inquiringly, “of -course you knew that.”</p> - -<p>But George shook his head.</p> - -<p>“Merchant Camp I know something of,” -said he, “but Mr. Dana I never laid eyes upon -before.”</p> - -<p>Lexington had been fought and the sneering -British column driven back upon Boston. -Then that city had been besieged by an army -of farmers and mechanics; and Breed’s Hill -had witnessed its desperate defeat, though we -commonly now speak of the fight as the battle -of Bunker Hill. And, finally, the British -had run from Boston to their ships under the -pitiless cannonading of Washington’s batteries.</p> - -<p>New York was trembling and expectant.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[19]</span> -Any day might witness the arrival of a British -fleet; and in the meantime the colonists -were preparing its defenses. George Prentiss -was thinking of these things, his eyes once -more fixed upon the frigates afar off. The -skipper having coiled the line to his satisfaction -came toward him.</p> - -<p>“When you first came aboard me at New -London,” he said, “I judged by the trim of -your yards that you were from the army up -Boston way.”</p> - -<p>George nodded, and the skipper, twisting a -strand of rope between his tarry fingers, proceeded:</p> - -<p>“I’ve seen a good many of them of late, -and have come to know them at sight.” -He bent nearer to his passenger. “Maybe -you’ve come to New York on special business.”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps,” said George.</p> - -<p>“And maybe,” suggested the shallop’s master, -“you have particular documents stowed -away under hatches.” George did not reply -to this, and the sailor proceeded: “Don’t -think me prying, Master Prentiss, for I’m -not. I don’t poke about meddling in other<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[20]</span> -people’s affairs. But I couldn’t help hearing -most of what old Merchant Dana said to you -a few moments ago; and if you’ll take my -word for it, you’ll have nothing to do with -his instructions.”</p> - -<p>George looked into the candid face of the -speaker inquiringly.</p> - -<p>“He’s not of the sort I take you to be,” explained -the sailor. “Old Camp there,” pointing -to the stout old gentleman with the oaken -staff, “is said to be the most rabid Tory in all -New York. But I’ve heard that questioned. -Merchant Dana is a milder mannered man, to -be sure; but those that know claim he’s -more to be feared than his partner.”</p> - -<p>George looked toward the two merchants, -who were now pacing the wharf. There was -no abatement in old Camp’s anger; and Mr. -Dana, halting along beside him, still strove to -calm him.</p> - -<p>“My dear sir,” stated the latter with confidence, -“we shall have but a short time to -wait. It can’t be otherwise. When the ships -of the line and the troopers, bearing His -Majesty’s army, left Boston, where do you -suppose they were headed?”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[21]</span>Mr. Camp sniffed and snorted in great -disdain.</p> - -<p>“What does it matter,” asked he, “where -they were headed? Apparently they are of -no great consequence, or they would have -been able to hold Boston. And more than -that, sir. If they had been worth the rations -fed them by King George, they would have -gone out and soundly beaten the rabble that -opposed them as well.”</p> - -<p>But Mr. Dana patiently evaded this.</p> - -<p>“Without a doubt they are coming to New -York,” declared he, hopefully. “Without a -doubt, Mr. Camp. We shall then see what -we shall see.”</p> - -<p>“Ay,” said the indignant gentleman, “so -we shall. But I expect little. Lord Howe -may be a very excellent officer, but he has -yet to prove it upon this side of the world. It -seems that he is much of Colden’s kidney. -He’d rather parley than act. To show these -fellows who’s master needs a strong hand—not -a long tongue.”</p> - -<p>“But, my dear sir——” began Mr. Dana, -but the other waved his words away with a -sweep of the heavy staff.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[22]</span>“There is that rascally renegade whom -Washington sent here,” he exclaimed. “I -refer to Charles Lee. Though a greater -villain never lived, still he had a grasp of -matters that our own leaders might pattern -by. Did he parley and hesitate when he -arrived? He did not, I warrant you! He set -to work in spite of all opposition. The king’s -men threatened him; the soldiery made shift -to show their teeth and the shipping in the -bay cleared their decks. But without stopping -to ask their leave, he seized upon the persons -of his most outspoken opponents; then he -stared the troops out of countenance and -defied the frigates. Finally he stripped the -British batteries of their guns, began to -recruit an army, and build forts and redoubts -to guard all the approaches to the city. -While this man, Mr. Dana,” and the staff -rang upon the stones, “has my unqualified -disapproval, I cannot refuse him my admiration. -He understands his duty and he does it.”</p> - -<p>“Well, thank goodness, he’s been ordered -from the city by his chiefs,” ejaculated Mr. -Dana, fervently. “One could scarcely count -upon one’s liberty while he was here.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[23]</span>“This hectoring fellow, Putnam, who is -now in command, as he calls it, is little -milder in his arrestings and confiscatings,” -complained Camp. “And I understand that -the arch-rebel himself is even now upon his -way here. When he arrives, I suppose there’ll -be scarce a tree or pole in the town that’ll not -have the body of some poor Loyalist gentleman -dangling from it.”</p> - -<p>“Do you actually believe that Washington -will have the effrontery to show himself here, -with the king’s fleet and an army due at any -time?”</p> - -<p>His companion snapped his fingers. “Mr. -Washington,” declared he, “is to all appearances -a man of enterprise. To be sure he’ll -come here, and he’ll bring his rabble of raw -countrymen with him to overawe us.”</p> - -<p>During the period in which he had engaged -his friend and business partner as above, the -angry manner of Mr. Camp and his excited -gestures had not failed to attract attention. -Workmen, carters and merchants’ clerks had -gathered into little groups; seamen upon the -decks of vessels near by grinned and pointed -him out to their mates. Few could hear his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[24]</span> -words; but his anger was so demonstrative, -his gestures so eloquent that none missed his -meaning. A lot of rough-looking fellows -were lounging at the end of the wharf upon -an upturned yawl; they had the appearance -of deep-water sailors, wore knives in their -belts and possessed an altogether ugly look.</p> - -<p>The words of the old gentleman were perfectly -audible to these men, as they were no -great distance from him, and their frowning -brows and muttered remarks showed that -they did not take the matter as good-humoredly -as those upon the shallop.</p> - -<p>Mr. Dana grasped at his companion’s disparaging -reference to Washington’s army.</p> - -<p>“Raw countrymen,” said he, “describes -them exactly. And do you suppose that such -an array can hope to stand before the trained -regiments of England?”</p> - -<p>“Not if the trained regiments of England -are properly directed. But I have little -expectation that they will be. And in the -meantime, our business—everybody’s business—is -at a standstill. It is an outrage—a -scandal! The leaders of this shameful revolt -should be whipped at the cart’s tail!”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[25]</span>As he spoke these words, the pair in their -pacing had arrived at a point very near to the -group of seamen before mentioned. One of -these, a hulking fellow, with a bare, bull -throat and a particularly unprepossessing face, -lifted himself from his lounging posture -against the yawl.</p> - -<p>“Don’t speak so sharp, Master Camp,” said -he. “There are those here by whom your -words are not favored overmuch.”</p> - -<p>The old gentleman turned upon him wrathfully.</p> - -<p>“None of your impudence, sailor!” cried -he. “Speak when you are spoken to.”</p> - -<p>The seaman sneered. “You are very high -and mighty, Master Camp, I know,” said he. -“But you and your like will change your -manners before long.”</p> - -<p>The short temper of the stout old Tory -flared forth. “Before matters are done -with,” exclaimed he, “I’ll see such as you -soundly cudgeled. I knew what would -come of flying in the face of the king and -resisting his just tax. One meets with impudence -at every turn; an upholder of law -and decency is insulted by every low fellow<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[26]</span> -who chooses to turn his tongue upon -him.”</p> - -<p>Here the cautious Mr. Dana took his friend -by the arm and tried to draw him away. But -the wrathful old Loyalist shook him off, and -swept into a bitter tirade in which he reproached -and abused all who opposed the -king’s government. His furious manner and -high-pitched voice drew a highly entertained -crowd; and through this came a young girl.</p> - -<p>“Oh, my dear Miss Peggy,” squeaked Mr. -Dana, greatly relieved. “I am delighted that -you have come.”</p> - -<p>“What is it?” asked she, quietly.</p> - -<p>“He has gotten upon politics again, and I -can’t control him.”</p> - -<p>Peggy listened for a moment to the highly -colored language of the old Tory. Mr. Dana, -with a nervous glance about, proceeded in a -lowered tone:</p> - -<p>“Such sentiments as his are not altogether -popular in this part of the town. Indeed, I -don’t know but what they are actually dangerous.”</p> - -<p>George Prentiss was watching the girl. -There was a proud, perhaps even a scornful<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[27]</span> -lift to her chin; and now, when she, with -much composure, approached the furious old -king’s man, his interest increased.</p> - -<p>“Uncle,” she said. Instantly the torrent -of heated words stopped and he turned to -her. “Please come away. You will make -yourself ill.”</p> - -<p>“In a moment, my dear,” returned Merchant -Camp, “in just a moment. First,” -facing the throng, “I must try and bring -these people back to a sense of their duty. I -must endeavor, as an honest man, to make -them see the scandal of their attempts to -undermine the power of a kind sovereign.”</p> - -<p>“Kind,” cried a voice. “Kind, did you -say, Master Camp?—and he hiring Hessians -and Brunswickers to cross the seas and murder -us?”</p> - -<p>“And why should he not?” the old Tory -demanded. “Why should he not? Is it not -given to him to chastise his rebellious rascals -in whatever manner he will? Who are you—what -are you that you should oppose the -king’s desires, whatever they may be? A -pack of scurvy villains, most of you. A -parcel of rogues that should be ironed in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[28]</span> -hold of one of yonder frigates. If I had the -will of you, I’d——”</p> - -<p>But here he was interrupted by the bull -throated seaman, who had by this time risen -to his feet.</p> - -<p>“Belay, master,” said he. “The time has -gone by when such as you can hector us as -you please. It would be better for you if -you kept your tongue between your teeth, old -gentleman,” added the sailor. “As the matter -rests, if you were a younger man, I’d try -something else on you beside words.”</p> - -<p>“What, you rascal!” sputtered the king’s -man, wrathfully, “would you threaten -me?”</p> - -<p>He lifted his staff and made a quavering -blow at the other; the girl cried out sharply, -as the seaman tore the weapon from the old -man’s hands.</p> - -<p>“You would, would you, you old walrus,” -cried the brawny tar. And with that he -lifted his brawny fist. Once more the girl -cried out. She sprang between the two.</p> - -<p>“For shame!” she cried.</p> - -<p>But the brute in the seaman was aroused; -with a rough push he forced her aside; then<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[29]</span> -he took a menacing step toward the old man, -his hand lifted once more.</p> - -<p>This time he found himself face to face -with George Prentiss, who had leaped from -the deck of the shallop at the girl’s first cry.</p> - -<p>“What, sailor,” cried the young man, placing -one hand against the tar’s broad chest, “a -fair and fit lad like yourself is surely not going -to grapple with an old man.”</p> - -<p>“That he’s an old un is not my fault,” -growled the other; “so get out of the way, -my hearty, before I hurt you.”</p> - -<p>But young Prentiss laughed.</p> - -<p>“As for that,” he said, “you may be able. -But then again, you may not.” Then over -his shoulder he spoke swiftly to Mr. Dana, -“Take him away—and the young lady, too.”</p> - -<p>The seaman’s hard face had darkened. -“So, my young ship-jack,” said he, “you’ve -got your doubts, have you? You don’t think, -then,” with a sneer, “that you’re as much too -young as the other is too old?”</p> - -<p>“Not in the least,” said George, still good -humoredly. “But nevertheless, sailor, we’ll -try to pass it all by. No harm has been done -any one; so we’ll say no more about it.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[30]</span>“He’s trying to get the weather gauge of -you, Ben,” called one of the seamen. “Belay -the jaw-tackle and give him your starboard -gun.”</p> - -<p>“Ay, ay,” chorused the others, while the -assemblage voiced their approval. “Rake -him, mate.”</p> - -<p>But the tar did not require encouragement; -he shoved his face within an inch or two of -the youth’s and said:</p> - -<p>“King’s men are not liked, my hearty, in -New York port, no matter if they be old or -young.” And with that he made a short, -wicked chop at the young fellow’s head. But -George evaded it like a flash, and both his -fists began to drub at the tar’s stomach and -ribs. Then as the man swung once more for -his head, the youth leaped out of distance; -but like a flash he closed in with a driving -hit to the body, followed by a perfect fusillade -of shorter punches. Again he drew back; -the tar, breathless and gasping, stood still and -gazed at him.</p> - -<p>“You’re well braced and bolted, sailor,” -said George, still smilingly. “I’ve seen them -strike under less than that.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[31]</span>“Well, it’ll not be me, my lad,” gasped Ben -Buntline. “You’re a good hand, but look to -yourself.”</p> - -<p>And with that he rushed in, his thick arms -swinging like flails. But George stepped -briskly to and fro; none of the blows seemed -to come within a foot of him; and so ludicrous -did the seaman’s attempts to strike him -become that the gathering began to hoot and -cheer. This not only angered the man himself, -but also his mates. They arose at once; -several drew their knives, while one exclaimed:</p> - -<p>“What, you land sharks, will you make -game of us!”</p> - -<p>One or two rushed to the assistance of their -friends; and seeing this, the smile vanished -from George’s face; he began striking with a -speed and power that soon brought his antagonist -to his knees. But just then there came -the tramp of hoofs upon the stones of the -wharf, and the voice of Mr. Dana cried -thinly:</p> - -<p>“It’s Herbert! This way, lieutenant, this -way!”</p> - -<p>The crowd scattered; the seamen quickly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[32]</span> -grasped the situation, for they picked up their -dazed comrade and bustled him away just as -a troop of mounted militia rode up.</p> - -<p>The officer at the head of the party was a -heavy-browed, sullen looking young man in a -lieutenant’s dress. As none now remained of -the throng save George, this person rode up -to him and said curtly:</p> - -<p>“Well, sir, and is General Putnam’s plain -order against rioting not enough for you? -Do you require to be personally warned?”</p> - -<p>George Prentiss looked quietly into the -frowning face.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps,” said he, “it would be as well -for you to inform yourself as to what has -taken place.”</p> - -<p>The lieutenant was about to make an ugly -rejoinder, but just then the girl came forward.</p> - -<p>“Brother,” she said, and it seemed to -George that the proud lift of her chin was -more accentuated than it had been before, -“this gentleman is in no way to blame. If -it had not been for his kindness, we might -have fared rather badly.”</p> - -<p>Here Merchant Camp also came forward. -“Nephew,” said he to the colonial lieutenant,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[33]</span> -and his voice was not without a trace of -humor, “I had not thought to ever welcome -any one who wore that uniform. But I was -well enough pleased to see you just now. As -for the youth, it’s just as your sister says. -He’s a fine up-standing fellow, whoever he is, -and I shall be delighted to see more of him.”</p> - -<p>Here he shook George warmly by the hand, -and proceeded:</p> - -<p>“Very like you know the business place of -Mr. Dana. If you have nothing better to do -some day, pray come and see me there. I -shall think it a kindness.”</p> - -<p>The merchant remained in conversation -with George, while the lieutenant, dismounting, -dismissed his troop in charge of a -sergeant; then leading his horse, he walked -up the wharf at the side of his sister. When -old Camp had said good-bye and also gone -stumping up the wharf, Mr. Dana brought -his wrinkled, high-featured face close to the -young man’s.</p> - -<p>“Don’t forget,” said he, “it’s the ‘Wheat -Sheaf,’ and the time is nine to-morrow night.”</p> - -<p>And so he limped after his partner with -many a backward glance and nod.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[34]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER II<br /> - - -<small>SHOWS THE RECEPTION GEORGE MET WITH IN<br /> -NEW YORK TOWN</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">When</span> George Prentiss stepped aboard the -shallop once more he found the master and -crew of one awaiting him in high admiration.</p> - -<p>“Well, lad,” cried the former, in a tone of -satisfaction, “you can manage yourself as -trimly as any craft of your tonnage that I -ever clapped an eye on. Give me your fist!</p> - -<p>“I was surprised,” he added, “to see you -go over the side to the rescue of that scolding -old fellow. A lad that’s exchanged shots -with the British at Boston, as I have no doubt -you have done, could hardly be expected to -take up the quarrel of a Tory in New York.”</p> - -<p>“As it happens,” said young Prentiss, -gravely, “Mr. Camp is a sort of connection of -mine. The girl you saw just now and the -young militia officer are my cousins, though, -indeed, I never saw them before. In a time<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[35]</span> -like this families are divided—some members -of it are upon one side, and some upon the -others. This teaches me to be a trifle tolerant.”</p> - -<p>“Ah, yes,” said the master of the vessel, “I -understand. Well,” with a lifting of the -brows, “if you have Tories in your own -household, I’m sorry for you. It must be -lowering to a man’s pride to know that his -own kin would stoop to such ideas, and when -they are once set that way there is little hope -of ever making them alter their views. Once -a Tory, always a Tory.”</p> - -<p>“Not always,” and George shook his head. -“I was, in the beginning, a king’s man myself. -My friends convinced me that the king’s -way was the best—that the colonists should -submit—that they were rushing to destruction -in making an armed resistance. They -assured me that Gage’s force would deal -gently with my countrymen—that not a shot -would be fired in anger upon them. But -Lexington showed me the falseness of this. -I knew then that the Americans had taken -the only hopeful way to secure justice; and -from that time on I was one of them.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[36]</span>But the seaman shook his head.</p> - -<p>“When you tell me this is so, lad, I believe -it,” said he. “But it’s only an odd case. -The Tory, take him all standing, is a narrow -bigot who cannot see beyond the tip of his -nose. He was brought up to believe that -King George and his government were ordained -by Providence; and the stiffest gale -that ever blew would not sweep him from his -moorings.”</p> - -<p>George Prentiss did not reply to this; he -had no keen reason for converting the shallop’s -master to an opposite way of thinking; -and even if he had, he knew it would be of -no use to try.</p> - -<p>“I think I’ll be setting about my affairs,” -he said. “It’s coming on midday.”</p> - -<p>The skipper hitched up his trousers. “Of -course,” stated he, “I don’t know what your -affairs are; but, as I said before, I have suspicion -of them. And look you, my hearty, -give no heed to old Dana’s talk. Go about -your business in your own way.”</p> - -<p>“Thank you,” said young Prentiss. “I -had made up my mind to do that. Mr. -Dana,” he added to himself, “has been mistaken;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[37]</span> -he expected one passenger, evidently, -and found another.”</p> - -<p>Directly up Broad Street he made his way -until he came to Beaver; here he turned in -toward the Parade at the foot of Broadway. -The red-coated sentries were mounting guard -upon the walls of the fort; the British ensign -floated from its tall pole; but the streets were -filled with the blue and buff of the young -American army, and the numerous and -strangely devised flags of the revolution.</p> - -<p>Apparently the Parade was a favorite place -for the showing of oneself in the middle of the -day. Ladies in carriages and upon horseback -drove and cantered up and down the paved -ways; groups of citizens and scores of militia -officers stood here and there; companies of raw -troops were being put sternly through the -manual by hard-faced sergeants.</p> - -<p>As George walked across the Parade he -gained not a little attention, for the dispatch -bag which hung across his arm, the broad -shoulder belt supporting a steel hilted hanger, -the pistol butt which showed beneath his coat, -gave him a particularly businesslike appearance. -And then his bronzed looks, the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[38]</span> -breadth of his shoulders, and the cock of his -hat, spoke of a youth to be reckoned with in -any company.</p> - -<p>Pausing before one of the numerous groups, -he inquired politely:</p> - -<p>“Will you have the goodness to direct me -to headquarters?”</p> - -<p>A foppish young dragoon officer with a -mincing manner, who had been entertaining -the occupants of a carriage beside which he -stood, turned upon the speaker.</p> - -<p>“Hah!” said he, “you have news for old -Put, have you?”</p> - -<p>There was something in the cheap familiarity -of this that aroused the anger of young -Prentiss. He had seen the bluff, straightforward -Putnam face a thousand dangers that -night upon Breed’s Hill, he had seen him -storming in the midst of the rout, striving to -rally his men, pleading with them to make -one more desperate stand. And now to hear -him so referred to by this mincing fop filled -him with resentment.</p> - -<p>“My business is with General Putnam,” -said he, stiffly.</p> - -<p>The dragoon marked his manner and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[39]</span> -laughed, while at the same time his glances -bade the ladies in the carriage mark his wit.</p> - -<p>“What?” cried he. “Here’s a right proper -New Englander, indeed.” He smoothed the -sleeves of his well fitting coat and flecked some -invisible specks from his epauletted shoulders. -“They hold their officers as something more -than human at Massachusetts Bay,” he proceeded, -addressing the group of militiamen. -“And one must not style them with anything -less than their full dignity.”</p> - -<p>The militiamen smiled broadly, while the -citizens guffawed; the ladies in the carriage -tittered, and cast mirthful looks at the youth -from the northern colony. But one among -them did not smile; and George noticed this -at the moment in which he recognized her. -It was Peggy Camp.</p> - -<p>“A man wearing a uniform for the first -time,” said George tartly, and with a sweep -of the eyes that took in the other’s immaculate -costume, “should show a little respect for a -soldier of the general’s known service. At least -that is the belief generally held in Boston.”</p> - -<p>The fop choked, stuttered and grew red at -this biting answer. The mirthful looks of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[40]</span> -ladies were now turned upon him; and while -he was mentally casting about for some witty -rejoinder, a soggy looking man in the dress -of a merchant and a countenance like a point -of interrogation, took young Prentiss eagerly -by the sleeve.</p> - -<p>“There is fresh news, then, from Boston -way? Of what nature is it, young man?”</p> - -<p>“Any news that I personally have,” said -the youth, “is very commonplace and of no -value.”</p> - -<p>“That you personally have? Ah, yes, perhaps,” -and here the man’s face grew more -interrogative than ever. “But your dispatches?”</p> - -<p>“They are for the eye of the commandant -of New York,” replied young Prentiss, -annoyed.</p> - -<p>“But surely,” and the merchant smiled in -a very knowing way, “you had a little glance -at them on the way—the briefest, of course, -but still a glance.”</p> - -<p>The youth’s face flushed beneath the bronze. -“Do you speak in ignorance of a soldier’s duty, -sir?” demanded he; “or is this meant for an -insult?”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[41]</span>The inquisitive face of the merchant paled. -“No, no!” cried he in much haste. “An -insult! Goodness bless you, young man—no! -Why, I thought the thing would be the -most natural in the world. Just a slight -glimpse, you see. What hurt would it do? -I’ll leave it to any gentleman here.”</p> - -<p>But none of the party saw fit to support -him; and much abashed he fell to the rear, -not relishing George’s looks. The foppish -dragoon had by this time recovered, and now -put himself forward.</p> - -<p>“I presume by your tone,” said he, acidly, -“that you hold the commission of Congress.”</p> - -<p>But George shrugged his shoulders.</p> - -<p>“What!” and the presumption of the -dragoon immediately began to mount. “A -common soldier, and have you the effrontery -to use this manner to officers and gentlemen?”</p> - -<p>There was a stiffening among the militiamen -at this; they had re-collected themselves and -were beginning to feel their superiority. But -George, his temper returned to its level, only -smiled.</p> - -<p>“Sirs,” said he, “I stopped to ask a civil -question in a civil manner. If this gentleman<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[42]</span> -has received what he considers a sharp answer, -he has himself to blame for it only. And as -to the commissions,” here George squared his -shoulders and drew himself up proudly, -“don’t forget that they are harder to come -by in the face of the enemy than here in New -York, where influence will get one, apparently, -for any jack-a-dandy.”</p> - -<p>“Take care, sir,” cried an officer.</p> - -<p>George smiled, flipped his hand to his hat -in a most cavalier manner and stepped briskly -away across the Parade. But through the tail -of his eye he saw a grave officer, who had just -come up, halt at the carriage before referred -to; and he also saw Peggy Camp lean forward -and whisper something to him swiftly. Then -the officer motioned a young ensign forward, -said something in turn, and the ensign made -after George with all speed. Overtaking him, -he said, politely:</p> - -<p>“Pardon me, but I understand you are looking -for headquarters. It is just above here. -Lord Sterling requested me to show you the -way.”</p> - -<p>“Lord Sterling!” echoed George, and he -could not help a backward glance at the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[43]</span> -officer who still remained beside the carriage -speaking with Peggy Camp and her friends. -Of late he had heard much of the distinguished -man who, born in New York, had -made such a great fight in the English courts -for the earldom of Sterling. He had failed -in this; but all America believed him the -rightful heir, and so called him. His service -to the colonial cause had already marked -him; and he had been created general of -brigade.</p> - -<p>“You are a friend to Miss Camp, I take it,” -said the ensign. But George shook his head.</p> - -<p>“What, no! I thought from the interest -she took in your welfare,” with a laugh, -“that you were. And, too, she appeared -quite delighted at your brisk handling of -young Henderson. You seem to be quite -fortunate.”</p> - -<p>There was considerable stir about the doorway -of the building which the ensign pointed -out as headquarters; a sentry passed them at -a word from this same obliging young officer.</p> - -<p>“If you desire to see General Putnam in -person,” said the ensign, “you’ll first have to -see Major Hyde. And as he happens to be<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[44]</span> -our cousin to Peggy Camp, you’ll no -doubt get along famously with him.”</p> - -<p>The laugh that followed this sally was still -ringing in George’s ears as he crossed the -room to speak to Major Hyde, who was seated -at a big table engaged in writing. The major -was a young man of sallow complexion and -with a cold, supercilious manner.</p> - -<p>“Well,” demanded he, his lip drawing back -from his fine teeth in a sneer that seemed one -of his characteristics, “what now?”</p> - -<p>George resentfully slapped his dispatch bag -upon the table, being careful, however, to -keep a grip upon it.</p> - -<p>“Dispatches,” said he, bluntly, with a -salute. “From General Washington to General -Putnam.”</p> - -<p>“Ah, yes.” Major Hyde’s hand went forward -toward the packet. “I will take charge -of them.”</p> - -<p>But as the hand advanced, the packet retreated. -“My orders,” said young Prentiss, -drily, “are that these dispatches be delivered -into General Putnam’s hands only.”</p> - -<p>There were several other officers seated -about the room transacting headquarters business;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[45]</span> -at the young man’s words they looked -up, surprised. Major Hyde sprang to his feet, -his eyes snapping with anger.</p> - -<p>“What do you mean?” cried he. “You’ll -do as I bid you. Don’t forget that! I am -your superior officer.”</p> - -<p>“I am aware that you are,” replied the -young man, “but my orders from General -Washington are unmistakable, sir. And he is -your superior officer.”</p> - -<p>For a moment Hyde remained standing -with rage; then he sat down abruptly and -rapped upon the table for an orderly.</p> - -<p>“Dispatches from Boston for General Putnam,” -said he shortly. “Tell him so.”</p> - -<p>George stood back and awaited the soldier’s -return; and as he waited he could not help -wondering at his odd experience in New -York.</p> - -<p>“I have been on shore but a bare hour—scarcely -that long—and I have met with -nothing but affronts and rebuffs,” he said to -the young ensign who sat in a window overlooking -Broadway. “I can’t understand -the attitude of the colonists here. At Boston, -one has but to be a patriot to meet with consideration.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[46]</span> -But in New York, apparently, it -makes little difference what your sympathies; -you have but to be a stranger to be marked -for insolence.”</p> - -<p>“New York,” said the ensign, who seemed -a person of some intelligence, “is very different -from Boston—from my own city, Philadelphia, -or from any other place in the colonies, -for the matter of that. It was settled by -mixed races—Dutch, Huguenots, English and -Scotch. Their interests, desires and ideals -have been different from the beginning. -They have become so accustomed to facing -each other down and sneering at each other’s -social peculiarities that it has, so it seems, -grown to be a part of their deportment.”</p> - -<p>Here the speaker was about to plunge into -an elaborate discourse upon this subject, but -George was saved from listening by the -orderly reappearing from an inner room and -beckoning him forward.</p> - -<p>“The general will see you,” said he.</p> - -<p>In another moment the young man found -himself in the presence of the stout, red-faced -Putnam who sat puzzling over some intricate -maps at a great table. Beside him sat another<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[47]</span> -officer whom George at once recognized as -General Sullivan, and standing near by was -General Heath, who had done so much to -train the raw levies for the fight at Breed’s -Hill.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_046.jpg" alt="" /></div> -<p class="drop-cap"><i>GENERAL PUTNAM GLANCED UP</i></p> - - -<p>General Putnam glanced up as George -entered; his good-humored face took on a -smile, and he at once threw aside the map, -which, to speak the plain truth, did not -greatly interest him.</p> - -<p>“Ah, Prentiss,” said he. “So it’s you, is -it?”</p> - -<p>George saluted; drawing the packet of -sealed dispatches from his saddle-bag, he -laid them before the bluff commander. The -latter tore it open eagerly; one by one he -mastered the contents of the papers, and as -he did so, passed them on to Sullivan, who -in turn read and handed them to General -Heath.</p> - -<p>“And so General Washington will be with -us within a few weeks,” said the latter, upon -finishing the last of the dispatches. “Excellent!”</p> - -<p>“It is all we require to make the place safe,” -said Putnam. “The batteries are planted,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[48]</span> -the redoubts completed and the passes all -made good. With the main body of the -army here we can welcome the enemy at any -time he chooses to show himself.”</p> - -<p>“The general is bringing the forces on -by way of Providence, Norwich and New -London,” spoke Sullivan, referring to one -of the papers, “and says that he will remain -with them until they are safely embarked at -the latter place.”</p> - -<p>Here Heath and Sullivan fell into a debate -as to the probabilities of the main body’s -securing sufficient suitable craft to carry it -expeditiously from the Connecticut port to -New York; and while they were so engaged, -Putnam arose and crossed the room to where -George Prentiss was standing. In his hand -he held a slip of paper which he had not -passed on to his brother officers; and he -folded and refolded it carefully with his -strong, thick fingers, as he said:</p> - -<p>“And so the general has made you a bearer -of his dispatches.”</p> - -<p>A flush of color came into the young man’s -face, and he replied earnestly:</p> - -<p>“I was proud indeed to be called upon for<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[49]</span> -such service. I had had no thought that I -might be so trusted.”</p> - -<p>“Tut, tut,” said the kindly Putnam, “if -you made a mistake at the beginning, you -but showed that you were human. We are -all likely to do the same. All of us were at -one time or another king’s men; and if you -were somewhat late in renouncing your allegiance, -so to speak, what great matter? You -are as determined upon liberty now as the -best of us. You proved that a score of times -about Boston and Cambridge last winter.”</p> - -<p>“I am pleased that you hold so good an -opinion of me, general,” said young Prentiss, -“and, believe me, I shall try to be worthy -of it.”</p> - -<p>“I understand your feelings,” and Putnam -laid a big hand upon his shoulder. “So -we’ll say no more about it. And now, good-bye; -I have some matters to attend to. But -leave word with Major Hyde where you can -be found. I may want your service upon -business of importance.”</p> - -<p>George saluted; and as the sturdy old -soldier turned back to the table, the young -man left the room. He inquired of the ensign,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[50]</span> -whom he found still at the window, as -to the inns and lodging places.</p> - -<p>“The ‘King’s Arms’ is the place for you. -It is but a step or two above; look,” pointing -from the window, “you can see its sign-board -from here.”</p> - -<p>Thanking the affable young man, George -turned to Major Hyde and gave the “King’s -Arms” as his address, after which he left the -building and took steps to install himself at -the inn.</p> - -<p>It was something past high noon by this; -and as he sat at a table in the “King’s Arms” -discussing a beefsteak pie and a brown loaf, -he chanced to glance from the window near -which his table stood. Upon the opposite -side of the way stood Major Hyde and Henderson, -the foppish officer of dragoons; in -earnest conference with them was a burly -personage in a long skirted coat and having -the manner of an ill-trained mastiff. Every -now and then Hyde would punctuate his remarks -by pointing at the inn, and each time -the little, fierce, deep-set eyes of the burly -man would follow the gesture with satisfaction. -After some moments, during which<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[51]</span> -George observed all three closely, they appeared -to come to some sort of understanding. -The burly personage, after assuring them of -something, at once crossed the street toward -the “King’s Arms.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[52]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER III<br /> - - -<small>TELLS HOW A BULLY ENTERED THE<br /> -“KING’S ARMS”</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">There</span> were sundry other patrons of the -“King’s Arms” gathered in the public room -at the time, dining on the wholesome food for -which the inn was noted. There were officers -of the colonial army; there were, also, citizens -of the town, who, judging from their discourse, -were of various political complexions; -and, also, there were many smartly attired -ladies of apparent consequence.</p> - -<p>The peppery Lee and his successor in command -of New York had shown a marvelously -short temper in their dealings with the more -vigorous of the Tories; but for all that there -were many of them left in the town, and, too, -they were not of the sort that keep a still -tongue to gain favor.</p> - -<p>Indeed, as he listened to the conversation -going on upon all sides, young Prentiss was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[53]</span> -greatly astonished. Round about Boston, the -king’s men had not dared to express themselves -since Boston fight; but here they not -only proclaimed their views, but the patriots -listened patiently.</p> - -<p>“It is because the matter has not progressed -so rapidly here as in Boston,” he reasoned -with himself. “The king’s army is not strong -enough to take the initiative—and the friends -of liberty have not yet abandoned hope of -patching up matters with the ministers at -London.”</p> - -<p>Very near to George, one of these discussions -was fast gathering volume, but, as his breakfast -on board the “Nancy Breen” had been -of the slimmest, he gave more attention to his -dinner than to the dispute. But gradually, -as the voices grew in sternness, the young -fellow noticed something familiar in them; -so turning his head he recognized Merchant -Camp, his partner Dana, and the heavy-faced -young militiaman, Camp’s nephew.</p> - -<p>The old Tory merchant, a napkin tucked -about his neck, was flourishing his fork and -airing his opinions with much relish. He -sat directly facing his nephew, and seemed to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[54]</span> -be scorching him with sarcasm and his private -version of the facts.</p> - -<p>“Keep to your opinions, if you style them -as such,” he was saying. “You are only a -lad and I will not quarrel with you because -of them. But, as sure as the sun shines at -this moment, there will be wreck and ruin -for many because of the loose thinking of you -and the like of you.”</p> - -<p>He put down the fork carefully upon his -plate and now shook his finger beneath the -sullen young man’s nose, while he went on:</p> - -<p>“Because your party has forced a handful -of king’s troops to keep behind the walls of -the fort—because you have taken the government’s -cannon with none to prevent you, you -must needs fancy yourselves great fellows, indeed. -And because the king’s frigates do not -open upon you, you think it is because they -fear you. Bah, sir, bah! I never credited -reasoning creatures with so little sense. The -reason why the garrison remains quiet—the -reason why Lee and Putnam were permitted -to seize the guns—the reason why the frigates -below there have withheld their broadsides, -is because they are biding their time. The<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[55]</span> -answer will yet come, never fear; and when -it does, trust His Majesty’s officers to make it -full and complete.”</p> - -<p>The heavy-browed young man shook his -head, stubbornly, and looked more sullen -than ever.</p> - -<p>“They are awaiting reinforcements,” said -he. “We all know that. But what difference -does it make? Let them come. By the -time they get here, General Washington will -also have arrived with the American army. -He drove the British out of Boston, and he’ll -drive them out of New York.”</p> - -<p>“He drove them out of Boston—I grant -you that. But it was because vigorous measures -had not been taken in the first place. -Gage was too lenient—too easily gulled. He -did not dream that British subjects would -ever take up arms against their sovereign. -But here it is different. Howe knows the -full measure of this treason, and he should -come prepared to cope with it. He’ll be provided -with fleets and armies and equipment; -and no doubt he’ll have his instructions as to -how to act. It’ll not be the case of Gage over -again. Trust the king’s ministers for that.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[56]</span> -And another thing,” here the old man’s voice -was pitched a key lower, “in the colony of -New York, your brave Washington and his -fellows will have a different people to deal -with. The countryside will not be with him -as in Massachusetts. There will be thousands -of loyal gentlemen; and besides, there will be -the Johnson family.”</p> - -<p>In spite of the lowered voice, the words -were caught by those seated close by; and -George Prentiss noticed that every one near -paused and looked up.</p> - -<p>“Hah! Those Johnsons!” grumbled a -gentleman of undoubted Dutch extraction at -the table at George’s right. “A dangerous -set of rascals, indeed!”</p> - -<p>“If I may make bold, sir,” asked the young -man, “to whom does he refer?”</p> - -<p>The pursy gentleman looked astonished at -this.</p> - -<p>“Is it possible,” said he thickly, “that there -is any one who does not know of Sir William -Johnson, once His Majesty’s Indian agent?”</p> - -<p>“But is he not now dead?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, but his descendants still live,” complained -the other, his broad Dutch face full<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[57]</span> -of indignation. “Sir William made vast -wealth in his office; he was almost actual -sovereign of the Six Nations. His family -have all his riches and all his power over -the Indians, and they threaten to bring the -tomahawks upon us if we persist in our demands -for justice.”</p> - -<p>George could not help a shudder at this; -that the British might resort to the Indians -to help their cause had never occurred to him.</p> - -<p>“And, uncle,” demanded the heavy-browed -young man, “do you approve of so barbarous -a method of putting down the popular will -as Guy Johnson or Colonel Claus could -supply?”</p> - -<p>Here Mr. Camp was seized with a fit of -coughing; that he did not approve of it was -plain enough; but he was not the man to -give an opponent in debate the slightest advantage. -It was Mr. Dana who next spoke.</p> - -<p>“Far be it from any of us to desire bloodshed -of whatsoever kind,” said he. “For my -part, I fervently hope that the misguided -people of these provinces will shortly see -their error, and abide by what the law plainly -requires them to do.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[58]</span>Here the sullen young man laughed scornfully.</p> - -<p>“There will be blood letting and plenty of -it, never fear,” exclaimed he. “The Sons of -Liberty will never give a step in their demands; -and England’s present ministers are -not of the sort to let a rich prize slip from -them without a struggle.”</p> - -<p>“And why should they?” demanded Mr. -Camp in a high voice. “Why should they, -nephew? These colonies cost men’s lives and -much treasure to acquire, and why should the -government not defend them?”</p> - -<p>Here he plunged into an angry defense of -any action that the ministry might take; his -voice was so unguarded and his manner so -violent that the waiters went scurrying here -and there; and finally the landlord himself approached -hastily.</p> - -<p>“I must beg of you, Mr. Camp,” suggested -he in a smooth voice, “that you moderate -your language. You are giving offense to my -guests, sir.”</p> - -<p>For a moment it seemed as though the -short-tempered old king’s man was about to -flare forth as he had upon the wharf earlier<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[59]</span> -in the day. But a remembrance of what had -followed that outburst, perhaps, deterred him. -He waved his hand, and said:</p> - -<p>“Ah, yes; I had forgotten. I ask your -pardon.”</p> - -<p>Highly gratified at quelling a possible disturbance -so easily, the landlord was about to -turn away when a voice bellowed:</p> - -<p>“Come now, a place—a place! Must I be -kept waiting as though my money were not -as good as another’s? Get me a place, blockhead, -or I’ll see what cudgeling will do for -you.”</p> - -<p>A frightened little man in a huge apron -fluttered about somewhat helplessly.</p> - -<p>“Here is a place,” said he, drawing back -his chair at a table in a shadowy corner. -“And a very good place, too, sir. Much to be -desired, indeed.”</p> - -<p>“You’ll tempt me to lay my stick over -your back yet,” bellowed the impatient guest. -“What sort of a situation is that for a man -of my quality? A fitting place for a dog to -curl up, but not for a gentleman to eat his -dinner in.”</p> - -<p>“This way, sir,” interposed the host, much<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[60]</span> -in haste, for complaint was distasteful to him. -“This way. Here is a place well lighted and -well aired,” and he drew out a chair at -George’s table. “The young gentleman will -not object, I’m sure,” and he bowed to George.</p> - -<p>“Not in the least,” said George, and as he -spoke he glanced up. At once he recognized -in the noisy, ill-tempered guest the burly -personage whom he had seen a few minutes -before in conference with Major Hyde and the -dragoon officer, across the way.</p> - -<p>“Object!” said the big man in a harsh -voice. “Object! Why should he, I’d like to -know? This is a public inn, and I think I -know my rights in such a place.”</p> - -<p>So saying, he slapped his dusty beaver hat -upon the table and sat down facing George -with noisy ostentation. There was something -deliberately offensive in the man’s manner, -and George darted a sharp look at him, -though he said nothing. The newcomer -noted the look, and thrusting his head forward -inquired, bluntly:</p> - -<p>“You have nothing to say, I trust, young -sir?”</p> - -<p>“In my turn,” replied young Prentiss,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[61]</span> -quietly, “I trust that I shall have no occasion -to say anything.”</p> - -<p>The burly man did not seem to know how -to take this; but evidently he suspected some -hidden meaning in the saying, for his little -eyes began to snap.</p> - -<p>“I make it a point to pay as I go, and ask -favors of no one,” declared he. “What have -you to say to that?”</p> - -<p>“It’s a good resolution, as such things -run,” returned the youth. “But, believe me, -sir, I can do very well without the particulars -as to your private affairs.”</p> - -<p>The burly personage was taken somewhat -aback at this, and his surprise was so evident -that several persons who had been listening -laughed outright. Among these was Herbert -Camp, and instantly the big man selected -him from the others and whirled round in -his chair.</p> - -<p>“I hope, sir,” said he, with much directness, -“that you are not laughing at my -expense.”</p> - -<p>The sullen-faced lieutenant flushed as he -saw the eyes of all within hearing turn upon -him. But he answered readily enough:</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[62]</span>“I would be very sorry, indeed, to do anything -at your expense.”</p> - -<p>“Ah, would you so?” and the man eyed -him with singular intentness. “Well,” with -a nod of the head, “I’ll bear you in mind, my -lad. It is possible that I’ll make some small -effort in your direction before a very great -while.”</p> - -<p>From the time that he had seen his neighbor -in conference with Major Hyde and the -officer of dragoons and had caught their -gestures, George had had no doubt but the -man’s intentions in entering the “King’s -Arms” was in some way connected with himself. -He had given both officers offense -during the morning, and he had felt that -the burly one’s errand was some scheme of -retaliation.</p> - -<p>The offensive manner of the man toward -him seemed to clinch this belief; but now, -as George went sedately on with his dinner, -all the time observing his neighbor, his suspicions -gradually changed. The newcomer -paid no further attention to him; indeed, for -all the knowledge he betrayed of his presence, -young Prentiss might as well not have existed.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[63]</span>This seemed odd to George and piqued his -interest; he was still speculating upon its -meaning, when he made a peculiar discovery. -The man before him sat, as stated, with his -arms folded across his chest; his eyes had -also closed, and a casual observer would have -pronounced him fallen into a doze. But -several little things pointed out the real facts -to George. The big man was intently listening -to the conversation which had been resumed -at Mr. Camp’s table.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[64]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER IV<br /> - - -<small>TELLS HOW THE BULLY CHANGED HIS MIND AND<br /> -HOW GEORGE WAS SENT FOR IN HASTE</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">This</span> discovery, as may well be imagined, -increased the interest which George Prentiss -felt in his surroundings; the aspect of his ill-mannered, -loud-mouthed table companion -immediately underwent a change. From a -hired bully, the fellow was at once transformed -into something more subtle—a spy—a -creature whose employment was as underhand -as his appearance was blunt. But what made -the occasion more surprising than anything -else was that the spy was, apparently, in the -pay of Major Hyde—and the object of his -surveillance was perhaps the major’s uncle.</p> - -<p>And so as the burly man listened to the -conversation at Mr. Camp’s table, George -listened also, proceeding leisurely with his -dinner, and always keeping his eyes upon the -face opposite him.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[65]</span>Mr. Camp still clung to the political situation -as a subject for remark.</p> - -<p>“Brother will be arrayed against brother,” -said he, “and father against son. The separations -and heart burnings will be dreadful to -think about, for it is really civil war that -these rogues seek to bring upon us.”</p> - -<p>“But,” said Mr. Dana, earnestly, “would it -not be well to wait until matters are further -developed before prophesying evil?”</p> - -<p>Mr. Camp grew irate at this. “Hah!” -cried he. “Let me assure you, sir, that it -requires no prophet here. The things that I -speak of have already come to pass. My -nephew Robert Hyde has gone over to the -enemies of the king, as you know. And I -ask you to look at Harry here. What uniform -does he wear? They have poisoned him -also with their doctrines; nothing will do -him but that the king’s officers be taken by -the scruff of the neck and bundled on board -ship, never to return.”</p> - -<p>“A gentleman must always follow the -dictates of his conscience,” returned Harry. -“Yours leads you to support the king—mine -impels me in other directions.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[66]</span>“Impel is a very good word,” commented -Merchant Camp, addressing Dana. “I could -not pick one that described it better if I tried. -But,” and he turned to Herbert, “look you, -young man. You are not the only one that -feels the impulse of change. It has occurred -to me many times of late that my will also -needs a bit of altering.”</p> - -<p>For a brief moment George, who had turned -his head, saw Herbert Camp’s face go blank.</p> - -<p>“Why, as to—as to a mere matter of -money,” stammered Herbert, obviously endeavoring -to make his voice ring angrily, -“that can have no effect upon a person of -honor.”</p> - -<p>“Not a trifle like sixty thousand pounds, -mark you,” said the old Tory to Dana. -“They hold themselves high, these patriots.” -And once more addressing himself to Herbert, -he continued: “Do you recall that some days -ago I asked you to change the color of your -coat?”</p> - -<p>“I do,” replied the young lieutenant.</p> - -<p>“It was a week, I think, that I gave you.”</p> - -<p>“It was.”</p> - -<p>“Very good. There are a couple of days<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[67]</span> -yet to go. So consider the matter well. -Change your coat, or I change my will.”</p> - -<p>George felt the table shake; the big man -had twitched spasmodically, and his knees -had knocked against its legs. Young Prentiss -flashed him a searching look; but in no -other way did the bully manifest interest.</p> - -<p>“Your money is your own to do what you -please with,” said Herbert Camp to his uncle, -but for all his effort, there was a certain -waver in his voice and tones. “And you -would not have me sink my principle to get -it, I know.”</p> - -<p>“To be sure not, nephew,” said the old -gentleman. “But be assured of this: My -money will never go to any one who upholds -the rebel cause. I would not buy your allegiance, -nor that of any other person; but the -facts are as I have stated them.”</p> - -<p>The nephew drummed upon the edge of -the table with his finger-tips. Things were -at this stage when a waiter approached, bearing -the burly man’s dinner; this he placed -before him with care, then shook him -gently.</p> - -<p>“Your dinner, sir,” suggested the waiter,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[68]</span> -not without some caution. The burly man -opened his little eyes.</p> - -<p>“Ay, ay,” said he, “I see it. And I’ll -warrant it has no more seasoning than a -brindle cow’s milk.”</p> - -<p>But the waiter hastened to reassure him -upon this point; and so the man began to eat -with an appetite but with much muttering -and complaining. The conversation continued -at the Camp table, the youth Herbert -rather weakly maintaining his position, and -his uncle proclaiming his fixity of purpose. -But the spy took no more notice of them or -their sayings. Strangely enough, as George -Prentiss thought, he had lost all interest in -them.</p> - -<p>Indeed, even when they had finished their -meal and their discussion and arisen to their -feet, he did not lift his head. But old Camp’s -nephew, apparently in an ill-humor, did not -forget him. The youth in turning stumbled -across one of the man’s legs, which were needlessly -sprawled out.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps,” said the young man, tartly, -after recovering himself, “this is the recognition -which you just now promised me—trying<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[69]</span> -to dash out my brains among the inn furniture.”</p> - -<p>The man looked up at him insolently.</p> - -<p>“Did I promise you anything?” asked he.</p> - -<p>“You did, sir,” replied the lieutenant, paying -no heed to Mr. Dana’s plucking at his -sleeve.</p> - -<p>“Ah, well,” said the man, “sometimes little -things happen which prevent our keeping -promises hurriedly made.” There was something -like a laugh in his voice as he added, -“Perhaps some such little thing has happened -since I spoke to you last, sir.”</p> - -<p>The young militiaman grew very indignant -at this and seemed about to make a heated -rejoinder; however, the two merchants pushed -him on ahead of them.</p> - -<p>They had paid the reckoning and left the -inn; and George was examining his own score, -when the burly man suddenly lifted a hand -and called out:</p> - -<p>“Ah, this way, sir, this way!”</p> - -<p>Major Hyde, his dark face full of eagerness, -approached; and at his heels was the foppish -dragoon, Henderson.</p> - -<p>“I just now saw them leave,” said the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[70]</span> -major. “Did you find an opportunity, -Slade?”</p> - -<p>The burly man shrugged his lumpy shoulders -carelessly.</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes,” answered he. “It wasn’t difficult. -But I let it pass.”</p> - -<p>“What’s that?” and there was a note of -menace in Hyde’s voice.</p> - -<p>“Do you call that living up to a contract?” -asked Henderson. “Seems like downright -neglect to me.”</p> - -<p>“There was no occasion to follow out your -plan,” said Slade. “I have lived by quarrels -these many years,” with a laugh, “but for all -that, I don’t believe in them much unless -they are necessary. I had your young blade -fast enough and could have had it out with -him very nicely. But as it turned out——”</p> - -<p>Here Major Hyde noted George for the first -time and instantly his gesture stopped Slade’s -mouth. Affecting a careless laugh, although -all the time there was an evil look upon his -face, he said:</p> - -<p>“Ah, well, it makes no great difference, -either way. It was but a stupid sort of jest -to say the best of it. At another time, we’ll<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[71]</span> -have our laugh out to the full. But come, -let us be going. I have some business to see -to.”</p> - -<p>“I have but begun my dinner,” said Slade -in protest.</p> - -<p>“Dinners,” spoke the major, “can be had -at any time; but these affairs of mine must -not be kept waiting.”</p> - -<p>With much complaint Slade left the table, -casting longing looks at the smoking dishes -thereon. They had reached the door of the -public room as George arose and began readjusting -his shoulder belt, of which he had -freed himself when he sat down. He saw -Hyde lean toward Slade and say something -in a low tone; then he noted the latter’s -quick, furtive, over-the-shoulder look in his -direction; after this they passed out, and he -could see them through the window, walking -arm in arm down Broadway, their heads very -close together.</p> - -<p>When George in his turn left the “King’s -Arms” he was busily revolving what he had -seen and heard.</p> - -<p>“It has an odd look,” mused he. “And I -don’t just get the meaning of it all. There<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[72]</span> -can be no doubt that Major Hyde sent -this man into the inn for a purpose. But -what was this purpose? Hyde’s words might -lead one to believe that it was the carrying -out of some sort of idle jest. But I doubt -that. He gave that turn to the matter only -when he recognized me, and felt that I had -overheard what he had said.”</p> - -<p>Slowly he walked along Broadway past Wall -Street and the English Church, still going -over the situation.</p> - -<p>“The first words that Hyde said to Slade -upon entering were: ‘Did you find your -opportunity?’ And Slade answered that he -had, but had let it pass. Then he said he’d -found there was no occasion to follow Hyde’s -plans, and that he had heard something——Now -the only thing which he heard that -seemed to greatly interest him was that——”</p> - -<p>Here the young man’s muttering stopped; -his thoughts took a wild leap; for a moment -or two they were a jumble of extravagances; -then order began to reappear.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Camp, it seems, is enormously rich,” -was the new train of thought. “Major Hyde -is his nephew, as is also this young man<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[73]</span> -called Herbert. And Herbert, apparently, -was to be the heir; a thing which was distasteful -to Major Hyde. So the major sent -this bully who sat at table with me to pick -a quarrel with the lucky nephew. A duel -would perhaps have been the result; and the -course of the old man’s money shifted.</p> - -<p>“But the bully proved a man of cunning -as well as ferocity. When he heard that -Herbert would likely be disinherited because -of his political leanings, he saw that the fight -would be unnecessary.”</p> - -<p>Here, however, the chain of reasoning -showed a missing link.</p> - -<p>“If Herbert is to be disinherited for holding -to the cause of the colonies,” George -asked himself “how can Major Hyde, who -also advocates that cause, hope to replace -him?”</p> - -<p>This seemed to unsettle the foundation of -all that had gone before, and he shook his -head more puzzled than ever. But in a moment -or two he put the entire matter aside.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know why I am bothering about -the interests of strangers,” said he, impatiently. -He had about dismissed the matter<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[74]</span> -from his mind and was looking curiously at -some of the quaint old Dutch houses still -standing when there came a beat of hoofs -upon the stones of the road; and the horseman -drew up beside him.</p> - -<p>“Ah, well caught, Mr. Prentiss,” laughed -the horseman, jovially. “I asked for you at -the ‘King’s Arms,’ and they told me that you -had just gone. So I took the liberty of guessing -which direction you had taken.”</p> - -<p>It was the ensign with whom George had -previously spoken; he rode a strong-looking -gray horse which chafed at the bit and pawed -nervously at the ground. The ensign had -struck young Prentiss from the first as being -a likable sort of fellow, and so he greeted him -in friendly fashion.</p> - -<p>“You had not been gone from headquarters -above an hour when General Putnam asked -for you,” said the rider. “Major Hyde had -left some time before, and none would have -known where you were to be found had I not -happened to be still lounging about. And -so,” with a laugh, “here I am to take you -back with me in all haste.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[75]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER V<br /> - - -<small>IN WHICH GENERAL PUTNAM HAS HIS SAY</small></h2> -</div> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">It</span> is a matter of importance, then?” said -George, as he walked along at the horse’s side, -his face now pointed in the direction of the -fort.</p> - -<p>“I should hazard that it is of unusual -importance,” returned the ensign; “though I -have not the faintest knowledge of its nature.”</p> - -<p>A few minutes’ brisk traveling and they -reached the headquarters; George was at once -admitted to the room where he had previously -spoken to General Putnam.</p> - -<p>The latter was still there, as was General -Sullivan, and with them was an artillery -captain who was talking volubly and with -much excitement. But as George entered -he ceased, at a sign from General Putnam.</p> - -<p>“Prentiss,” said Putnam, after a moment’s -pause, during which he studied the young -New Englander carefully, “I have several -times had occasion to benefit by your service in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[76]</span> -somewhat venturesome matters. And now,” -here he bent forward a trifle, his hands upon -the table in front of him, “that an occasion -has arisen, I can offer you another service, -which while it may not prove dangerous, -seems sufficiently interesting to occupy a -youth of your inches for some little time. -Would you care to undertake it?”</p> - -<p>“That you think it necessary that the thing -be done is enough for me,” replied George.</p> - -<p>“That is an excellent answer,” said Putnam, -his big, round face beaming. “There are, no -doubt,” he proceeded, and he glanced at -General Sullivan as though in explanation, -“numbers of young men in every branch of -the service here in New York who could -bring this matter to a highly successful issue. -But as I am not acquainted with their individual -merits, I might make a sad mistake -in trying to select the proper one. Here,” -and he nodded toward George, “is one of -whom I have personal knowledge. That is -why I have preferred him.”</p> - -<p>The others signified that the reason appealed -to them as being a perfectly just one.</p> - -<p>There was a short pause. General Putnam<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[77]</span> -seemed to be marshaling his thoughts together; -then he said, addressing George:</p> - -<p>“New York has been most difficult to -control in the present crisis; there were many -Tories about Boston, but here they number -fully half the population. And their numbers -make them dangerous. We have seized upon -the persons of the most aggressive of them; -but in spite of this a steady opposition continues -to be made to everything we do. If -this were openly done, it would be a simple -matter. But it is carried on secretly. Information -of some of our most intimate designs, -so we have discovered, is regularly had by our -enemies. Our troops are being corrupted; -our stores and magazines are in real danger -of destruction.</p> - -<p>“Of late this Tory system seems to have -selected our posts upon the Highlands for -especial attention,” proceeded Putnam, and -the artillery officer pursed his lips and -wrinkled his brow as though in agreement. -“Nothing, mind you, is definitely known, -but there is a feeling among us all that our -work is in some way being steadily undermined. -Recruiting has been brought almost<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[78]</span> -to a standstill because we have become convinced -that many of those offering themselves -have other motives than the preservation of -our liberties.</p> - -<p>“To-day Captain Hall unearthed some -traces of what might possibly be a plot. But -I am sorry to say that what he has discovered -is not of sufficient directness to warrant our -arresting any one. However, it affords us a -most excellent beginning for a counter system -of espionage; and that is what we have concluded -to organize. It is well at first, though, -to make no ornate attempts upon them; a -modest beginning may bring much better -results.”</p> - -<p>“The fact that you are unknown in these -parts is of some value,” spoke General -Sullivan.</p> - -<p>Putnam nodded.</p> - -<p>“What we have learned shows that stranger -recruits are more apt to be approached by the -secret agents of the Tories than those known -in New York and of settled local convictions,” -said he. “And that, as General Sullivan -wisely remarks, has value. What we propose -is that you make your way to Harlem<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[79]</span> -Heights, say to-morrow, spend a day or two -in idling about in a desultory, unattached sort -of way. Then go through the form of enlistment -with Captain Hall, here, and after that -follow up any track that circumstance leads -you upon.”</p> - -<p>“If you have any facts for me,” said George, -“I will take them now; and to-morrow I will -do as you suggest.”</p> - -<p>“These papers,” said General Putnam, taking -up a slim packet, “contain all the information -that we have upon the subject. Take -them into that room,” pointing to a small -inner apartment, “and study them. But -commit nothing to writing that might betray -you, if found.”</p> - -<p>George took the packet and entered the -room indicated; seating himself at a window -he began to examine the writings, document -by document.</p> - -<p>However, they yielded no great amount of -data, being largely the names of suspected -persons and their places of resort. Carefully -he read down the list, thinking to come upon -something that would give him a handhold.</p> - -<p>“The sloop ‘Shark,’ Nathan Parks, master,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[80]</span> -suspected of carrying information to the -British frigates,” met his eye without much -meaning.</p> - -<p>“Corporal Bacon of the artillery, thought -to be in the pay of the Loyalists.</p> - -<p>“Thomas Friend, a peddler, and said to be -a spy in the pay of Governor Colden.</p> - -<p>“Ann Jane Trout, landlady of the ‘Wheat -Sheaf,’ an inn long suspected of being the -gathering place of the enemies of popular -rights.</p> - -<p>“The ‘Wheat Sheaf,’” said George, his -mind at once focusing upon this name. -“That is the place that Merchant Dana -directed me to.” He gazed reflectively at the -paper for a moment and gradually a smile -came into his face. “At nine to-morrow -night he specified, I think. I had not -thought to go there; but now,” and here -the smile grew broader and a sparkle began -to dance in his eyes, “well, now it promises -to be different, for something may be gained -by it.”</p> - -<p>Earnestly he scanned the documents. -Traces of suspected plots were recorded, -especially the one which Captain Hall had<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[81]</span> -come upon the day before. For the most -part they seemed the stories of imaginative -persons, lacking all the vital points of convincing -evidence.</p> - -<p>“And yet,” mused George, “where there is -much smoke, there may be some fire.” He -retied the papers and arising, went into the -other room where he laid them upon the -table before General Putnam, who was now -alone.</p> - -<p>“I am ready,” announced he, in reply to -the officer’s mute inquiry.</p> - -<p>“Good lad,” said the general, heartily; -“to-morrow, then, you make a beginning. -I’ll have a sum of money sent you to-morrow -at your lodgings, for you’ll have some small -expenses, no doubt. And now, good luck. -Do your best.”</p> - -<p>George saluted.</p> - -<p>“You may trust me for that, sir,” said he. -And then he went out.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[82]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VI<br /> - - -<small>EXPLAINS HOW GEORGE PRENTISS BECAME A<br /> -GUEST AT THE “WHEAT SHEAF”</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">True</span> to his word, General Putnam sent -George Prentiss a handful of gold coins next -morning and George, toward noon, engaged a -horse of the landlord which he promised to -send back by a wagoner on the day following. -Mounting, he set out up Broadway, turned -into the Bloomingdale Road, and then along -the Hudson until he came to the sharp turn to -the right which brought him into the Kingsbridge -Road not far from Burdett’s Ferry. -Directly ahead, Harlem Heights bulked -densely; to the east could be seen the wooded -sides of Mt. Morris, while from the high -shoulder of the road, an occasional glint was -to be had of the Harlem River as it slipped -along toward the Sound.</p> - -<p>The young man drew up his horse at this -point and looked about him.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[83]</span>“The reports placed the ‘Wheat Sheaf’ at -no great distance from here,” said he to himself. -“And as it’s wearing toward evening I -may as well take my dinner there.”</p> - -<p>As he sat his horse he heard the ring of a -hammer striking hearty blows upon an anvil; -then a sledge joined in and a clangor of sound -swept upward. George shook the rein, and -about fifty yards further on, in a sheltered -spot a little back from the road, he came upon -a small smithy.</p> - -<p>George dismounted and stood watching the -smith and his assistant for a space; then the -iron was apparently beaten into its true shape, -for it was laid aside and the two stood mopping -their faces with damp towels.</p> - -<p>“Good-day,” greeted George.</p> - -<p>“The top of it to yourself, sure,” returned -the smith, who was a freckled Irishman with -fiery red hair and a droll look.</p> - -<p>“That seemed like a hard task,” commented -the young man, coming nearer.</p> - -<p>“Why, then,” returned the smith, “it’s -little else we’re getting nowadays. Since -they’ve took to fighting all about the place, -sorra the bit of work do we get but bayonets,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[84]</span> -swords as long as your arm and bits like this,” -with a jerk of his thumb toward the still -glowing forging, “for the big guns.”</p> - -<p>The apprentice, a huge limbed youth with -a small, sloping head, was observing young -Prentiss’s shoulder belt with its heavy hanger, -and the pistol butt that protruded from a -holster.</p> - -<p>“Are you in General Putnam’s army?” -asked he, all agape.</p> - -<p>“No,” replied George, truthfully. “I am -not.”</p> - -<p>“Small blame to him for asking you that,” -said the Irish smith, “for it’s few that go by -now but Putnam’s sogers—or the other sort.”</p> - -<p>“The other sort!” echoed George, catching -at this instantly. “What do you mean?”</p> - -<p>“Are you for the king or for Congress?” -asked the smith.</p> - -<p>“For Congress,” returned George, promptly.</p> - -<p>The other came forward and extended a -brawny fist.</p> - -<p>“Good luck to you, for you’re the right -stripe,” said he smiling broadly. “It’s meself -that knows but little about the Congress -beyant there and what they do be about; but<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[85]</span> -I’m hand and foot with them against the -Sassenach, no matter what it is.”</p> - -<p>George laughed at this frank declaration of -purpose; but instantly came back to the -matter of interest.</p> - -<p>“The ‘other sort’ I suppose are Tories?” -said he.</p> - -<p>The smith nodded. “Faith,” spoke he, -“they’re fair pisonous with the venom that’s -in them; and hereabouts they do be as thick -as the gnats in the swamps.”</p> - -<p>“But the army being in possession prevents -them being at all dangerous,” said -George.</p> - -<p>The other shook his head. “The army can -do nothing against such as these,” said he. -“You might as well put that horse of yours, -there, to catching a mole. Sorra the sound -do they make, and never a sight of themselves -do they give any one.”</p> - -<p>“But,” and George smiled a little, “it -would seem that you have both heard and -seen them at some time or other.”</p> - -<p>The Irishman laughed loudly at this remark. -“Why, then,” said he, “you’re the -shrewd felly entirely. But you’re right,”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[86]</span> -and here he lowered his voice. “You’re -right. I see more than some; and be the -same token, I hear more than most.”</p> - -<p>He nodded mysteriously. As there appeared -to be something gained by it, George -slipped from his mount, tied it by the door -and entered the smithy. Leaning against a -broken gun carriage, he began slowly drawing -off his gauntlets.</p> - -<p>“I have heard a great deal, in one way and -another, of the plots of the Loyalists,” said he -with an air of doubt, “but to be entirely -candid, I have seen scarcely anything in the -way of proof.”</p> - -<p>“Proof!” said the smith, with energy; -“it’s proof ye want, is it, me lad? Oh, well! -them that have it could supply plenty of it.”</p> - -<p>“Why don’t they come forward with it, -then?” demanded young Prentiss, bluntly. -“Why hide it?”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps,” said the other, “they have -small bits of childer and are not wantin’ the -houses burnt over their heads.”</p> - -<p>“It’s fear, then, that stops their mouths,” -stated George. “They are afraid of the king’s -men!”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[87]</span>He had calculated well; the Celtic ire of -the smith began to rise; his big fists doubled -up; his freckled face began to flame.</p> - -<p>“Afraid, is it!” cried he. “Afraid! If -you knew them you wouldn’t say that. -When you live in a lonely place, my lad, -and have desperate enemies with revenge -in their hearts again’ you, you must take -care. And when wife and childer are depending -upon the man for the bite and the -sup, he thinks twice before he puts himself in -danger.”</p> - -<p>“But how is one to know that there is real -danger?” said George. “It may be that it -has no existence save in the mind of the -person who dreads it.”</p> - -<p>This exasperated the blacksmith. He had -been holding himself in check with great -effort, but now he burst out:</p> - -<p>“Bad luck to ye, is it imagining it all that -you think I’ve been doing? Is it imagination, -me son, when a man sees them with his -two eyes——” Here he caught sight of the -apprentice, standing with his head thrust -forward and his mouth agape. “And have -you nothing at all to do, Peter?” he demanded,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[88]</span> -sharply. “Away with you to Van -Tile’s and fetch the horse that he wants shod. -Stir yourself, now, or it’ll be dark again’ you -get back.”</p> - -<p>Vastly disappointed, the apprentice took -off his leather apron and departed on his -errand. Then the smith gave his attention -to George once more.</p> - -<p>“He’s a good, hard-working lad,” said he, -“but he’s not over bright in some things, and -lets his tongue run too free when he -shouldn’t.”</p> - -<p>He poked his fire and threw on more fuel; -then seating himself upon the anvil, he went -on:</p> - -<p>“People do imagine a good many things,” -nodding wisely. “I’ve listened to them myself -many a time. But is it imagination when -a man comes in the night, calls you to the -door, and you wide awake, pokes a lantern in -your face with one hand and a pistol with the -other and bids you hold your peace?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[89]</span>“Did that happen to you?”</p> - -<p>“To no one else. And why? Because I -knew more than it was thought fitting I -should know. Because I had seen things. -Because I had heard things. Because if I -told the half of it, I’d be putting ropes about -the necks of a dozen or more.”</p> - - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_088.jpg" alt="" /></div> -<p class="drop-cap"><i>“I WALKED INTO A NEST<br /> -OF KING’S MEN”</i></p> - -<p>George laughed. “More than likely it -was some sort of a rough joke that your -visitor was enjoying at your expense,” said -he.</p> - -<p>Again the ire of the smith began to mount.</p> - -<p>“Joke?” cried he. “Joke, is it? You -know nothing of me, me lad, or you’d be sure -no man would play the merry Andrew in -that style with me. And maybe you think,” -here he pointed one challenging finger at -George, “that it was a joke that I see carried -on that same night, only a bit earlier, at the -‘Wheat Sheaf’?”</p> - -<p>“What was that?” asked George, allowing -quite a tone of scepticism to creep into his -voice.</p> - -<p>The Celt recognized the doubtful tone, and -the warmth of his manner increased.</p> - -<p>“I made a bit of a mistake that night,” -spoke he, trying to keep from flying into a -rage. “I opened the door to one of the private -rooms and walked into a nest of king’s -men, up to their eyes in plotting. And that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[90]</span> -was not all—in the midst of them was some -one that’s supposed to wear an entirely different -kind of a coat.”</p> - -<p>“You mean,” said George, eagerly, “that -you saw engaged with the Tories one who is -known as a patriot?”</p> - -<p>The interest in his voice was too plain to -escape the smith; instantly the man’s heat -vanished; all his excited desire to show that -he had real cause to fear the anger of the -conspirators disappeared.</p> - -<p>“What I mean,” said he, in a greatly -altered voice, and as he spoke his eyes were -full of suspicion, “is no matter. I saw what -I saw; and if anybody wants to know the -meaning of it or the particulars of it, let him -search them out for himself.”</p> - -<p>“But,” demanded young Prentiss, “do you -really mean to keep important facts from the -authorities?”</p> - -<p>“I mean to try and keep a roof over my -head, and life in my body,” said the smith, -thrusting a bar of iron into the fire and beginning -to blow the coals into a higher red. -“It’s all very well for those in the town to -speak out boldly; but this is a lonely place;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[91]</span> -and as I said before, a man with a wife and -childer can’t run himself into danger.”</p> - -<p>The return of the apprentice, leading a -plow horse by the bridle, put an end to the -talk. So George mounted and, gathering up -his reins, said:</p> - -<p>“The ‘Wheat Sheaf’ is not very far away, -I believe?”</p> - -<p>“A matter of a half mile,” answered the -mechanic.</p> - -<p>“I’ll dine there, like as not,” said George. -And then he added, with a laugh: “Perhaps -it will be as well for me to keep my eyes open -also; I may see something upon my own -account.”</p> - -<p>Then he waved his hand in a good-bye and -set off along the road once more. The patriot -batteries mounted upon the Heights were in -view through the dusk when he sighted the -“Wheat Sheaf,” which was a large rambling -structure with a veranda upon two sides of it -and a great number of small-paned windows -through which the lights were already beginning -to glint.</p> - -<p>No one was visible, and George called loudly -as he pulled up at the door:</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[92]</span>“Ho, the house! Landlord!”</p> - -<p>From somewhere in the rear, a sharp-faced -woman made her appearance. She was very -tall and angular, her movements were awkward, -and when she spoke her voice was -high.</p> - -<p>“Hoighty toity!” she cried, “and must -we make all this noise at a decent inn? What -is your wish, young man?”</p> - -<p>“I’ll have some one take my horse, mistress,” -replied George, “and I desire him -rubbed and given a good feed of clean grain.”</p> - -<p>The woman turned toward the barn and -called shrilly:</p> - -<p>“Job!”</p> - -<p>She had repeated the cry several times -before there was any response; then a man -came out of the barn, rubbing his eyes and -shuffling his feet.</p> - -<p>“You’ve been asleep again,” charged the -woman. “You are the most idle, good-for-nothing -rascal in Harlem, I really believe.”</p> - -<p>The man blinked ill-humoredly. “Fair -words, Mistress Trout,” spoke he. “They go -farther than the other sort.”</p> - -<p>“Don’t answer me back, you wretch,” cried<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[93]</span> -Mistress Trout. “Don’t do it. And you’d -better mend your ways, sir, or I’ll turn you -off; and you’ll have a time of it getting another -situation, I promise you.”</p> - -<p>George dismounted and gave his horse to -the hostler.</p> - -<p>“I hope,” said he politely to the woman, -“that I am not putting you about; but I’d -like a snack of something, if I’m not too late.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, indeed,” said Mistress Trout, “traffic -hereabouts is not so great that we have all -the victuals bespoke.” Then turning to the -hostler, who was yawning behind his hand, -she cried sharply: “Well, and are you going -to see to the gentleman’s horse, blockhead? -Or do you mean to fall asleep as you -stand?”</p> - -<p>“A man must have sleep some time,” -growled Job, as he took the nag by the bridle. -“If I’m kept up at night, mistress, by people -that go and come at all hours, it’s little to be -wondered at if I try to catch a wink or two -by daylight.”</p> - -<p>The landlady of the “Wheat Sheaf” gave -him a look full of anger.</p> - -<p>“That will do,” said she. “You have said<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[94]</span> -quite enough. Now, be off and attend to your -work.”</p> - -<p>Grumbling, the man led the horse toward -the barn; and George followed Mistress Trout -into the inn. The public room into which -he was shown was huge and square and furnished -with heavy tables, settles and high-backed -chairs. There was a brick fireplace at -one side; the evening was a crisp one with a -breeze that rattled the many window frames, -and in consequence a heap of billets crackled -on the fire-dogs.</p> - -<p>“You have it snug enough here,” observed -George with satisfaction, as he hung his hat -upon a peg and began to remove his gloves. -“Facing the spring wind makes a small fire -seem a most comfortable thing, indeed.”</p> - -<p>“And a pretty penny it runs into for cut -wood,” objected the landlady. “But what is -a tavern-keeper to do when people come in -and hector and bully?”</p> - -<p>There came an impatient creaking of a -settle near the fire; a head lifted up from a -leather cushion, and a voice demanded:</p> - -<p>“Am I not paying for all I get, madam? -Is the fire-wood not included? No, don’t<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[95]</span> -say anything,” and the speaker gestured impatiently; -“put it in the bill, and don’t -worry me with your conversation.”</p> - -<p>Mistress Trout tossed her head at this, and -after receiving George’s order, left the apartment -with a wrathful countenance.</p> - -<p>Curiously, George approached the fire; holding -his hands out to the blaze, he looked into -the upturned face, and to his surprise recognized -the heavy brows and sullen expression -of Lieutenant Camp. As he was still surprisedly -gazing into the young man’s face, the -eyes opened; seeing himself closely observed, -the latter sat up instantly.</p> - -<p>“Hello,” said he, rather roughly. “What -brings you here?”</p> - -<p>“The fire, latterly,” smiled George, still -holding his hands extended over the blaze. -“But the prospect of a hot supper, mainly.”</p> - -<p>The heavy brows of the young man upon -the settle gathered in a frown; his eyes -searched George’s face with a peculiar look.</p> - -<p>“It seems to me that I’ve seen you before,” -said he.</p> - -<p>George nodded, but just as he was about to -point out where they had met on the day before,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[96]</span> -he caught the odd look in the other’s -eyes, and with a quick impulse checked himself. -So he merely said:</p> - -<p>“It is very likely.”</p> - -<p>There was a moment’s silence; the young -man upon the settle clasped one knee with -his hands and studied George intently.</p> - -<p>“You are a stranger hereabouts, I take it,” -said he.</p> - -<p>George nodded. “Yes,” was his brief reply.</p> - -<p>Again there was a silence. Young Prentiss, -without seeming to do so, examined the other -as intently as he was himself being examined. -And, gradually, the impression grew more -and more upon him that Merchant Camp’s -nephew was keying himself to say something -which he considered of much importance. -Several times the lieutenant bent forward and -seemed upon the point of speaking; but each -time he sank back, his lips still closed and an -expression of indecision upon his face. At -length, however, he seemed resolved to make -the plunge. With voice so lowered as to be -almost a whisper, he said:</p> - -<p>“It is rumored that Washington will soon -be here.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[97]</span>George stared at him; so ludicrously tame -did the saying seem after all the cautious -hesitation that had preceded it that he almost -laughed. But the expression upon -Herbert Camp’s face prevented this; it was -one of eager expectation—of almost painful -interest. A suspicion flashed upon George; -a suspicion and a fear.</p> - -<p>“It’s a great deal like a test—a signal by -which one person makes himself sure of another,” -he told himself.</p> - -<p>Instantly he was all attention. Bending -his head courteously, he replied:</p> - -<p>“I have heard the rumor myself, and think -that it is true.”</p> - -<p>This answer did not repel the other; but at -the same time it did not satisfy him, either. -He arose and leaning against the brick mantle -began slapping at his boot leg with a riding -whip.</p> - -<p>“Which way are you traveling?” he asked.</p> - -<p>“North,” returned George.</p> - -<p>The face of the other grew brighter. He -endeavored to assume a light manner, and -laughed a little as he said:</p> - -<p>“Perhaps you think that there will be<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[98]</span> -more to interest you in that direction than in -another.”</p> - -<p>“One usually travels in the direction in -which one’s interest lies,” replied young -Prentiss in the same tone. “And I am like -most in that.”</p> - -<p>Herbert Camp nodded and pondered. For -a few moments he stood alternately glancing -at George and then toward the window; the -lash of the whip continued to cut at his boot -leg and to lay long welts upon the sanded floor.</p> - -<p>“You came alone?” asked he, finally.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” answered George.</p> - -<p>“Isn’t it somewhat dangerous to take the -north road unaccompanied?”</p> - -<p>Young Prentiss smiled. “You did not -seem to think so,” said he.</p> - -<p>“With me it is different,” spoke the lieutenant -with a meaning in his voice that -George did not grasp. “But for strangers the -way is unprotected. Did you meet no one -upon the road?”</p> - -<p>“No one.”</p> - -<p>“That is strange. Though, as I said, it’s a -lonely way, still one is apt to meet a peddler -now and then.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[99]</span>George noted a peculiar stress upon the last -part of the sentence, and his mind began to -cast about for its meaning. Almost instantly -he caught it, and self-control alone prevented -his exclaiming aloud. The papers given him -to examine by General Putnam had named -one Thomas Friend, a peddler, as a suspected -person. Was Lieutenant Camp, in his guarded -utterance, referring to this man? Like lightning -George’s mind was made up; and with -a calm voice and a careless manner he said:</p> - -<p>“I came upon no peddlers to-day; but,” -and he fixed his eyes steadily upon the other’s -face, “peddlers are merchants of small degree, -perhaps, and I had a visit yesterday from a -merchant aboard ship.”</p> - -<p>Recollection instantly swept into the lieutenant’s -face; dropping his whip he brought -his palms together with a smack.</p> - -<p>“Now I remember where I saw you. It -was on the wharf near ‘The Brigantine’ inn. -I am glad indeed to meet you!” He seized -George’s hand and shook it energetically; -then he added, eagerly: “It was Dana who -told you to come here?”</p> - -<p>George nodded; he was afraid to do more,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[100]</span> -not yet being sure of his ground. Young -Camp sat down upon the settle and roared -with laughter.</p> - -<p>“No wonder,” he gasped, “you didn’t -grasp my meaning readily. I thought it -was Tom Friend, the peddler, who was to -bring you here. By Jove, how you stared -and winked.”</p> - -<p>“The owl,” said George, “does a lot of -staring and blinking. And it’s reckoned a -wise bird for no other reason.”</p> - -<p>“Right!” said Lieutenant Camp. “Right! -What you did, you did well. I have no fault -to find with you; the only hitch has been in -my misinformation. I wonder,” said he, “just -how that came about?”</p> - -<p>“Sometimes,” replied George, slowly, “it -chances that old men are erratic.”</p> - -<p>Young Camp slapped his knee.</p> - -<p>“There!” he cried. “I never gave a -thought to that; and now you mention it, I -have no doubt that is what’s to blame in this -case.”</p> - -<p>Here a waiter, under the personal direction -of Mistress Trout, entered bearing George’s -supper, smoking hot and very savory and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[101]</span> -tempting. It was placed upon a table near -the fire, which had been laid with a clean -cloth, much white napery, and shining table -ware. With great satisfaction, George sat -down to it.</p> - -<p>“I hope,” said he to the lieutenant, “that -you’ll join me. Dining alone is sometimes a -tiresome business.”</p> - -<p>But the other gestured in the negative.</p> - -<p>“I had just finished when you rode up,” -he said. “Pray go on, and pay no attention -to me in that respect.”</p> - -<p>George did as he was bidden; and he had -already made considerable inroad upon the -hot dishes from Mistress Trout’s kitchen when -Herbert Camp spoke again.</p> - -<p>“I should have thought,” said the latter, -“that you would have come here as soon as -you got ashore.”</p> - -<p>“As it is,” returned George, “I am hours -before my time.”</p> - -<p>“Then a time was named?”</p> - -<p>“To-night,” said George.</p> - -<p>The other leaned back upon the settle and -shielded his face from the fire; George’s -efforts upon the logs had not been without<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[102]</span> -effect, for the blaze was now brisk and high; -the sparks shot up the wide chimney in -showers.</p> - -<p>“At half after nine, I think,” said Lieutenant Camp.</p> - -<p>“At nine exactly,” returned George.</p> - -<p>The lieutenant here fell back into a long -silence. He shielded his face from the heat -with his hat and sat looking at the darting -sparks as they leaped upward. George, as he -proceeded with his dinner, watched him; the -face was deeply shadowed by the upheld hat, -but the young soldier’s attitude was full of -meaning, the changing lights in his eyes spoke -of a mind not at rest.</p> - -<p>As he watched him George recalled old -Merchant Camp’s words of the day before.</p> - -<p>“But look you, young man,” he had said, -“you are not the only one that feels the impulse -of change. It has occurred to me many -times of late that my will needs a bit of altering, -too.”</p> - -<p>Distinctly young Prentiss recalled the blank -look that crossed Herbert Camp’s face at this -saying. True, he had stammered something<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[103]</span> -about a mere matter of money having no -effect upon a person of honor.</p> - -<p>“But,” was the thought that crossed -George’s mind, “the protest was rather weak. -‘Change your coat, or I change my will’ was -old Camp’s next saying, and the young man’s -answer to this was more wavering still.”</p> - -<p>The old Tory had also said that there still -remained a few days more to effect the change -he desired.</p> - -<p>“And it would seem,” thought the young -New Englander, indignantly, “that he’ll get -his wish. This young man spoke of principle -yesterday; it seems that he’s thought better -of it to-day. Sixty thousand pounds has been -too great a lure to resist; his greed was greater -than his patriotism.”</p> - -<p>However, despite his indignation, he went -calmly on with his meal; and while he ate, -Herbert Camp continued in the same attitude, -apparently thinking deeply. Both were engaged -in this way when there came a bustle -from the road before the inn; glancing -through the window, which was on line with -his table, he saw in the light of several -lanterns a queer looking man mounted upon<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[104]</span> -a tall, bony horse and carrying before him a -huge pack. Both Mistress Trout and the -hostler, Job, had gone out to receive the newcomer, -who slid awkwardly from his pad-saddle, -dragging his pack along with him.</p> - -<p>From his gestures, George saw that the -man was making quite a speech regarding -the caretaking of his bony nag; Job listened -with great patience, and led the animal carefully -to the barn when its owner had done. -Then the man, staggering under the pack, -followed the landlady to the inn.</p> - -<p>Into the public room he shambled; depositing -his burden in a corner he stood erect, -his breath coming in deep gasps.</p> - -<p>“Time was,” said he, “when I could have -borne that load and not made half the ado.”</p> - -<p>He was a square-built, stocky man, with -thick, bowed legs and a partially bald head. -He had prominent outstanding ears and tremendous -hands, corded and knotted like those -of a giant.</p> - -<p>“You do very well as it is, sir,” spoke -the landlady. “There’s scarce a man in -Harlem that could carry so much.”</p> - -<p>The man mopped his bald head with a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[105]</span> -yellow handkerchief and laughed. “Ah, -good lady,” said he, “you’ll be seeking to -get the better of me in a trade before I’m -gone. Sweet words mean only one thing to -a man of my business—they seek to take the -place of halfpence.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed, then,” cried Mistress Trout, “I’ll -have no trading with you. I have no time to -haggle, and no use for your goods.”</p> - -<p>And with that she whisked angularly from -the room, leaving the newcomer in a broad -grin.</p> - -<p>“Now,” declared he with great gusto, “is -not that like a woman in every way? ‘I -have no use for your goods,’ says she—and -never a sight has she of what I have to offer.”</p> - -<p>This speech he directed at George, who -nodded good-naturedly; the man then put -his great thumbs in the armholes of his -waistcoat and proceeded:</p> - -<p>“But women folk are ever hard to trade -with, sir; thirty years have I ridden these -roads with a pack before me, and that is one -of the things which I have learned. They -have no judgment; caprice rules them; -they’ll bargain for hours over a staple article<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[106]</span> -of known value, and then squander their -shilling without a word on trash.”</p> - -<p>“You are harsh, I think, sir,” said George.</p> - -<p>“Sir,” returned the peddler, “that I am -not. I know them. Thirty years on the -road has taught me something.” Here he -approached the fire. “By your leave, sir,” -said he to the lieutenant, and sat down upon -an end of the settle. The lieutenant nodded -curtly and gave him little direct attention. -But out of the tail of his eye he observed the -peddler narrowly, as George did not fail to -observe.</p> - -<p>The stranger crossed his thick, bowed legs -and held his hands out to the fire with much -satisfaction.</p> - -<p>“There is still a tang in the air,” said he. -“Winter is not quite gone, even yet.”</p> - -<p>“No,” returned George, “and further north, -it is colder still.”</p> - -<p>The saying was entirely unpremeditated; -but instantly he realized that it bore an -apparent significance, for the peddler shot -him a glance of surprise, and then coughed -in a warning way behind his hand. Then, -as though to cover an awkward happening,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[107]</span> -the man thrust a thumb and forefinger into -his waistcoat pocket and produced a massive -watch. Holding it up that George might -have a good view of it, he said:</p> - -<p>“There is a rare sight for you; I dare -venture to say you don’t often see its like. -The king puts no finer gold in his guineas, -and the cogs and springs and balances are -miracles of art.”</p> - -<p>“It looks very fine, indeed,” praised George.</p> - -<p>“I offer such rarities only to certain gentlemen -of quality,” said the peddler; “but,” and -he made a wide gesture, “things are not what -they were, and I am scantily furnished with -money just now.” He bent toward George. -“If you fancy such a thing you shall have it -at a small price.”</p> - -<p>But George shook his head.</p> - -<p>“Have you examined it well?” The peddler -got up and stood with his broad back -to the lieutenant, his head lowered toward -George and his face away from the firelight. -“It is a surprising watch in more ways than -one. Look; could anything be finer?” So -saying he snapped open the heavy case and -bent still nearer to the young New Englander.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[108]</span> -Then his voice sank lower and he whispered:</p> - -<p>“What ship?”</p> - -<p>“The ‘Nancy Breen,’” in the same tone.</p> - -<p>“Does the other,” and a twitch of a mouth -corner indicated the lieutenant, “bear you -company?”</p> - -<p>“No.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, very well,” said the peddler, his voice -lifting plainly, and his manner that of a man -rebuffed. “If you have no need of it, why, -then, all’s said and done.”</p> - -<p>So saying he stuffed the watch into his -pocket, rebuttoned the flap, sat down upon -his end of the settle once more and began -staring fixedly into the fire.</p> - -<p>“I suppose,” spoke Lieutenant Camp, after -a few moments of silence, “that you pick up -many quaint and curious things in your journeyings -here and there.”</p> - -<p>The peddler gave him no very tolerant look -and replied, shortly:</p> - -<p>“Ay, that I do, sir.” Then with a bending -of his brows and a shake of his bald head, -he continued: “But I always make shift to -mind my own business, young sir.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[109]</span>The lieutenant sat up stiff upon the settle. -“Do you mean to infer that I do not, my -man?” demanded he.</p> - -<p>The peddler turned squarely upon him and -looked him in the face.</p> - -<p>“I was not aware that I called you by -name, sir,” said he pointedly.</p> - -<p>“Not having a name to call me by,” said -the lieutenant, “it would be a difficult thing -to do. But, perhaps, if I gave you one, you’d -be more civil.”</p> - -<p>He stooped and spoke a word or two in the -ear of the peddler; and instantly the latter’s -dogged look vanished.</p> - -<p>“Well, well!” exclaimed he in friendly -fashion, “who’d have dreamed it! Who’d -have dreamed it!” He struck the oaken -settle a resounding blow with the heel of his -hand. “We’re coming on, sir; we’re coming -on mightily!”</p> - -<p>He beamed genially upon the young men, -and seemed quite delighted; and just as he -seemed upon the point of launching upon -matters that George thought might prove -most interesting, there came a clatter of hoofs -from the road and the jingle of chains and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[110]</span> -military equipment. The face lost its cheerful -look as a voice gave an unintelligible, -grumbled order; heavy feet tramped up the -path and upon the porch; then the door was -flung open and a party of armed men in the -colonial buff and blue thronged into the room.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[111]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VII<br /> - - -<small>TELLS HOW THREE PEOPLE MADE A DASH FOR -FREEDOM</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> leader of the colonials was a tall man -with wide, sloping shoulders and a harsh -face. He had quick, eager eyes that snapped -inquiringly and questioned everything upon -which they rested.</p> - -<p>Halting his men in the center of the public -room, he surveyed its three occupants.</p> - -<p>“Your position and consequence, gentlemen?” -said he. “And how is it that you -are here to-night and not at your homes?”</p> - -<p>The peddler chuckled and cracked the great -fingers of each hand.</p> - -<p>“A person of my station, sir,” he made answer, -“is at home wherever night overtakes -him. I am by occupation a peddler, selling -honest stuffs and asking ready silver in exchange.”</p> - -<p>“Your name?” demanded the officer, and -his eager eyes snapped more than ever.</p> - -<p>“Thomas Friend.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[112]</span>Watching the officer’s face, George saw it -change grimly at this answer; he made no -remark, but turning to Herbert Camp, inquired:</p> - -<p>“And how is it with you, my lad?”</p> - -<p>“My name is Bardwell,” returned the -young man, composedly. “I suppose, sir,” -with a glance at the party of soldiers, “that -you have a right to make these inquiries?”</p> - -<p>“Ay,” replied the officer, “that I have; -and I’m not called upon to show any credentials, -either. This uniform will do all that,” -and he slapped himself upon the chest, “and -so out with the rest of it. What are you, -and what is your errand here?”</p> - -<p>“I am clerk to a mercer in the city,” replied -young Camp—“Mr. Nathan in Maiden -Lane, to be exact. And I’m on my way beyond -the Harlem upon some matters of business.”</p> - -<p>“You could have gotten beyond the Harlem -if you had had the mind,” spoke the leader -of the party, positively. “There was no reason -for your stopping here.”</p> - -<p>“I dislike traveling at night,” said the -other.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[113]</span>“Then you should have started earlier in -the day.” And with this the officer turned -upon George. “And you, sir?” he demanded, -peremptorily. “What have you to say?”</p> - -<p>“I am from Cambridge,” replied George. -“I arrived in New York only recently and -am traveling about.”</p> - -<p>“You selected a most indifferent time and -place to do it in,” the other made answer. -Then with a gesture that took in all three he -added: “You are under arrest.”</p> - -<p>Herbert Camp was upon his feet instantly. -George fancied he saw his face paling.</p> - -<p>“But why?” asked young Camp. “You -have no right to interfere with inoffensive -people.”</p> - -<p>“Not if I know them to be such,” replied -the officer, and he laughed harshly. “But -my orders are to take all suspicious characters -in charge. This man,” and he pointed to the -peddler, “I have orders to take wherever and -whenever found. You two,” and his snapping -eyes shot glances at the two young men, -“I’ll take charge of for further examination. -I have no desire to inflict hardship upon -you,” with something like an apologetic note<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[114]</span> -in his voice, “but these are troublesome times, -and we have suffered a great deal through -secret agencies. If you are what you claim -to be, you will be put to as little disadvantage -as possible.”</p> - -<p>With that he made a sign to his men; they -immediately approached the three guests of -the “Wheat Sheaf” and laid hands upon -them. But if they expected unresisting submission, -they reckoned without the spirit of -the strong-limbed peddler. With a sweep of -his arms he dashed the troopers aside; then -with remarkable agility he bounded to a window; -there was a smashing of glass, a rending -of wood, and he was gone. Several muskets -flashed after him, their reports sounding -like thunder in the low ceilinged room.</p> - -<p>A soldier had apparently been left to guard -the horses.</p> - -<p>“Halt!” he cried as his charges began to -stamp with fear of the musket shots.</p> - -<p>Then there came a racing of hoofs and the -sound of a discharging pistol. At the command -of their officer, some of the soldiers -rushed out after him; the remainder seized -upon George and Herbert Camp roughly;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[115]</span> -their arms were pinioned in an instant with -a couple of stout leather belts.</p> - -<p>There was a roar of firearms, and hoarse, -excited shouts sounded from the darkness; -then nags were evidently mounted in haste; -the rattle of hoofs sounded as the riders -plunged away in pursuit. But that all had -not started in the chase was soon made plain. -Voices, loud and interrogatory, came from -without. Apparently some one made answer; -but the answer was not of the sort to satisfy, -for again the voices chorused their inquiries. -The reply to this was also unsatisfactory and -still inaudible to those in the public room. -Then came the sound of heavy steps upon the -porch; in the hall there was a slight scuffle -and then the slope-shouldered officer entered. -And after him two of his men led between -them—Peggy Camp!</p> - -<p>A cry of astonishment broke from the lips -of her brother, while George Prentiss gave a -gasp.</p> - -<p>“Peggy!” exclaimed young Camp.</p> - -<p>The girl’s eyes mutely commanded him to -be still; but the eager-eyed officer caught the -look.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[116]</span>“Too late,” laughed he. “The young man -is evidently not accustomed to surprises.” -His gaze went from Herbert to the girl with -great enjoyment. “And so,” said he to the -young man, “you are acquainted with this -lady?”</p> - -<p>Young Camp made no reply; Peggy stood -stiffly upright with her chin tilted proudly, -an expression of scorn in her eyes; and she -also was silent when the man turned his -glance upon her once more.</p> - -<p>But for all her pride of bearing, for all her -scorn of her captor, George noted a small -tremble of the lower lip; it were as though -her restraint would goat any moment and the -tears begin to flow. And as he watched he -saw the resentment in her eyes now -and then give place to something else. It -was fear; the shivering fear of one who is -helpless.</p> - -<p>The officer addressed her. “It may be,” -said he, “that you can explain your presence -outside.”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps I could,” she returned, and if -there was fear in her eyes, there was no trace -of it in her voice.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[117]</span>“It would be somewhat interesting to hear -your reasons for lurking about.”</p> - -<p>“It would be equally interesting to hear -your reasons for treating me as you have -done,” answered Peggy, quietly.</p> - -<p>“As to that, I have my orders,” and the -man laughed, not without good nature. “And -in the face of what has just now occurred, I -am bound to be even more strict than ever in -carrying them out.”</p> - -<p>While the officer questioned and the girl -answered, her glances went here and there -about the room like those of a hunted thing -seeking a way of escape. The eyes of George -Prentiss closely followed after; but they saw -things that her startled glances passed over.</p> - -<p>He noted four muskets stacked near a -window. These belonged to the men who -had pinioned Herbert Camp and himself. -The men who had brought Peggy into the -room each held one.</p> - -<p>“But they,” reflected George, “were fired -after the peddler, and have not been reloaded. -The same is true of the pistol in the belt of -the officer.”</p> - -<p>Also he noted something which Peggy<span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[118]</span> -could not see. This was that the belt which -held his arms behind him had begun to slip; -he felt that at any moment he desired he could -free himself from it.</p> - -<p>He found himself thrilling at the thought. -His entrance into the “Wheat Sheaf” had put -him upon the track of a promising Tory plot, -the coming of the soldiers had all but ruined -his chances of getting to the bottom of it; but -now hope sprang up once more. If he could -help Herbert Camp to escape from the colonials, -he felt that he’d have even more -chance than before to sound the plot, whatever -its nature, to the bottom.</p> - -<p>Mistress Trout, the man Job, and all the -other inn servants had been greatly put about -by the events of the last half hour. As the -worst seemed over, they had ventured into -the public room and stood listening with -much attention to what was being said. The -landlady at length took courage; at first this -found expression in low-voiced but acid comments -upon the proceedings; but when the -officer turned to his men and gave orders that -the prisoners be removed, she broke out:</p> - -<p>“It is a disgrace and a shame, sir, that an<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[119]</span> -inn that has been respected for forty years -must be invaded this way, and its guests -carried off like common thieves.”</p> - -<p>The officer favored her with no very friendly -look.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps if your inn had not been respected -for so long, mistress,” said he, “things -would be in a better way for us all. As for -these,” and he pointed to George and Herbert -Camp, “perhaps common thieves would be -far less dangerous to the public good.”</p> - -<p>“How dare you hint that I would harbor -such!” stormed Mistress Trout. “How dare -you, sir! Oh, things have come to a pretty -pass, indeed, when honest people must submit -to insult from a parcel of upstarts!”</p> - -<p>“Hard words, landlady!” said the officer -sternly. “You had better put them in your -pocket, for you are not so trusted as to be -greatly in favor. You are known to have -given house-room to plotting king’s men these -many weeks back; indeed, there’s not been -such another nest of rascals in all the country -round about—and that’s saying a great deal.”</p> - -<p>The angular Mistress Trout was about to -reply, and Herbert Camp and Peggy were<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[120]</span> -being led from the room, when George -Prentiss suddenly slipped the belt from his -arms. Like a flash he whipped up the four -loaded muskets and hurled them through a -window at the back; and with a bound he -reached the door leading to the hall, flung -aside the two soldiers who had charge of -Peggy and her brother, slapped the door in -their faces, slipped a bolt into place and went -racing down the hall. He drew the girl -along with him, and young Camp was hard -at his heels.</p> - -<p>In the light of the inn’s outside lamp he -drew his hanger, of which they had not deprived -him, and slashed Herbert’s bonds -away.</p> - -<p>“The horses!” he breathed; “it’s our only -chance.”</p> - -<p>He had counted upon the horses of the -remaining troopers being still outside, and -probably unguarded. And in this he was -right; there stood the troop in a line, the -bridles cast loosely over the hitching-posts. -Lightly, George tossed Peggy upon the back -of one of these, while Herbert leaped upon -another. The young New Englander was in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[121]</span> -the saddle instantly, and casting loose the -other horses, with shouts and blows, sent -them scattering down the road.</p> - -<p>All this only occupied a few moments; -and those few moments the soldiers wasted in -endeavoring to force the door which George -had bolted in their faces. Their officer was -the first to recover his wits, and with excited -shouts he drove them to the windows. Out -they came, leaping like so many jacks-in-the-box; -but the escaping three were already -mounted, had given their nags rein and were -speeding along the dark road. In a fury the -officer drew his pistol and snapped it; the -two soldiers followed his example with their -muskets. But they were empty, as George -had guessed.</p> - -<p>And when they had rammed fresh charges -home, the flying trio were beyond range. -Indeed the sound of the horses’ hoofs had -almost died away.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[122]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER VIII<br /> - - -<small>TELLS HOW PEGGY GAVE A WARNING</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> three horses proved to be hardy and -fleet; and they seemed to see almost perfectly -in the dark. For almost a half hour they -were kept at a free gallop, then their riders, -feeling them beginning to blow, drew them -down to a walk.</p> - -<p>Turning in his saddle, George listened, -but there were no sounds of pursuit, and he -laughed.</p> - -<p>“I think our little plan carried very well,” -said he.</p> - -<p>“Our plan!” It was Lieutenant Camp -that spoke, and his voice contained a note -of protest. “Yours, you mean; and believe -me, sir, the very cleverest that I ever saw -executed.”</p> - -<p>George laughed again.</p> - -<p>“You are giving me credit for a great deal -that was purely chance,” said he, lightly. -“The bolt upon the door, for instance, and -the fact that the horses were not tied fast.”<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[123]</span> -He turned to Peggy, who rode upon the other -side of him, and added: “The element of -chance is the great factor in most enterprises; -don’t you think so?”</p> - -<p>She made some reply, but in a voice so low -that he did not catch the words.</p> - -<p>“We plan as carefully as we can, we weigh -and calculate every possibility that presents -itself; and then when the time for action -arrives, some utterly unlooked-for thing -happens that brings us victory or defeat.”</p> - -<p>He paused, expecting her to make some -reply to his philosophizing; but she did not -do so; steadily she sat her horse, and from -the vague outline that he had of her, he -fancied that she was looking straight ahead. -Plainly, she desired no part in the conversation. -They had kept to the Kingsbridge -Road, and now pressed south as soon as their -horses had recovered from their long gallop. -Little was now said except upon the part of -the lieutenant; he talked eagerly and largely -upon the topics of interest to Loyalists. At -another time George would have been vastly -interested in his remarks, but now he gave -them small attention.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[124]</span>Somehow the silence of the girl at his side -piqued him; her manner was a subtle irritation. -He took exception to her attitude -toward him; he felt that a more friendly -aspect was but his due.</p> - -<p>Mile after mile fell behind them; they passed -the long bends in the road that lay just opposite -Hell Gate, and then into the straight -length near Horen’s Hook. However, they -had reached the junction of the Bloomingdale -Road below Kip’s Bay before Peggy Camp -spoke again.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps, Herbert,” she said to her brother, -“we are presuming too much upon this young -gentleman’s good nature.”</p> - -<p>“What’s that?” and the lieutenant was -plainly surprised.</p> - -<p>“He may have his own affairs to attend -to,” she said. “And we should not keep him -from them.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, I say now,” protested Herbert, “that -is just a trifle unfriendly, Peggy. He is going -to ride with us into town.”</p> - -<p>“It is just as Mistress Camp desires,” returned -George, distantly, and sitting very -stiffly in his saddle.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[125]</span>“It was a mere suggestion upon my part,” -she said, and her voice was as cold as his own. -“I have no great interest either way.”</p> - -<p>Her brother brought his horse around -until he gained her other side; and from the -way the animal reared, it was plain that its -rider was angry.</p> - -<p>“What in the world ails you to-night, Peg?” -he demanded heatedly. “One would think -that you had been affronted. We all ride -together to town. There is some business to -transact.”</p> - -<p>To this Peggy made no answer; but George, -though he could make her out but dimly, -knew that she was riding on with head held -high, and he also felt sure that her eyes—if -one could but have had a glimpse of them—bore -the proud look that he had seen in them -more than once before.</p> - -<p>When they reached the line of defenses -that ran westward from Corlear’s Hook, a -voice challenged them out of the darkness. -Lieutenant Camp rode forward to answer; and -no sooner had he vanished than George felt -Peggy’s horse press closer to his side.</p> - -<p>“Sir,” she said hurriedly, in a low voice,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[126]</span> -“I must beg of you not to ride into town -with us.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t understand,” said the young man.</p> - -<p>“It is plain that you do not,” she returned, -“or you would not be so willing to go.”</p> - -<p>He considered for a moment, his eyes trying -to search her face.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps,” said he, “you could make it -clear if you had the mind.”</p> - -<p>“It may be so,” she answered. “But I cannot -do so. Even in warning you so far I fear -I am doing wrong. Nevertheless you have -twice been of service to me, and it’s only a poor -return to tell you that you are in danger.”</p> - -<p>“Danger!” He laughed a little. “In -times like these, one is constantly in danger.”</p> - -<p>“But not such danger as this.” He felt -her hand touch his arm and noted that it was -trembling. “There are some dangers that a -person of courage can face and overcome. But -this——” and her voice trailed away into an -unintelligible quaver.</p> - -<p>George was about to make answer when -they heard the clup-clup of horses’ hoofs and -the voice of Lieutenant Camp calling:</p> - -<p>“All’s well. You may come forward.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[127]</span>The girl bent toward George imploringly.</p> - -<p>“For the last time! Will you be warned -by me?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t understand,” he said. “And I -would much prefer to go on. But to do so -would apparently worry you; and I have no -desire to do that.”</p> - -<p>“Go now,” she said, eagerly. “Don’t stay. -I will ride forward and explain your disappearance -as best I can.”</p> - -<p>He wheeled his horse and rode back along -the road; pausing at a little distance he heard -the voice of Lieutenant Camp as he loudly gave -the countersign; and again as the lieutenant -made an angry exclamation. For a time -George expected that the young officer would -ride back in search of him; but this did not -happen, and in a short space he heard brother -and sister pass the sentries, and then all was -silent.</p> - -<p>The girl’s meaning was shadowy and mysterious; -he could not conceive, even in part, -what danger could threaten him in the city -that did not also threaten them.</p> - -<p>“Why, not so much, by far,” he told himself. -But then in a moment came another<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[128]</span> -thought. “It is possible,” he reflected, “that -she fancies her brother’s known rank in the -American army will serve to save him; and -that I, being a stranger, would fall under -suspicion.”</p> - -<p>However, still another thought upset the -preceding one.</p> - -<p>“She heard me, only yesterday, declaring -that I bore dispatches from Boston to General -Putnam. That must have convinced her that -I, too, am fairly well known.”</p> - -<p>For some time he sat in the saddle pondering -this puzzle but at last he gave it up.</p> - -<p>“No matter what her meaning,” he told -himself, cheerfully, “there has been no harm -in doing what she requested. It is not as -though the brother were unknown to me. I -can pick him up at any time—to-morrow -perhaps—and resume the matter just where -it was broken off to-night at the inn.”</p> - -<p>Riding back some little distance he found -a road that led westward and brought him to -Broadway; and then, after passing the guard, -he made his way to the “King’s Arms” and -went quietly to bed.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[129]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER IX<br /> - - -<small>IN WHICH GEORGE PRENTISS RECEIVES AN -INVITATION</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">Next</span> morning George Prentiss made his -way to General Putnam’s headquarters at the -foot of Broadway; and, as he went, there was -at first some doubt in his mind as to the kind -of a report he should make.</p> - -<p>He had undertaken readily enough the -enterprise upon which he had ridden the day -before. The conspiring Tories were enemies -to the cause of liberty, and he felt no qualms -in matching them in their own style of work. -But he had not reckoned on what had taken -place. He had not expected to find his cousin -concerned in it. True, a soldier of the colonies, -who was so base as to betray the cause -in order that he might profit thereby, was -infinitely worse than any Tory.</p> - -<p>“He should receive no mercy,” George told -himself with indignation. “And any one<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[130]</span> -having the cause at heart should be only too -glad to hunt him out and see him punished.”</p> - -<p>But for all his realization of this, he felt no -desire to pursue and expose Herbert Camp.</p> - -<p>However, he knew which way his duty -lay; and so he determinedly tramped into -headquarters and asked to see General Putnam.</p> - -<p>“Why,” cried the hearty old officer, -“what now! I had no idea that I’d see you -for days.” Then noting an expression in the -young man’s face that was not easily read, he -added: “Something has happened.”</p> - -<p>“Quite a deal has happened,” returned -George, “and I thought it best that I make a -report to you at once.”</p> - -<p>“Out with it,” invited Putnam. “I can -see that it is a matter of interest; so lose no -time.”</p> - -<p>Thereupon George related his adventures -of the night before; not a detail escaped the -telling, and the general listened with the -greatest interest.</p> - -<p>“Why,” cried Putnam, when George had -finally finished, “here’s a surprising circumstance, -indeed. And it would seem that the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[131]</span> -situation is made to fit you as the coat upon -your back. There is nothing for you to do -but to take up the scent that is plain before -you; and within a week, I warrant you, the -solution of it all will be in your hands.”</p> - -<p>But George shook his head.</p> - -<p>“I’m afraid,” said he, slowly, “that I have -no keenness for the work. I felt bound in -duty to report what I had seen and heard; -but now I ask to be relieved of the matter.”</p> - -<p>The general stared at him for a moment in -wide amazement. Then the habitually jolly -look upon his face died out, and one of coldness -replaced it.</p> - -<p>“When once a soldier volunteers, it is considered -that he is willing to go on until he is -directed to halt,” said he.</p> - -<p>George lifted his head proudly.</p> - -<p>“I, too, am perfectly willing to do that, -general, if commanded. But I felt that you -were not only my officer but my friend; and -that if I told you there was something which -made the duty personally distasteful, you -would release me from it.”</p> - -<p>General Putnam regarded him earnestly for -a moment; his face gradually softened.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[132]</span>“You are right, my lad,” spoke he, “I am -your friend. This duty, which you have so -far carried out smoothly and well, shows -itself to be of great importance; and it would -be well for us if you could continue it. To -be sure, we could arrest young Camp and the -merchant Dana at once if need be; but there -is still little or no convincing evidence, and -a thousand loopholes by which they might -escape. The proof necessary could be best -secured by you; but if you feel a real repulsion -to the work—one that you cannot readily -overcome—you may have your wish.”</p> - -<p>“Thank you,” said George. “Anything -else, general, and you may command me to -any length; but not in this.”</p> - -<p>Again the general studied him; and then a -light crossed his face.</p> - -<p>“I think I see,” he said. “This young officer -Camp—and his sister—are somehow responsible -for your change of front.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” replied George. “They are my -cousins—son and daughter of my mother’s -sister.”</p> - -<p>“I see, I see. And your desire to have no -further hand in the thing is perfectly natural.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[133]</span> -Ah, well, well—the world is a queer place, indeed—a -jumble of causes and desires—of -hopes and dreads. But,” with a wave of the -hand, “that will be all now. I will replace -you in this; however, keep in touch with me—there -may be something else in which you -may prove more ready.”</p> - -<p>Again George saluted; and as he left headquarters -he encountered Major Hyde upon -the sidewalk. Henderson bore him company; -and from the attitude of the two they were -awaiting him.</p> - -<p>“Well met, sir,” spoke Henderson with a -friendly wave of the hand.</p> - -<p>“This is my crony, Captain Henderson of -Lowney’s City troops,” said Major Hyde, indicating -the fop.</p> - -<p>“I have met the gentleman before,” answered -George, coldly.</p> - -<p>Hyde laughed, and exhibited more geniality -of manner than George would have given -him credit for.</p> - -<p>“Oh, come now,” said he. “Don’t bear -any hard feelings. Give us both a hand, and -let us make a fresh beginning.”</p> - -<p>“’Pon my soul!” ejaculated the dragoon.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[134]</span> -“I no more took you the other day for what -you are, than I’d have taken you for the man -in the moon.” He grasped the young New -Englander’s reluctant hand and shook it effusively. -“I’m delighted to meet you.”</p> - -<p>Hyde also shook his hand, but with more -moderation.</p> - -<p>“General Putnam gave us some hint of -your service,” said he, “and I beg your pardon -for any shortness of manner that I may -have used toward you. You see, every day -there are persons introducing themselves at -headquarters who have nothing but presumption -to back them up.”</p> - -<p>“And,” said George, nettled, “you took me -for one of those, then. Why, thank you,” -with a bow; “it was extremely good of you.”</p> - -<p>Hyde laughed and clapped him upon the -back.</p> - -<p>George resented the slap upon the back; he -was not the sort who took kindly to any form -of familiarity upon short acquaintance. But -these men were enlisted in the same cause; -and he felt it his place to be on a good footing -with them. So the only way his anger -manifested itself was in his stepping out of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[135]</span> -reach of both, and drawing himself stiffly -erect.</p> - -<p>But Hyde did not appear to notice his manner. -“You are quartered at the ‘King’s -Arms’ still, I think,” said he.</p> - -<p>George nodded.</p> - -<p>“It’s a very good place, as such places go,” -said Hyde. “But it is apt to stale after a little -time spent in it.” He regarded the young -New Englander in a most kindly fashion. -“Do you intend making any stay in New -York?”</p> - -<p>“My orders were to put myself under the -directions of General Putnam until such time -as the commander-in-chief arrived.”</p> - -<p>Hyde seemed quite delighted at this. As -for Henderson, he slapped his thigh.</p> - -<p>“Now, there is luck!” cried he. “I told -you, major, that something of the kind must -be so. And he’ll be just the fellow for us.”</p> - -<p>But Major Hyde motioned for him to be quiet.</p> - -<p>“Don’t be quite so ready,” said he. “Perhaps -Mr. Prentiss has plans of his own.”</p> - -<p>He then turned to George once more.</p> - -<p>“You see,” said he, “some of us have -grown tired of tavern fare and tavern company;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[136]</span> -and we have engaged a house in Wall -Street, ready furnished and with a black fellow -as cook——”</p> - -<p>“And such talent!” interrupted the young -dragoon, who evidently loved fine food almost -as well as he did fine clothes. “Never -was there such a cook before. In his hands -even so common an article as a joint of beef -becomes a thing almost ethereal.”</p> - -<p>“I will not go quite so far as that,” laughed -the major, “but I will say that we are circumstanced -most comfortably. There are four of -us, and there is room for one more. Henderson -and I have discussed the matter and -made up our minds that we owe you something -to make amends for a rather boorish -greeting the other day. We’d be pleased to -have you join us in this venture, and can -assure you of greater convenience than you’ll -get at an inn.”</p> - -<p>But George shook his head.</p> - -<p>“It will be but a few days, now,” said he, -“before the main body of the army arrives; -and my employment will then be such that -I’ll not know from one day to another where -I shall be. Another thing, I have some close<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[137]</span> -friends with the Massachusetts troops; and -shall quarter with them at such times as I -shall be disengaged.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, see here now,” said the foppish dragoon, -“this is most unforgiving of you, ’pon -my soul it is.”</p> - -<p>“I’m very sorry,” said Hyde, whose disappointment -was better tempered, but equally -keen. “We had all but counted upon you.” -He studied George for a moment, and then -added: “But you can come and dine with us -now and then, can you not? We shall be -pleased to see you at any time.”</p> - -<p>At any other time George might have consented -to accept their hospitality out of sheer -good nature. But now he somehow instinctively -drew back. It may have been that his -first impression of the two men was still strong -upon him; or it may have been something -else. He did not, however, pause to work it -out; but with a bow and a polite wave of the -hand, he said:</p> - -<p>“You are very kind. Some other time, -perhaps; but not to-night.”</p> - -<p>And with that he swung along up Broadway, -leaving them standing gazing after him.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[138]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER X<br /> - - -<small>SHOWS HOW WASHINGTON CAME TO NEW YORK</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">When</span> George Prentiss told Major Hyde -and Captain Henderson that he would remain -in New York until Washington arrived with -the army from Boston, he had not reckoned -with the uncertainties of the service.</p> - -<p>That very evening he was called upon to -board a swift-sailing ship to New London, -there to deliver certain important writings to -the officer in command of that division of the -army which was expected to have already -reached that point. This duty the young -New Englander performed with the promptness -native to him; and, under orders of the -authorities at New London, he rode with -other dispatches to Washington at Norwich.</p> - -<p>As he dismounted from his horse before the -commander-in-chief’s headquarters, he was -greeted with a hearty:</p> - -<p>“What! do we see you again, old chap? -We thought we’d lost you for a week or more.”</p> - -<p>The speaker was a stalwart young man in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[139]</span> -a continental uniform; and beside him stood -another, sleek and pippin-faced and with a -friendly smile.</p> - -<p>“The leaders of this army,” laughed the -latter, “seem to know an accomplished dispatch -bearer when they see one. It speaks -well for their discernment.”</p> - -<p>George shook them both heartily by the -hand.</p> - -<p>“I had not expected to see you, either. I -had heard,” to the stalwart one, “that you’d -been sent off on a recruiting expedition -through the Massachusetts towns.”</p> - -<p>Nat Brewster nodded gravely.</p> - -<p>“I returned only yesterday. And we had -but little success. Now that their own homes -are not threatened, the people seem to be -losing interest in the struggle.”</p> - -<p>The round-faced youth smiled widely at -this.</p> - -<p>“If they don’t come forward,” said he, -“they’ll find themselves worse off than before. -The British are swarming over seas, -I’ve heard. The stories of the mess-rooms -have the Atlantic black with frigates and -three-deckers of the line.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[140]</span>“It’s very likely not as bad as Ben paints -it,” said young Brewster, “but at the same -time there is good cause for alarm. Nothing -is known of the expedition that sailed from -Boston under Sir Henry Clinton before the -evacuation. It’s a formidable force, capable -of striking a crippling blow; and then the -army under Howe must be hovering somewhere -within easy sailing distance. To meet -this and the forces which the ministers at -London must now be fitting out against us, -General Washington must greatly increase his -force.”</p> - -<p>“Night and day he’s at it,” said Ben -Cooper, in high admiration; “you never saw -such a man to work. But the recruits come -in like snails. They somehow seem to dread -to leave their own states. Just as though,” -in disgust, “there were any more danger upon -one side of a boundary line than there is on -another.”</p> - -<p>After George had delivered his dispatches -and dined, his brother Ezra, more astonishingly -his counterpart than ever before, broke -in upon him tumultuously. And after they -had exchanged experiences, George related<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[141]</span> -his queer encounters with Herbert Camp and -his sister in New York.</p> - -<p>“A traitor,” said Ezra, aghast.</p> - -<p>“There can be no doubt about it,” said -George. “A traitor, bought by the prospects -of the old man’s fortune.”</p> - -<p>They sat for a long time in silence; then -Ezra laid his hand upon his brother’s arm.</p> - -<p>“I am glad,” said he, “that you asked -General Putnam’s permission to withdraw. -Herbert Camp will be taken in the end, but -neither you nor I must have a hand in it.”</p> - -<p>George was next day assigned, together -with his brother and two friends, to service -under General Knox in transporting the -artillery, and in this work he labored for -some days until the heavy guns of Washington’s -force were safely stowed in the vessels -that were to carry them to New York.</p> - -<p>It was on April 13th that Washington -finally reached New York City. The populace -were thick in the streets and received him -with thunderous cheers. Guns were fired, -though the ammunition could be ill spared, -and a medley of colonial flags fluttered in the -breeze.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[142]</span>As it happened, Tryon, the British governor, -had just arrived in the “Asia,” a huge ship -of the line, to replace Colden once more. -Mounting the ramparts of the fort he noted -the tumult of color and the seething sea of -citizens.</p> - -<p>“What,” cried he, to those of his staff who -bore him company, “I did not know that I -had grown so popular with the townsfolk.”</p> - -<p>“The rebel leader, Mr. Washington, has just -reached the city, Your Excellency,” said some -one; “and I fear that it is he whom they are -welcoming.”</p> - -<p>Tryon’s face darkened. “Ah,” sneered he, -“is it so? Well, we will shortly see how they -will welcome the cannon shots that I’ll send -about their ears. I doubt if they will then be -so overjoyed.”</p> - -<p>George Prentiss heard this from the lips of -the young ensign who had shown him the -way to General Putnam’s headquarters a few -weeks before. This young man’s name was -Noel, and George, in his few meetings with -him, had found him to be a student of the -times and of the conspicuous figures therein.</p> - -<p>“Quite a setback for old Tryon,” laughed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[143]</span> -young Noel. “Must have jarred him quite a -bit, I’ll warrant you. But the conceit of the -wretch, to think that any community would -take a step out of its way to cheer him. What -else but an uprising could Lord North and -the rest of the king’s ministers expect, when -they appoint such as he to rule the province?”</p> - -<p>“I have heard very little of him,” said -George, “except that he is a tyrant.”</p> - -<p>“Some ten years ago,” said the ensign -Noel, “he was made governor of North Carolina, -vice Dobbs deceased. He built a palace -at Newberne and gave entertainments that -were the talk of the province. And to pay -for all this the taxes went up by leaps and -bounds; his administration was one black -history of crime and extortion; and at last -the ‘Regulator’ movement began that ended -in his being withdrawn.”</p> - -<p>“And not being good enough for North -Carolina, they saddled him upon New York,” -smiled young Prentiss.</p> - -<p>“Precisely. But he’s not for long.”</p> - -<p>A number of young militiamen were -gathered upon the Parade at the time, and -one in the group remarked to George:</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[144]</span>“I met your friends Brewster and Cooper -to-day. And afterward, some of the Massachusetts -men fell to talking of them. Very -remarkable young men, I should say.”</p> - -<p>“They have seen their share of service,” replied -George. “Brewster is from the Wyoming -region, and Cooper is his cousin, a Philadelphian. -They both got into Boston before -the Lexington fight, and there has been little -of consequence since that time that they have -not had a hand in.”</p> - -<p>“I hope,” said Ensign Noel, “that we have -as much chance in New York as you fellows -about Boston have had. So far there has -been little or no opportunity for anything -but hard work. Of course the fortifications -and the planting of batteries are necessary -things; but there is little credit in the work -save for engineer officers.”</p> - -<p>“You’ll get your fill of fighting, Noel, before -you are many months older, or I’m -greatly mistaken,” spoke another of the party. -“And you’ll not be sorry, either, that some -effort was made in the way of fortifications. -We may need every scrap of strength that we -can muster.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[145]</span>The defenses planned by Lee had been for -the most part completed, some by himself, -others by Lord Sterling and General Putnam; -and the remainder began to rise like magic -under the hand of Washington.</p> - -<p>These were the days of great perplexities -for the commander-in-chief. New York had -now become the grand magazine of the -colonies. He had few men to defend it -against the weighty force that England was -expected to send. Terms of enlistment were -about expiring for a great part of the troops -that had been brought from Boston; day by -day the army was growing less, and yet call -after call came to him for reinforcements -for the desperately circumstanced force in -Canada.</p> - -<p>Some weeks after his assuming command -of New York, Washington set out for Philadelphia -to consult with Congress with regard -to the passage of an act that would increase -the army in a more permanent way; for he -now realized that the transient enlistment of -militia would never supply sufficient power -to effect real progress against a disciplined -enemy.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[146]</span>Meanwhile George Prentiss, who was attached -to headquarters, had rather an idle -time of it so far as regular service went. He -did not waste his days, however; each afternoon -he rode out and inspected the roads -and outlying defenses; also he made pencil -sketches of points which he fancied would be -of value, and topographical maps of both -Manhattan and Long Island for miles around. -This sort of work came naturally to him; -more than once his officers had complimented -him upon his facility, and found its product -of considerable value.</p> - -<p>One evening toward the end of May he -rode into the city with a bundle of sketches -in his saddle-bag; he had been in the district -about Kingsbridge, but had made his -way back by the roads along the East River. -Riding along Queen Street he had all but -reached the junction of Crown when he espied -a little party that crossed just ahead of him. -There was something familiar about them, so -touching his horse with the spur he turned -into Crown Street after them.</p> - -<p>There was a corpulent old gentleman upon -a broad-backed Flemish mare; there was a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[147]</span> -spare old gentleman upon a rangy looking -cob; and there was a girl upon a chestnut -which champed its bit and seemed to disdain -the ground. He had not gone more than a -dozen yards into Crown Street before he -recognized those ahead of him. They were -Merchant Camp, his partner, Mr. Dana—and -Peggy.</p> - -<p>Before a wide fronted brick house, not more -than a dozen yards east of William Street, the -party halted. It was undoubtedly old -Camp’s city residence, for at his call, a -couple of stout serving men hastened out -and assisted the three to dismount. The -stout old merchant gallantly led Peggy up the -steps, while Dana halted along behind them.</p> - -<p>Somehow, after this, George found much to -interest him in that part of the city. The -flower gardens, just beginning to bloom, were -full of attraction; the quaint old Dutch -houses were rich in lore of times past; he -found odd, loitering fellows who could and -would talk of their neighbors; also craftsmen -who were not in the least averse to an honest -gossip while they plied their trades.</p> - -<p>An old basket weaver, who sat in the sun<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[148]</span> -which slanted in at his doorway while he contrived -articles of reed and cane, had lived and -worked there for forty years.</p> - -<p>“Things were different when I first came,” -said he to George, and he shook his white -head in recollection of times past. “I was -young then—not yet thirty—work was plenty -and times were quieter. Good, God-fearing -folk there was then—folk that had need of -more baskets and less powder and ball. -Then people were glad to be able to do each -other a favor; now nothing will do them but -that they’ll cut one another’s throats.”</p> - -<p>“Times and people are always changing,” -said George, agreeably. “But riches change -folk more than anything else, perhaps,” he -philosophized. “There’s your neighbor Camp, -the merchant. He’s altered greatly in forty -years, I’ll warrant you.”</p> - -<p>“Why, not so much as you’d think,” said -the basket maker. “Except for the fact that -he prefers to live far away in the country and -gives but little of his time to his trade or his -ships, he’s much the same as he’s always -been.”</p> - -<p>George laughed.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[149]</span>“His hard and fast manner did not come -with age, then?” remarked he. “As a young -man he must have been a most forcible character.”</p> - -<p>The old basket weaver nodded. “Always -just the same in temper,” said he. “Just as -you see him to-day. If a thing didn’t please -him, he’d storm like a fury. But he was always -good-hearted and honest; I’ll say that -for him, Tory as he is.”</p> - -<p>“It’s an odd thing—or so I’ve thought -sometimes—that a man’s kin are so seldom -like him.”</p> - -<p>“That’s a true saying,” agreed the basket -weaver, as he worked away industriously in -the sunshine. “A very true saying, young -sir. And perhaps it is even oftener the case -than you’d think. In the matter of Merchant -Camp, there are few that belong to him -that have any but a trace of his quality. Miss -Peggy is more like him than any one else. -She has his pride in full and a rare bit of his -peppery temper. But her brother is a surly -young dog. He’s a patriot, of course,” and -the old man grimaced, “but his deeds in that -way will never break him down.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[150]</span>“What do you mean?” asked George.</p> - -<p>“Why, he went into the army when General -Lee came, and strutted with the best of -them. But now that there is a chance of employment -against the enemy, he’s given up -his commission—resigned, they tell me.”</p> - -<p>This was news to George. True, he had -seen nothing of Herbert Camp since his return -to New York; and he had made no inquiries, -thinking it best, for one reason and -another, to put the whole episode of the -“Wheat Sheaf” behind him.</p> - -<p>“Of course, a man has a proper right to do -as he will,” observed the basket maker, wagging -his head. “He had his reasons, they say. -However, the matter stands as I have put it. -And since his giving up the army, little is -seen of him; once or twice I’ve noted him -pass my door, and his head was hanging like -a dog’s that had been caught harrying a rabbit -out of season.”</p> - -<p>When George left the basket maker, he -rode along Crown Street and passed the Camp -mansion at a canter. By chance he lifted his -eyes to one of the windows; there stood his -cousin Peggy, an arm upraised, holding back<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[151]</span> -the curtains; and as their glances met, she -quickly let the curtain fall.</p> - -<p>But that one look told him more eloquently -than words could have done that Peggy’s -mind was not at rest; there was a look of fear -in her eyes; her expression was intent and -anxious.</p> - -<p>And so, day by day, as his affairs took him -through Crown Street, he never failed to look -up at the window; but not once again did he -catch sight of her.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[152]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XI<br /> - - -<small>IN WHICH GEORGE PRENTISS MAKES A SUDDEN -RESOLUTION</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">In</span> the meantime Washington had returned -to New York. Knowing that if the British -ventured against the town, they would at -once attempt to seize the navigation of the -Hudson, he redoubled his efforts to strengthen -the defenses of that important river. Upon -his ability to hold this depended the possible -safety of the entire province.</p> - -<p>Fort Montgomery was planted at the lower -part of the Highlands on a tall bluff north of -Dunderberg. Here the river was a mile wide, -and just opposite was the promontory called -Anthony’s Nose, hundreds of feet high and -accessible only to goats and men expert in -climbing. From this a body of riflemen -might sweep a vessel’s decks.</p> - -<p>Fort Constitution was some miles higher -up and built upon an island. The former<span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[153]</span> -fort was garrisoned by about two hundred and -fifty of Clinton’s regiment and Wisner’s minutemen; -the latter had about half as many -drawn from the same source, and all were -about half armed and badly equipped. Colonel -James Clinton was in command of both -posts.</p> - -<p>Breastworks were thrown up for the defense -of Kingsbridge and another work commanded -Spuyten Duyvil Creek. A strong -work to crown a rocky height some few miles -below the bridge was also planned; this was -to be called Fort Washington, and it would -command the channels of the Hudson; also, -redoubts were to be built on the banks at -Jeffreys Point.</p> - -<p>While these efforts were being made along -the Hudson, Brooklyn was not neglected. -Here the talent of General Greene was manifested; -and in many other places works were -thrown up, batteries planted and redoubts -built.</p> - -<p>And it would seem they were none too -soon; for the rumors as to the coming of a -heavy British armament were growing thicker -and thicker; some had it that the bay would<span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[154]</span> -be full of war-ships before a fortnight had -passed.</p> - -<p>Governor Tryon had long before given up -the attempt to rule the province from the -point of Manhattan Island; so he undertook -the much more difficult task of transacting its -affairs from the after cabin of the “Asia,” -which was anchored in the bay. He was in -constant communication with the king’s men -of Long Island; plot upon plot was hatched -upon the ship of the line; some of them -carried, some were thwarted, but only one -made a great noise and scurrying.</p> - -<p>One afternoon George was riding from -Washington’s headquarters at Richmond Hill; -along a winding path which led through Lispenard’s -meadows raced his friends Brewster -and Cooper upon horses white with foam.</p> - -<p>He hurriedly drew his mount aside, for -they never slowed their pace, and as they -flashed by he saw Nat Brewster wave his -hand for him to follow. At once he wheeled -and plunged along after them. At Richmond -Hill the two dismounted, and had already -been admitted when George rode up; their -panting mounts were being led to and fro by<span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[155]</span> -an attendant; little groups of officers stood -about, conversing in low tones.</p> - -<p>George slipped out of his saddle and waited; -it was perhaps a quarter of an hour later that -young Cooper, his round face running beads -of perspiration and his eyes lit with excitement, -threw open the door and came hastily -out. He carried a paper sealed with a great -splash of red wax; and his glance went -quickly about until it rested upon George. -Instantly he approached him.</p> - -<p>“Nat said he saw you,” stated the chubby-faced -youth, excitedly, “and that you followed us. -And it’s lucky you did, for there’s -plenty for you to do, old fellow.” He held -up the dispatch. “This is for General Sterling.” -He passed the sealed paper to George. -“Make all speed. Nat and I and some others -are going to carry the alarm to Harlem and -the posts on the way.”</p> - -<p>“Alarm!” repeated young Prentiss in surprise. -Ben took a step nearer.</p> - -<p>“A conspiracy! Brewster was put upon it -as soon as he reached New York, and he -just got to the bottom of it this afternoon.” -Here a voice called his name from one of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[156]</span> -windows of the mansion. “I must go,” said -he, hurriedly. “Ride hard, for moments are -precious.”</p> - -<p>As Ben darted away into the house, George -threw himself into the saddle; giving his -horse rein, he galloped off toward the city. -General Lord Sterling was not to be found in -his quarters in Broadway; but at the “King’s -Arms” George discovered him engaged with -a dish of mutton chops.</p> - -<p>“How now?” said the grave-faced soldier, -looking up in surprise. “You seem quite -breathless.”</p> - -<p>“Important news, general,” said the young -man, handing him the dispatches.</p> - -<p>Neglectful of the smoking chops, Lord -Sterling broke the seal and ran his eyes -over the lines of writing. His hand struck -the table and the dishes leaped under the -impact.</p> - -<p>“Done!” exclaimed he. “Done at last! -Now, my fine fellows,” folding up the paper -and stowing it in the breast of his uniform -coat, “let me see you escape the net we’ll -spread for you.”</p> - - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_156.jpg" alt="" /></div> -<p class="drop-cap2"><i>LORD STERLING BROKE THE SEAL</i></p> - -<p>Vigorously he began cutting at his meat,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[157]</span> -but in a moment he dropped both knife and -fork, and said to George:</p> - -<p>“Putnam has hinted to me that you have -had a chance to hunt out this very matter -some time ago, but that for private reasons -you gave it up.”</p> - -<p>George bowed, but said nothing.</p> - -<p>“Well, it seems to have made no difference. -Young Brewster has handled the thing most -cleverly. And nothing but the severest blows -would do the rascals,” continued Sterling. -“They aspire to blowing up our important -magazines, and not content with that, they -must needs have the life of the commander-in-chief.”</p> - -<p>“May I ask, general, what names have -been mentioned?”</p> - -<p>The thought which George had been trying -to stifle all the way into the city had finally -found expression.</p> - -<p>“A sergeant named Hickey is deep in it. -You have seen him, perhaps.”</p> - -<p>“Frequently. He was a deserter from the -British, I think, and was used to drill our -men.”</p> - -<p>“That is the very fellow. More than likely<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">[158]</span> -his desertion was a blind; he was probably -sent to take service with us so that he could -try his hand at corrupting our soldiers, as he -has been doing.”</p> - -<p>“Are there any others?”</p> - -<p>“David Matthews, Tory mayor of the city, -has been distributing money to enlist men -and purchase arms. A number of General -Washington’s body-guard is mentioned and -will be seized as soon as the word is given.”</p> - -<p>Lord Sterling paused for a moment, and -then continued:</p> - -<p>“There is still another person suspected. -However, he has been very careful and little -has been found against him. And he is, perhaps, -more to be feared than any of the -others.”</p> - -<p>“Has his name ever been upon our list of -officers?” asked George, and his voice sounded -strangely in his own ears.</p> - -<p>The general looked at him in surprise.</p> - -<p>“I had not thought you had gone so far -into the matter,” said he. “And while I can -mention no names, it is very likely the person -you have in mind.”</p> - -<p>That night, at the place where they had<span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">[159]</span> -quartered, George had a brief talk with Nat -Brewster, who had just ridden in from the -Highlands, and was eating a hasty supper.</p> - -<p>“I will give you the details later,” said -Nat, “but the main facts are these: I intercepted -some letters passing between Mayor -Matthews at his place in Flatbush, and Governor -Tryon on board the ‘Asia’; and in this -way secured the vital facts.”</p> - -<p>“I see.”</p> - -<p>“I never saw any documents richer in facts. -They were full of allusions which proved -most valuable to me. I recall one in particular -which put me on a surprising scent. It -said: ‘Don’t hesitate to trust the young man -I spoke of to the full. He is a nephew of -Camp’s, and as he has proven trustworthy in -the past, will no doubt continue to be so in -the future.’”</p> - -<p>“Is it known when they will be arrested?”</p> - -<p>“The present home of Mayor Matthews is -no great distance from General Greene’s camp -on Long Island. His house is to be surrounded -to-night, and he is to be taken. We -expect to arrest the other actors in the conspiracy, -also, to-night. They are to meet at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">[160]</span> -Corbie’s tavern, which lies just to the west of -Bayard’s woods; perhaps we’ll have the good -fortune to capture them in a body.”</p> - -<p>Nat had time to tell but little more; for -instantly upon finishing his meal, he ran out -and mounted a fresh horse, which had been -saddled for him, and rode off toward Richmond -Hill.</p> - -<p>For some time after he had gone, George -sat upon a bench at an open window and -stared out at the June night. The boy’s -mind was full of vague trouble; there was -something that stirred him strangely. Dully, -he realized that it all concerned the prospective -arrest of young Camp.</p> - -<p>“But he is a traitor,” he told himself. “He -deliberately broke his solemn oath to the colonies -that he might be enriched with his -uncle’s money. He is my cousin, but that -he is to be shamed and made to suffer is just -and right.”</p> - -<p>But then there was Peggy. She had loved -her brother and she no doubt continued to -love him; she would also suffer, keenly, -bitterly, pitifully. George realized that to -the full.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[161]</span>“Girls always grieve and break their hearts -over a weakling who has done evil and is made -to pay,” he muttered, as he clasped his knees -and stared out into the darkness. “And the -nearer and dearer the criminal is to them, the -greater the grief.”</p> - -<p>That Herbert Camp was near and dear to -his sister had been made evident.</p> - -<p>“Did she not ride after him on that night -at the ‘Wheat Sheaf,’” he said, “fearing that -he would come to harm? And since then -what has she not suffered, perhaps, because -of him—in forebodings, in fear that he would -be found out? For all I know, she has ridden -after him more than once since, in the hope -of safeguarding him. It may be that even to-night——”</p> - -<p>Like a flash he was upon his feet.</p> - -<p>“Peter!” he called, sharply. “Peter.”</p> - -<p>A thick-set fellow, showing his Dutch descent -plainly, lumbered into the room.</p> - -<p>“Did you call?” he inquired, stolidly.</p> - -<p>“My horse—put the saddle on him as -quickly as you can and bring him around to -the door.”</p> - -<p>Grumbling to himself, Peter quitted the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[162]</span> -apartment. George adjusted his shoulder belt -with its steel hilted hanger; also, he looked -sharply to the priming of a pistol which he -stuck into his belt; then he paced the floor, -waiting for his mount.</p> - -<p>The horse’s iron shoes rang upon the stones; -and in a few moments George was in the -saddle once more and headed away toward -Bayard’s woods.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[163]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XII<br /> - - -<small>TELLS HOW TWO PEOPLE PEERED THROUGH THE<br /> -WINDOW OF THE OLD MILL</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> night was without moon or stars, but -the low, coppery sky made things distinguishable, -and the horse ridden by George Prentiss -had no difficulty in maintaining a steady -lope.</p> - -<p>Once outside the city proper, the rider -struck across the meadows, knowing that -Bayard’s woods were no great distance from -Washington’s headquarters. Entering a path -that skirted the wood, he pushed along until -he saw the glow of lights through a growth -of heavy trees.</p> - -<p>“That will be the tavern,” said George. -“For none but a public house would have so -many candles burning.”</p> - -<p>Quietly he rode forward; suddenly his horse -snorted and reared; only a good seat and a -firm hand saved the young New Englander -from a fall. His keen eyes, by this time well<span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">[164]</span> -accustomed to the semi-darkness, saw a dark -shadow flit across his path.</p> - -<p>“Hello,” he called, and his right hand -clutched the pistol butt, “take care, there.”</p> - -<p>The unknown made no answer; and the -rustling of the thick, spring growth showed -that no pause was made. George held in his -nervous horse, his eyes searching his surroundings -as best they could. But the shadow -had disappeared into the thicker ones beyond, -and all was silence.</p> - -<p>The lad did not waste any time in search, -but speaking to his mount, headed toward the -lights of the tavern. Upon the side by -which he approached, the land lay low; then -the path ascended a knoll, and upon the top -of this was a building.</p> - -<p>When he had gained the summit of the -rise, George recognized that the building was -a mill; its solid outline and broken wings -showed it to be, perhaps, still another reminder -of the Dutch who had held the land -in years gone by.</p> - -<p>Here the young New Englander dismounted -and tied his horse.</p> - -<p>He had taken to the path once more and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">[165]</span> -had gone but half a dozen yards, when he -suddenly came to a stand. Listening intently, -he caught the scuff-scuff of advancing footsteps. -Straining his eyes, he dimly made out -two figures, arm in arm, and approaching -with great caution.</p> - -<p>Instinctively young Prentiss shrank back -into the shadow of the mill wall; then he -waited until the two came up. They were -almost abreast of him when they paused.</p> - -<p>“This is the place,” spoke one, in a voice -strange to the listener. “We can talk inside -here without danger of being observed or -overheard. Many’s the time I’ve transacted -risky business here.”</p> - -<p>Once more they advanced, apparently directly -toward the lurking figure against the -wall; a hand was outstretched, so it seemed -to George, to grasp him; but in reality it was -to open a door close beside him. The rusty -hinges creaked and complained querulously; -then the two passed into the mill and the -door closed after them.</p> - -<p>George waited for a few moments, then he -stole to the door. With his ear close against -it, he detected the clink of a steel against<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">[166]</span> -flint, then through the long seams that now -showed between the warped boards of the -door he caught the gleam of the spark.</p> - -<p>“They’ve lighted a candle,” he murmured -to himself.</p> - -<p>There was a window some dozen feet above -the ground; and he was gazing up at it -speculatively when he noticed the shoots of a -sturdy vine playing back and forth in the -square of light.</p> - -<p>Carefully he took hold of this and began -to draw himself upward; inch by inch he -ascended until finally his head rose above the -level of the window. Securing a good foot-hold -in a tough fork of the stem, George -settled himself to observe what was before -him. The room was a fairly large one, having -once upon a time been used for a storeroom -by the miller for his grist. A candle end -sputtered fitfully upon the head of an upturned -cask; and beside it sat two figures engaged in -earnest conversation.</p> - -<p>Looking down at them as he was, George -had no very plain view of their faces; but -their words came distinctly enough to his -ears.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">[167]</span>“I wish,” spoke the voice which he had -heard a few minutes before, “I had known of -your willingness some time ago. You would -have been very useful.”</p> - -<p>“I may still be so,” replied the second -person, and young Prentiss started and -barely managed to choke back the exclamation -that arose to his lips. The speaker was -Herbert Camp!</p> - -<p>“No,” said the first man. “Our plans -are now complete. Nothing remains but -to await the moment when the signal is -given.”</p> - -<p>“And when will that be?” inquired Camp.</p> - -<p>“How am I to answer that?” said the -other man. “I know very little of anything -except the danger.”</p> - -<p>“They don’t tell you the important things, -then?”</p> - -<p>“Only those that they must. There are -men among them that are not half—no, -not a tenth as much concerned as I am; -and yet they have the details at their fingers’ -ends.”</p> - -<p>“It would seem to me that you are not -well treated, Hickey,” said Herbert Camp.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[168]</span>In the uncertain candle-light George now -recognized the uniform of Washington’s guard -which the second man was wearing; he had -seen the British deserter only a few times, -but, now that he was called to mind, the -watching youth had no doubt that this was he.</p> - -<p>“Did you, or anybody else, ever hear of -Tryon treating those that serve him decently?” -demanded Hickey. “He’s one of -the sort that squeeze you dry—and then -drop you. But,” he went on, “when he’s -made up his mind to drop me, my pockets -will be well lined, for if he does not give me -his confidence, he does give me his money.” -Once more the deserter laughed.</p> - -<p>What answer Herbert made, young Prentiss -did not hear; but in a moment the other -began speaking again.</p> - -<p>“When old Dana recommended you to -me, I naturally had my doubts. ‘Is he to -be trusted?’ asks I. ‘As you’d trust yourself,’ -says he. ‘Are you sure of that?’ says I. -‘As sure as I am of anything,’ says he. ‘It -means sixty thousand pounds to him in ready -money, real property and some of the finest -ships that sail the sea. Oh, yes, you can<span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[169]</span> -trust him to any length; he’ll not miss a -fortune like that,’ says he.”</p> - -<p>“No more would any man,” answered -Herbert Camp.</p> - -<p>The remainder of the reply was lost to -George; for at the moment Camp began -speaking, a sound outside the mill came -to the ears of the young New Englander. -He drew his head down out of the lighted -square of the window and listened. But -nothing followed.</p> - -<p>“It must have been the horse stamping,” -was George’s thought, after a few moments. -He was about to resume his former position -when he caught the soft fall of feet almost -directly below him; and while he crouched -low, listening, he felt the vine shaking as -though under an inquiring hand.</p> - -<p>“Some one is coming up,” he breathed. -And, sure enough, the stout vine shook and -strained under an additional weight; slowly -and with much more difficulty than he had -had, George felt the unknown ascend. For a -moment he fancied that he had been discovered -and that the newcomer was swarming -up the vine to seize upon him. His<span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[170]</span> -hand went to the pistol in the belt, and he -awaited the first hostile word or touch to -draw it for use.</p> - -<p>The window was rather a large one, and -the point that George had gained, through -pure chance, was to the extreme left of it. -And now it also chanced that the newcomer -scaled to the right; in the darkness a head -came even with the young man, and, indeed, -passed him.</p> - -<p>With his feet, knees and left hand holding -to the thick stem of the vine, George hung, -clutching the pistol butt and awaiting the -moment to act. But, so it seemed, the -stranger had more interest within the mill -than without, for the head went cautiously -above the window’s edge, the dim yellow rays -fell upon the face, and with a sharp gasp, -George recognized Peggy Camp!</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[171]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XIII<br /> - - -<small>IN WHICH PEGGY CAMP SHOWS HER COURAGE</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">For</span> a moment, George Prentiss was so -startled that he almost slipped his hold on -the vine. But apparently Peggy took no -notice, her interest in the two in the room -below was so great; the dim rays of the candle -were reflected in her eager eyes.</p> - -<p>Though George, owing to his position, -could not see the deserter and his companion, -their voices were so pitched that -he had no difficulty in hearing their conversation.</p> - -<p>“The cause of the colonies attracted me,” -he caught from young Camp. “It was the -romance of it, no doubt; and partly it was -the spirit of rebellion that every young man -feels against the powers that be. But when -my uncle made it so plain to me that it was -against my interest to continue as a colonial -officer, why, I did not hesitate an instant.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">[172]</span>A fist struck the cask head and the flickering -candle leaped and almost went out.</p> - -<p>“Now that is what I call reason, well -spoken,” declared Hickey.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Dana must have told you my opinions -of these things,” said young Camp, “so there -is no need of my repeating them. My object -in coming here to-night was to offer my services -in any way that you might be able to -use me.”</p> - -<p>“As to that,” replied the other, “I don’t -know. There are others to be considered beside -myself, you see. But,” here his voice -fell into a much lower key and finally trailed -off into a soft whispering which continued for -some time. Then Herbert Camp was heard -to say, emphatically:</p> - -<p>“If you will do that it is all that I can ask -in reason. Come,” and the pushing back of -stools told that the two had risen, “let us go -at once. I believe in making haste in things -of this sort, for the opportunity does not always -last.”</p> - -<p>There was a low-voiced reply from the -deserter; then the light went out and the -dimly illumined square of the window vanished.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">[173]</span> -Once more the neglected hinges -creaked, then the door closed, and footsteps -went stumbling away toward the tavern.</p> - -<p>And now Peggy Camp began to descend the -vine; in reaching out to take a fresh hold, -she slipped and would probably have fallen -had not a firm hand caught and held her. A -frightened little cry came to her lips; but a -voice, almost in her ear, said:</p> - -<p>“Don’t be alarmed; I am a friend.”</p> - -<p>But the words were unheeded; the terror -of a presence so near to her and so unsuspected -overcame all else; she swung herself down to -the ground with the celerity of fear, and -George, when he had also descended, found -her gone. For a moment he stood trying to -pierce the gloom in all directions; then a now -familiar sound came to him—the rasping, -complaining squeak of neglected hinges. A -few steps brought him to the door through -which he had first seen the candle-light; -slipping within, he closed it behind him.</p> - -<p>“Once more,” said he, calmly, “I ask you -not to be alarmed. You have no occasion for -it.” With the deftness that comes of experience -he kindled a blaze; the candle end was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">[174]</span> -still in its place upon the upturned cask, and -lighting this, he looked about him.</p> - -<p>Peggy stood a dozen feet away, her eyes -fixed steadily upon him; the tilt of her chin -and the proud pose of her young body told as -plainly as words could have done that though -she might be well-nigh sick with terror, still -she would not show it. George regarded her -for a moment or two in silence; then he said:</p> - -<p>“I fancied that I would find you here.”</p> - -<p>“And I,” flashed she, “was sure that you -would be at no great distance.”</p> - -<p>There was something in her manner and -voice that affected him unpleasantly; he felt -his face flush hotly.</p> - -<p>“Oh, indeed!” was all that he could find -to say in return. “And may I ask why?”</p> - -<p>“Because,” said Peggy, coldly, “there are -underhand things being planned.”</p> - -<p>“It so happens, now and then,” said he at -last, and rather lamely, “that one is forced to -contend with such conditions.”</p> - -<p>“Forced!” Her eyes flashed scornfully as -she caught the word up. “It seems, sir, that -you are a trifle disingenuous. Your choice is -free in the matter, I should think.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">[175]</span>He snuffed the long wick of the candle -with his fingers; in the heightened light he -looked at her with attention. And as he -looked, his wits slowly returned. He resented -the scorn so plain in her dark eyes; his anger -grew at the contempt written so straightforwardly -in her face.</p> - -<p>“Here I am,” was his thought, “and for no -other purpose in the world but that she may -be kept from danger; and she goes out of -her way to treat me as though I were some -scurvy rascal.”</p> - -<p>Then, aloud, he said:</p> - -<p>“That I chose to be abroad upon another -night, as you will perhaps recall, served certain -people well. Who knows but that another -such occasion might now arise; for, -unless I am mistaken, the conditions are -much alike.”</p> - -<p>He heard her breath intaken sharply at -this; and when she answered, her voice shook -a little.</p> - -<p>“I don’t think I quite understand,” she said.</p> - -<p>“Do you mean that you don’t understand -what happened at that other time, or what -may happen to-night?”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">[176]</span>“As to that other night,” she said, “I was -puzzled at first. But later, I came to understand. -I saw that the matter had not gone -far enough to serve your purpose, and you -desired to learn more than you knew. Then,” -and she flashed him a look of contempt, “they -might seize upon my brother and welcome.”</p> - -<p>He made no reply, though she paused for -one. After a moment she proceeded, but in -an altered tone.</p> - -<p>“But you spoke of to-night. What did -you mean?”</p> - -<p>“I said that the conditions are not unlike. -Your brother is here, in secret; and you have -followed him—also in secret.”</p> - -<p>“And the rest——?” eagerly.</p> - -<p>He shrugged his shoulders, and his gigantic -shadow mimicked him much as Hickey’s had -done a little while before.</p> - -<p>“As to that,” said he, “I would not venture -to prophesy.”</p> - -<p>“I do not require you to do that,” she said. -“I merely ask you to tell what you know.” -She came a step nearer to him and her head -bent forward, as she continued: “That night -at the ‘Wheat Sheaf’ a party of colonial soldiers<span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">[177]</span> -showed themselves. Will it be the same -to-night?”</p> - -<p>He hesitated; like lightning she seized -upon this as an answer.</p> - -<p>“It will,” she cried. “You have seen to -that. Such as you are always to be depended -upon to arrange their traps cleverly.”</p> - -<p>Her eyes now fairly burned with scorn; -her gesture, as she shrank back from him, was -one of repulsion. And it was this gesture -that goaded him beyond endurance.</p> - -<p>“I have laid no trap!” he answered; “and -I have not been a party to the laying of one. -I do not expect you to believe me, for I see -that you have made up your mind to think -the worst of me. But even if I were seeking -to snare your brother, would I be anything -like as false as he?” She seemed about to -make answer, but he waved it back. “I, at -least, would be working for truth and the -cause I’d sworn to uphold, while he——”</p> - -<p>Her laughter interrupted him. “You!” -she cried. “You working for truth! You -upholding a cause because you had sworn to -do so!”</p> - -<p>It was with great difficulty that he kept<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[178]</span> -back the bitter words that came to his lips; -but he felt that his resentment had already -caused him to go too far. So he remained -silent.</p> - -<p>She stood looking at him as though expecting -him to reply; but as he did not do so, she -went on:</p> - -<p>“Because you have overheard my brother -just now, you think there is nothing to be -said in his defense. But you are wrong. -There is this. No matter what his words -may have been,” and again she bent toward -him, “he is as free of wrong as you are.”</p> - -<p>George was about to make a reply, when -suddenly there came a smothered crash of -shots from some little distance away, mingled -with excited shouts and cries of pain. Instantly -he threw the door open, and as he ran -out he was aware that Peggy had extinguished -the candle. The tavern was a bedlam of -sound; rapid shots were being exchanged -within.</p> - -<p>Through the open windows and doors of -the building men were springing, followed by -others who were grappling with them and -bearing them to the ground. But one, an active<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">[179]</span> -and speedy runner, gained the outside -without mishap and raced away from the inn, -a half dozen pursuers at his heels. With a -leap of the heart George knew him as Herbert -Camp, and though he wanted to have nothing -to do with his taking, duty was plain before -him.</p> - -<p>“He’s a self-confessed traitor,” muttered -the youth, “and I am bound to bring him -down if I can.”</p> - -<p>With the tavern lights behind him, young -Camp could be made out with more or less -plainness; and he was headed directly toward -the abandoned mill. As he drew near, George -Prentiss gathered himself for an effort; the -scattering slugs from the heavy pistols of -those in pursuit sputtered and hummed about -him, but he did not flinch. The fugitive had -reached a point a dozen yards away when the -young New Englander made his contemplated -rush. However, he had not gone more than -a few steps when he felt his foot grasped -strongly; and down he went at full length -upon the ground.</p> - -<p>What followed was rather confused; a half -dozen or more colonials ran by and over him.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">[180]</span> -A few paused to drag him to his feet and disarm -him. Then he heard Nat Brewster’s -voice call out:</p> - -<p>“He’s gone inside here; the door’s barred. -Get something to force it.”</p> - -<p>Lights sprang up and danced upon the stone -walls of the mill; a heavy log thundered -upon the door.</p> - -<p>“It was she that tripped me,” thought -George. “And she’s hurried her brother inside, -thinking to escape notice. But they are -trapped.”</p> - -<p>The door fell in with a crash, and Nat -leaped over the threshold.</p> - -<p>“Empty!” he cried. “See, there is another -door!”</p> - -<p>Sure enough, there was—one that had escaped -George’s notice, but which Peggy had -evidently observed. And while they stood -staring at it, the sudden rattle of hoofs told -the patriots that their man had made good -his escape.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">[181]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XIV<br /> - - -<small>SHOWS HOW THE BRITISH SHIPS CAME INTO -THE BAY</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">At</span> a few words from his friends, George -Prentiss was released; but Hickey and some -others who had been taken were marched to -a place of security and put under guard.</p> - -<p>Next day all was in a turmoil; the Tories -in and about the city feared for their lives. -As Nat Brewster had predicted, Matthews, the -mayor of New York, was arrested by a detachment -of Greene’s brigade; his house and -person were searched, but no incriminating -papers were found. Those of the Tories who -had prepared for an outbreak fled, upon learning -that their leaders had been taken.</p> - -<p>Washington struck swiftly and strongly; -those of the plotters who belonged to the -army were at once brought before a courtmartial; -the others were handed over to the -civic power. Of the members of the general’s -guard taken, only Hickey was convicted; he -was promptly hanged on June 28th.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">[182]</span>On the day following this execution, a lookout -on Staten Island reported a fleet of forty -sail in sight. The news quickly spread and -the city, not yet recovered from the shock -of the Tory conspiracy, was wild with excitement -once more.</p> - -<p>The fleet proved to be from Halifax, and -carried some ten thousand of the troops which -Washington had only recently driven out of -Boston; also there were six transports, having -on board some regiments of Highlanders -which had joined the fleet at sea.</p> - -<p>At sight of this formidable armament heading -up the bay, Washington’s couriers were -sent dashing here and there with the news, -warning all the commanders along the Hudson -to hold themselves in readiness in case the -British should attempt to push their war-ships -up the river. But there was no such attempt. -Day after day, however, the fleet was increased; -not long afterward there were one -hundred and thirty men-of-war and transports -in the bay; the troops were disembarked -and the hillsides of Staten Island were whitened -with their tents.</p> - -<p>This force was under the command of Howe,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">[183]</span> -and Washington watched it anxiously, knowing -that the British general awaited only the -coming of the admiral, his brother, to begin -operations. Young Cooper carried a message -to the President of Congress, urging the Massachusetts -authorities to send its quota of continental -troops to New York; the formation -of a flying camp of ten thousand men in -the Jerseys, to be used wherever required, -was also advised. Recruits began to pour -into the city; upon every open space they -could be seen going through the manual of -arms.</p> - -<p>One afternoon, George, who had carried -a dispatch summoning General Greene to -headquarters, was riding with that officer -across a stretch of fields beyond Broadway. -A company of provincial artillery were drilling; -and the deftness of their work, the -smooth, capable manners of their commander, -a small-sized youth of about twenty, attracted -the general’s attention. Quick to recognize -ability, the general pulled up and sat his -horse, watching the proceedings, and during -a pause he inquired the officer’s name.</p> - -<p>The youth saluted.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[184]</span>“Alexander Hamilton,” he replied. “A -student at King’s College.”</p> - -<p>And it was that same evening, just at twilight, -that George was pacing along Maiden -Lane near to William Street, his hands behind -him and his head bent. He still frequently -rode and walked in that neighborhood; always -did he grow thoughtful when there, and -always upon the same subject. That Herbert -Camp had been recognized by no one but -himself that night at Corbie’s tavern was evident, -as no search had been made for him; -but George was puzzled to know if he and his -sister had come off unhurt in the rain of pistol -shots that followed the dash from the tavern.</p> - -<p>“Neither of them could have been grievously -injured,” he mused. “If they had -been, they would have more than likely not -have made off so quickly.”</p> - -<p>But it was Peggy’s attitude that occupied -him more than anything else.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_184.jpg" alt="" /></div> -<p class="drop-cap3"><i>“ALEXANDER HAMILTON,”<br /> -HE REPLIED</i></p> - -<p>“Now, why,” the young man mutely demanded,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">[185]</span> -“should she so set herself to insult -me? How have I deserved it? Is there one -thing which I have done since I came to New -York and which touched her in any way, -that has not been in the nature of a service? -On the wharf where the ‘Nancy Breen’ tied -up, I lent a helping hand to her uncle. And -she recognized it as such, for a few hours -later when those popinjays on the Parade -sought to make me a butt for their wit, she -was kind. I helped her brother out of a tight -place at the ‘Wheat Sheaf’; and even then -she seemed to show appreciation, for she -warned me against a mysterious danger. -Once more at Corbie’s I try to serve her; and -she turns upon me like a fury.”</p> - -<p>He was still fuming along with bent -head when he felt a hand laid upon his -shoulder.</p> - -<p>“Your pardon, young sir, if I am mistaken,” -spoke a voice; “but it seems to me -that I should know you.”</p> - -<p>It was Merchant Camp, and the young New -Englander, freeing himself from his exasperating -thoughts, smiled as he answered:</p> - -<p>“I had the pleasure of meeting you one -morning, sir, on the river front, when a certain -sailorman differed with your political -beliefs.”</p> - -<p>The stout old Tory burst into a laugh; red-faced<span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">[186]</span> -and gasping a little, he patted George -on the shoulder.</p> - -<p>“Right!” cried he. “Right, lad! So it -was. I knew, the moment I put eyes on you, -that you were one that I should not pass as a -stranger. I suppose,” inquiringly, “that I -thanked you at the time? Yes? Well and -good. But I will also thank you now.” He -shook George warmly by the hand. “It was -no light thing to do, sir, to lend a hand to a -king’s man in New York at this time. It -was indeed a matter of some risk. And the -deeper the chance you ran, the greater is my -obligation.”</p> - -<p>“The political side of the incident did not -occur to me, Mr. Camp,” said the youth. “I -only saw that you’d be outmatched in a game -of buffets, that was all.”</p> - -<p>“He was a sturdy rascal, to be sure,” -replied the old merchant. “But take ten -years off my age and I’d ask no odds of him.” -He looked at George for a moment, and his -big red face wrinkled with smiles. “That -was a rare drubbing you gave him,” chuckled -he. “But come,” after a moment. “I have -yet to hear your name.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">[187]</span>“George Prentiss,” replied the young man. -“I am from Boston.”</p> - -<p>“Prentiss—Boston!” The merchant -looked at him with fresh interest. “Can it -be possible that you are kin to Seth Prentiss -of that city?”</p> - -<p>“I am his grandson,” answered George.</p> - -<p>“Grandson!” The old man grasped his -hand firmly and his broad face beamed -with good will. “His grandson, do you -say! Well, well, here’s a circumstance, -indeed! Why, then, you are own cousin -to my niece Peggy and my nephew Herbert. -Their mother was your mother’s -younger sister. Surely you’ve heard her -mention us.”</p> - -<p>“Frequently, sir.”</p> - -<p>“And still you never made yourself known,” -inquiringly.</p> - -<p>“There were reasons, sir. You see, in times -like these——”</p> - -<p>The old gentleman did not allow him to -proceed further.</p> - -<p>“I understand,” said he. “Nothing can -be done straightforwardly these days, with -safety. Perhaps, when all is said, you have<span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">[188]</span> -acted well. But,” in another tone, “how is -your grandfather?”</p> - -<p>“Very well, sir.”</p> - -<p>“There is no one in all the colonies for -whom I have a greater regard than I have -for your grandfather,” spoke Merchant Camp, -heartily. “There is no more successful merchant -than he, no more honest man and no -one more devoted to the cause of the king.”</p> - -<p>It was upon the tip of George’s tongue to -correct this last, but he restrained himself. -There had been no more ardent king’s man in -all Boston town than old Seth Prentiss, that -was true. But he had experienced a change -of heart, and now stood as stoutly for the -colonies as he had heretofore stood for their -foes.</p> - -<p>“I cannot tell you,” went on Merchant -Camp, “how pleased I am to meet with you, -and all the more so, the conditions being -what they are. I trust,” eagerly, “that you -are in no way engaged for the evening, lad.”</p> - -<p>“No, sir,” replied George.</p> - -<p>“Excellent! I am on my way home just -now; I live but a step from here, and I -want——” Here he paused as though something<span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">[189]</span> -had occurred to him; he looked searchingly -at the young man for a moment, then -went on with less enthusiasm: “If you have -nothing better to do with your time, I should -like to have you dine with me.” George -bowed his willingness. “My nephew dines -with me to-night, and he will be pleased,” -said Mr. Camp. “And Peggy will no doubt -be delighted to greet her cousin.”</p> - -<p>Then something in the lad’s expression -seemed to strike him; and after a moment he -added:</p> - -<p>“But, perhaps, on the whole, I had better -not mention your relationship just yet.”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps,” answered George, “it would be -as well if you did not.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">[190]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XV<br /> - - -<small>TELLS HOW GEORGE VISITED THE HOUSE IN<br /> -CROWN STREET</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> broad-fronted brick mansion in Crown -Street was much like its master. It spoke -eloquently of the days gone by; its furnishing -and appointments clung as tenaciously to -things past as did the political beliefs of their -owner.</p> - -<p>A serving man in livery of blue and white -admitted them; and the merchant at once led -George into a room where they found Major -Hyde and the dragoon, Henderson, lounging.</p> - -<p>“Gentlemen,” said the old Tory, most -ceremoniously, “I desire to present you to a -young gentleman who did me a service some -time since. Mr. Prentiss—Major Hyde—Captain -Henderson.”</p> - -<p>Both officers greeted the young man cordially.</p> - -<p>“We had the good luck to meet with him<span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">[191]</span> -when he first came to New York,” said Hyde. -Then with a laugh, he added: “Though we -did not consider it good luck at the time, -judging by our greetings.”</p> - -<p>“’Pon my word,” said the dragoon, earnestly, -“I was never so completely pinked -over anything in my life. Would you believe -it,” to the merchant, “I selected him as one -to try my wit upon. And he flayed me, sir. -He flayed me.”</p> - -<p>The old Tory laughed.</p> - -<p>“I can well believe it. He’s a good up-standing -lad in more ways than one, I -promise you.” Then after some further conversation, -he said: “But I’ll leave him here -with you for a few moments. I have some -small matters to see to.”</p> - -<p>When George met the merchant in the -street, the sky was rapidly becoming overcast, -and the wind raising eddies of dust; and -as they entered the house, large scattering -drops began to fall. Now, as the old gentleman -left the room, the storm broke, and -torrents of driving rain dashed against the -windows.</p> - -<p>“Hello, hello!” cried Henderson, “here’s<span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">[192]</span> -a state of things, ’pon my soul! There’s rain -enough for you, major, in all conscience.”</p> - -<p>“Ring for lights, there’s a good fellow,” said -Major Hyde.</p> - -<p>Languidly the fop arose and did as requested; -in a few moments the fine old -apartment was yellowed with candle-light. -Major Hyde sat back in the corner of a sofa -and studied young Prentiss with speculative -eyes. Noting this, Henderson turned to the -young New Englander and said:</p> - -<p>“These days keep some of you fellows on -the jump, eh?”</p> - -<p>“I’ve used up three horses in the last fortnight,” -said George, “and I did what I could -to save them, too. And others have been -kept moving more briskly than I, by all -accounts.”</p> - -<p>“It seems the very deuce to get things -settled for a fight,” complained the fop. “I -always fancied it was a very simple arrangement—one -side here and the other side there, -and then go at it like all possessed. But it’s -really like the plot of a play; everything -must be settled and accounted for before a -blow is struck.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">[193]</span>A rattling volley of thunder rolled along -the sky; then a dash of lightning lit up all -outdoors and showed them Crown Street -running torrents of water.</p> - -<p>“Of late,” said young Prentiss, “I have -seen but little of either of you.”</p> - -<p>“We’ve been with Greene,” answered -Major Hyde. “Indeed, within the week that -we invited you to share our quarters in Wall -Street, we were forced to give it up and transfer -to a barn of a place beyond Brooklyn.”</p> - -<p>“Not fit for beasts to live in, let alone -gentlemen,” said the dragoon officer. “I -assure you,” earnestly, “I’ve never been -asked to put up with such accommodations -before.”</p> - -<p>George Prentiss had no great tolerance for -complaints of this character; popinjay soldiers -who required to lie soft and live at their ease -were scarcely the sort to win battles. But he -answered smilingly:</p> - -<p>“We had rough quarters enough before -Boston. Sod huts and ramshackle affairs -built of planks were considered luxurious; -and many a winter night some of us slept on -the ground beside a camp-fire.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">[194]</span>“At Boston, Mr. Prentiss, you were employed -in a variety of ways, were you not?”</p> - -<p>“Like many others,” replied the young -New Englander, “I was willing to give what -service I could.”</p> - -<p>“Ah, yes, to be sure. But I have heard it -hinted that your service took many uncommon -forms. Your specialty was, in the -main, the flanking of the enemy, not the -facing of him.”</p> - -<p>“I have done my share of the secret work -that our necessities required,” said George, -“though I never had any partiality or even -liking for that form of the service. But -some one had to do it, and why not I as well -as another?”</p> - -<p>“True enough.” Major Hyde settled himself -farther back in the corner of the sofa; -his hands were clasped about one knee; his -eyes were peering and slit-like. “Of course,” -he resumed, easily, “when a person acquires -a reputation for a certain thing—especially -when he has proven very satisfactory in it, -indeed—he naturally is given the preference -when work of that sort is needed.”</p> - -<p>George nodded.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">[195]</span>“Yes,” said he, quietly, “I suppose that -is so.”</p> - -<p>“General Putnam,” and Major Hyde -laughed, “is a direct and rather simple-minded -man. He was aware of the quality -of your service, I know; and I suppose he -did not hesitate to use you when occasion -demanded.”</p> - -<p>“I have undertaken some small enterprises -for General Putnam,” answered George.</p> - -<p>“Since you came to New York?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; and before.”</p> - -<p>There was a moment’s silence. The foppish -dragoon had sat twiddling his thumbs; -apparently he now fancied that the time had -arrived for him to venture into the conversation -once more; so he leaned toward -George.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps,” said he, “you’d not mind——” -but here a sharp gesture from his friend -cut him short. George sat facing a window; -and, engaged in watching the play of the -lightning and the dash of the rain upon the -glass, he gave no sign of having noted the -interruption.</p> - -<p>“When a man of parts is employed in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">[196]</span> -special service,” said Major Hyde, “it is -naturally expected that he use his own discretion -in many ways.”</p> - -<p>Again George nodded. But this time he -said nothing.</p> - -<p>“But,” proceeded the other, and the slits -between his eyes grew narrower and narrower, -“there is, I think, a point at which a line -should be drawn. He should not be privileged -to exercise his discretion in all things. -Limitations should be set.”</p> - -<p>“I agree with you,” said the youth.</p> - -<p>“In the securing of information,” said -the major, “he must, of course, be at liberty -to do as he sees fit. But after it is secured—it -is there that the line should be drawn.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t think I quite follow your meaning,” -said George, vaguely.</p> - -<p>At another time his naturally keen perception -would have given him some indication -as to the officer’s direction; but truth -to tell, George had, for the last few moments, -ceased following the speaker very closely.</p> - -<p>The window through which he was gazing -out upon the storm was bowed, and very -large. It was hung with heavy curtains<span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">[197]</span> -that were only partly drawn; and during -the latter portion of Major Hyde’s remarks, -George detected something like a movement -behind these which had taken his attention.</p> - -<p>“There is some one there,” flashed through -the young man’s mind. “Some one who is -listening.” However, now that he was sure -of the state of affairs, his self-possession returned; -he gave his attention to the speaker, -all the time watching the curtain with the -tail of his eye.</p> - -<p>Major Hyde was frowning a little, but at -the same time he kept a smile playing about -his lips.</p> - -<p>“I will make my meaning clear,” said he. -“Some time ago I had a man servant who -pleased me very much. He had a rare judgment -in the matters that came within his -province, and a close tongue. But—now, -mark this—I found after some time that the -close tongue did not always operate in my -favor. He had a habit of receiving messages -and then retailing to me those parts of them -that he considered I should hear.”</p> - -<p>“He was not lacking in presumption, along -with his other qualities,” said George.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">[198]</span>“I am inclined to agree with you,” remarked -Major Hyde, drily. “He should -have given me a choice at least, as to what -parts I considered of no consequence.”</p> - -<p>“Very impudent, ’pon my word,” observed -Henderson.</p> - -<p>“I am of the same opinion,” spoke George -Prentiss. “But,” and he looked at Major -Hyde composedly, “I am still rather at loss. -Just what is your meaning? Somehow all -this seems to apply to me. If I am wrong in -this I beg of you to say so.”</p> - -<p>“You are not wrong,” said Major Hyde.</p> - -<p>“No,” put in the dragoon, “you are right.”</p> - -<p>“General Putnam,” said Major Hyde, “employed -you upon a certain occasion. I suppose -you recall this, and also the nature of -the employment. Being very intimate with -headquarters affairs at the time, I was well -informed in the matter. But I know that it -resulted in nothing.”</p> - -<p>“Go on,” said George.</p> - -<p>“I mean that through motives of your own, -you withheld certain information. You knew -that a certain person—who for the moment -shall be nameless—was concerned in machinations<span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">[199]</span> -against the new government, and yet -you did not denounce him.”</p> - -<p>Footsteps could be heard coming along the -corridor. George regarded the speaker fixedly.</p> - -<p>“How do you know that I did not?” he -asked.</p> - -<p>“By the barrenness of the result; if you -had done your duty, arrests would have been -made.”</p> - -<p>Here Mr. Camp reëntered the room; he -carried a paper, apparently a letter, in his -hand; and his face was beaming.</p> - -<p>“Gentlemen,” said he, “will you do me the -pleasure of walking this way?”</p> - -<p>Major Hyde and Henderson at once arose -and George did likewise. They passed into a -room where a table was laid with much silver -and delicate ware.</p> - -<p>“Being short-handed,” apologized the old -merchant, “I must do duty myself.” Then -to George: “I sent most of my servants away -yesterday.”</p> - -<p>When he had again left them, George -turned upon the officers.</p> - -<p>“What other reason did you have?”</p> - -<p>“What other was needed? Could anything<span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">[200]</span> -have spoken more eloquently?” demanded -Major Hyde.</p> - -<p>“Oh, yes. General Putnam might have -done so.”</p> - -<p>At this the young New Englander saw the -two men dart looks of covert meaning at each -other. But he did not wait for either of them -to reply.</p> - -<p>“Another question,” said he, evenly. “May -I ask how you came to be so familiar with -what we might call the real results of my -work?”</p> - -<p>There was scarcely perceptible hesitation, -then Major Hyde answered:</p> - -<p>“Is it not possible that there are others beside -yourself who have means of gaining secret -information?”</p> - -<p>“Let us grant that.” George spoke very -coolly. “And then let us come to a more -important thing. If you know of this person -whom I have, as you say, failed to report, why -have you waited for me? Why have you not -reported him yourself?”</p> - -<p>At this, to the astonishment of George, Major -Hyde burst into a laugh; and his friend -joined him heartily.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">[201]</span>“Very shrewdly spoken,” said the major. -“Eh, Henderson?”</p> - -<p>“’Pon my soul,” said the dragoon, “I’ve -never listened to a neater stroke of the tongue.”</p> - -<p>“A little wager with Henderson, that is -all,” explained Hyde, putting his hands upon -George’s shoulders and swaying him backward -and forward. “I ventured a good dinner -that upon the very next time we met, I -could worm something out of you regarding -your private transactions for the various commanders. -Henderson had a better notion of -your shrewdness than I, so it seems, and——”</p> - -<p>“And I expect the dinner to be paid with -the utmost promptness,” declared the foppish -dragoon, delightedly. “But, ’pon my soul, -Hyde,” with a shout of laughter, “what a -farrago of nonsense you used to gain your -point! And how you scowled and shook -your head! You should have turned your -mind to play-acting instead of soldiering.”</p> - -<p>“How am I to know, though,” and Major -Hyde joined in the laugh, “that I did not -come somewhere near the real facts as they -stand? Come now, was there such a person -as I imagined?”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">[202]</span>“I can only say,” returned George, good-humoredly, -“that I have done my plain duty -upon all occasions. If I say more I may lose -Captain Henderson his dinner.”</p> - -<p>The dragoon slapped his thigh at this, and -vowed that as a witticism he had never heard -its equal.</p> - -<p>“He’s a rare fellow, this lad from Boston,” -declared he.</p> - -<p>“He’s gotten the better of me this time, at -any rate,” answered the major, good-naturedly -enough.</p> - -<p>The two were still laughing and discussing -the matter when the old merchant reëntered. -Then Major Hyde begged leave to retire for a -moment.</p> - -<p>“I have this matter noted down in a little -book which I usually carry,” said he to -George. “But it is in the pocket of another -coat which I sent on here with some other -traps a week ago. I’ll hunt it up and get all -straight.”</p> - -<p>“Not a moment do you get out of my sight,” -declared the dragoon. “If you go, I’ll go -with you.”</p> - -<p>“Come along then,” laughed the other.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_203">[203]</span> -“I’ll play fair. You shall have a peep with -me.”</p> - -<p>And so out they went; and George heard -them go stamping up the stairs, wrangling -and protesting and laughing; and as he listened, -the young man somehow felt a doubt -creep into his mind.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_204">[204]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XVI<br /> - - -<small>PEGGY SPEAKS HER MIND</small></h2> -</div> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Was</span> it really as they said?” George Prentiss -asked himself. “Was the thing a jest, -after all? Or was it——”</p> - -<p>Here his thoughts were interrupted by the -old Tory.</p> - -<p>“Huh!” grunted that worthy gentleman. -“It would seem that my nephew, the major, -is in wonderful spirits to-night. Something -must have pleased him vastly, for I never -saw him so before, that I can recall.”</p> - -<p>There was a swish of silken skirts as a door -opened.</p> - -<p>“My niece, Peggy,” added the merchant. -“My dear, this is young Mr. Prentiss, who -was of such use to me some few weeks ago -when my villainous temper got me into -trouble.”</p> - -<p>Peggy swept the young New Englander so -elaborate a courtsey that it hinted of mockery. -The smile that wreathed her lips was honeyed,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_205">[205]</span> -but the old look of scorn was deep in -her eyes.</p> - -<p>“I remember Mr. Prentiss perfectly,” she -said, and there was an undercurrent of meaning -in her tones.</p> - -<p>“You shall sit opposite him at supper,” -promised the stout old fellow. “And mind -you entertain him well. We owe him something.”</p> - -<p>“Mr. Prentiss,” said Peggy, “should not be -difficult to amuse. He is so interesting himself. -I feel sure that wherever he is, something -will happen; one is not likely to be -dull.”</p> - -<p>“Ha, ha! do you hear that, lad?” Merchant -Camp chuckled delightedly. “That’s -saying something of you, surely.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t deserve it, though,” answered -George, and his eyes met the girl’s straightforward -look unsmilingly.</p> - -<p>“Never say that,” cried the honest old -uncle. “Leave others to speak ill of you, -my boy.”</p> - -<p>“Apparently,” said George, his eyes still -meeting those of Peggy, “they are only too -ready to do that.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_206">[206]</span>“Why,” said the old gentleman, “you are -over young to have observed such things.”</p> - -<p>“Sometimes it is made so plain,” replied -George, “that it requires no great experience -to know it.”</p> - -<p>The merchant laughed good-humoredly.</p> - -<p>“We have a philosopher of gloom in you, I -see.” Then turning to his niece: “What do -you say to this, my dear?”</p> - -<p>“If you please, sir—nothing,” said she.</p> - -<p>She walked to one of the windows, her -silken skirts swishing; and the old merchant, -puzzled, turned to George and shook his -head.</p> - -<p>“She’s an odd one at times,” he said, lowly. -“Very much like her mother was—and there -was no keeping the run of her for five minutes -together.”</p> - -<p>George made no reply to this; he stood -with his back to the fireless hearth and -watched the tall young figure at the window -with its proudly-posed head. After a moment, -the merchant, as though something -had just occurred to him, took a letter from -his pocket.</p> - -<p>“I meant to speak of this when I first<span class="pagenum" id="Page_207">[207]</span> -came down,” said he. “But those gentlemen -of Mr. Washington’s were in ear-shot.”</p> - -<p>He unfolded the sheet while George looked -at him surprisedly. The expression “gentlemen -of Mr. Washington’s” seemed odd.</p> - -<p>“It will amuse you,” continued the stout -old Tory in a low tone, “but when I was -about to ask you here to-night a thought -struck me, and I hesitated. Not that the -outcome would have made any real difference, -you see, for I should have asked you anyhow. -But I hastened to refer to this,” holding out -the letter, “as soon as I got here. And the -result has pleased me. I am delighted that -you are one of us.”</p> - -<p>“It looks like my grandfather’s writing,” -George said, lowly.</p> - -<p>“It is,” replied Merchant Camp. “It is a -letter of his written me when Warren and -Hancock and the Adamses first began to take -such a high hand in Boston. In it he speaks -of how families were divided upon the question -before the public eye. His own, like -mine, was in this deplorable condition.” -Here he held the letter to the light so that -he could read it. “Listen to this: ‘One of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_208">[208]</span> -my grandsons, Ezra, is in favor of the Whiggish -demands; the other, George, is a king’s -man through and through.’” Merchant Camp -looked up from the screen and smiled at the -young man. “That is what I wanted to -make sure of. I knew that one or the other -of you was on the right side; and I am delighted -that it’s you.”</p> - -<p>Here he grasped the hand of George with -great warmth. The youth, disliking that -any one should have a false impression of -him, was about to put the matter before the -merchant in its proper light, but at that -moment Major Hyde and his friend, Henderson, -reëntered the room.</p> - -<p>“I find that the terms of the wager -were——” Here Hyde observed Peggy and -paused. Holding a small note-book toward -George, its pages open that he might read, he -continued in a lower voice, “The terms, as -you see, are merely that I manage to get you -talking on the subject mentioned.”</p> - -<p>The young man noted that this was so; -but there was something in the proceeding -and in the eager intentness of the two men -that caught his attention.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_209">[209]</span>“But,” continued Hyde, “Henderson interprets -it that I extract information from you.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, well,” said the dragoon, and in the -same low tone as his friend, “I dare say we -can arrange the matter. We must not delay -the supper,” in a louder voice.</p> - -<p>“A good, sensible saying,” spoke the host. -“And as sense is not to be expected of -scatterbrains who take sword against rightful -authority, all the more credit is due you, -Master Henderson.”</p> - -<p>The dragoon laughed, as did Hyde.</p> - -<p>“Do you hear that, Prentiss?” cried he, as -they all seated themselves at the table. “Do -you notice how you are referred to? A -‘scatterbrain,’ says he.”</p> - -<p>The old Tory favored George with an -elaborate wink, which not only expressed -delight, but spoke of what he considered the -secret understanding between them.</p> - -<p>“I dare say,” remarked he, “that we of -the king’s side have as bad said of us—or -worse.”</p> - -<p>As the meal progressed, the wind and rain -did not abate; the thunder rattled and rolled; -the lightning glared against the sky. The<span class="pagenum" id="Page_210">[210]</span> -merchant had placed Peggy just opposite -George, and the lad made the best of the -opportunity. But the girl was silent. The -best he could draw from her was a “Yes” or -a “No”; and all the time her face was cold; -her eyes, when he caught them, were judging -him cruelly.</p> - -<p>“What has become of Herbert?” asked -Captain Henderson, after a time. “I haven’t -seen him for weeks.”</p> - -<p>The old merchant scowled down at his -plate.</p> - -<p>“It is difficult to keep track of that young -man,” said he.</p> - -<p>“A great pity that he left the army,” observed -the dragoon. “Especially at this -time.”</p> - -<p>“It altogether depends upon the point of -view,” replied the Tory host. “But, that -aside, hide nor hair of him I have not seen -for some time. I don’t,” with displeasure, -“even attempt to understand him.”</p> - -<p>“To understand people is one of the most -difficult tasks a person can set himself,” said -George. As he spoke, his eyes met those of -Peggy. “But for all that,” he went on,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_211">[211]</span> -“there are those whose judgments of others -are made offhand.”</p> - -<p>“No doubt, no doubt,” answered Mr. Camp.</p> - -<p>But it was not until after supper that -George had his first opportunity to speak to -her alone. The old merchant had mentioned -an ingenious method that he had hit upon -for packing breakable articles, and had carried -the two officers into another room to demonstrate -it to them. The spring storm was still -raging; the flare of the lightning every now -and then dimmed the drawing-room candles; -the wind continued to beat up from the bay -with fury.</p> - -<p>The girl was in a deep window-seat, looking -out upon the storm; the night was inky, but -the flare of the lightning was so incessant as -to afford an almost continuous view. George -leaned back against a carved table, and as he -trifled with the stems of some roses which he had -found thereon, he watched her reflectively.</p> - -<p>“I’ve been thinking,” said he, at last, “that -perhaps I may have been wrong.”</p> - -<p>She did not even turn her head, but went -on gazing steadily into the rain-drenched -Crown Street.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">[212]</span>“Perhaps,” proceeded George, “the judgments -which one is led to believe are quickly -made are really arrived at after some -thought. It is even possible that your -estimate of me came after due deliberation.”</p> - -<p>At this she turned, as he felt sure she -would. The lightning glared in at the -window behind her; but the flash of her -eyes was the quickest to reach him.</p> - -<p>“It is strange,” she said, “that you go on -holding this attitude when you must know -that I am not to be deceived. I did not require -to deliberate; your acts were all that -were necessary to make up my mind concerning -you.”</p> - -<p>A gleam of satisfaction came into his eyes.</p> - -<p>“Ah!” He threw the roses back upon the -table and studied her closely. “That is it, -then?—my acts? Thank you. At last we -have come to something specific.</p> - -<p>“If you will point out anything that I have -done since I came to New York, which I cannot -successfully defend,” continued he, “I -shall be willing to have you think what you -choose of me.”</p> - -<p>But she gave a gesture of utter disbelief.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_213">[213]</span>“I am not interested,” she said. “It does -not matter to me.”</p> - -<p>“But it does to me. You seem to forget -that.” His voice was hot with anger. “Do -you expect me to hold my tongue, accused as -I am of some rascally act! Not once, not -twice, but a half dozen times you have hinted -at something discreditable that I have done. -Speak plainly. Give it a name, so that I may -meet it squarely!”</p> - -<p>His resentment was low-voiced and sharp; -his face was flushed and determined; his -hands were clinched until the knuckles -seemed ready to split the skin that covered -them. As she looked at him a hesitancy -seemed to temper her scornful attitude; for -the first time since she had assumed it, a -doubt crept in and mingled with her disdain. -But for all that she retained her former tone.</p> - -<p>“Of what use would it be to give it a -name?” she said. “You know it already.”</p> - -<p>“You will pardon me if I insist,” he answered. -“I differ with you in opinion—I -oppose the faction that you hold to, and upon -this you have reared a fanciful structure of -evil. I demand that you be plain.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">[214]</span>“You demand!” Her voice rang as she -said this and her eyes flashed her defiance. -But almost instantly her manner changed. -“A fanciful structure, indeed! Do I not -know—haven’t I seen? Haven’t I heard? -And my treatment of you is not because you -oppose the faction that I hold to. There are -others in this house,” bitterly, “who do the -like, yet I believe them honest men. It is,” and -her voice fell a trifle, but lost none of its -directness, “because you hold faith with no -faction—because you are a traitor to all.”</p> - -<p>The flush died out of his face; he took a -step toward her, astonishment replacing the -rage of a moment before. But before he could -speak another word, the two officers and the -host reëntered.</p> - -<p>“I defy any one,” declared the old gentleman, -“to destroy valuables so arranged. -They’ll go safely enough, though the roads -across Jersey are somewhat rough,” with a -laugh. “Indeed, I wish we were assured of -as comfortable a journey.”</p> - -<p>“When do you start?” asked Major Hyde.</p> - -<p>“At high noon to-morrow. We have a -coach with good springs and can secure relays<span class="pagenum" id="Page_215">[215]</span> -of horses. Two days should see us at home, -if nothing unforeseen turns up.”</p> - -<p>“I think,” spoke the dragoon, “that you -do well to leave New York so soon. There is -no telling, now, when all the roads will be -closed and Lord Howe’s guns roaring havoc -across the city.”</p> - -<p>“That would not drive me out,” stated the -Tory merchant, “if it were not for Peggy. -Indeed, gentlemen, it would please me greatly -to stay and see the end of this uprising.”</p> - -<p>“You think, then, that it will end here?”</p> - -<p>“I never was more convinced of anything -in my life. The governmental officers are determined -to efface the stain put upon them at -Boston, and that they will do it is a certainty.”</p> - -<p>Here the talk drifted away into the field of -politics; the merchant did most of it, and he -did it heatedly and most eloquently. The -time went by and the storm seemed to increase. -By ten o’clock Peggy begged leave -to retire, as she had some tasks to perform -against the journey on the morrow. George -lingered on and on in the hope that she -would return to the drawing-room; but she -did not.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_216">[216]</span>It was close to midnight when he at last -arose to take his leave.</p> - -<p>“What!” cried Mr. Camp. “In such a -drenching downfall as this? Never, sir. -You’ll be wet through. I have a room for -each of you, and you shall all three remain -and take breakfast with me—my last in New -York under rebel rule, at least.”</p> - -<p>George Prentiss did not protest against this -with any great vehemence; the wind and -rain, and the thunder and lightning, though, -had little to do with his agreeing to remain -the merchant’s guest. It was very late when -he, at the heels of Hyde and Henderson, and -each bearing a lighted candle, mounted the -wide staircase to their chambers. The flickering -yellow light fell before and about them, -but there were dark corners which remained -heavy with shadow; and from one of these a -pair of terror-filled eyes followed them; two -trembling hands were upraised to hide a -frightened girlish face.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_217">[217]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XVII<br /> - - -<small>SHOWS WHAT HAPPENED IN THE TAPESTRIED -CHAMBER</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> room that fell to the lot of George -Prentiss was a huge one, square, high ceilinged -and hung with rich but faded tapestries. -The furniture was dark and massive; -a great four poster bed of mahogany, with a -spreading canopy over it, stood near the door.</p> - -<p>There was a wide fireplace, the clean-swept -hearth of which showed no indication of a -fire having been lighted in it for some time.</p> - -<p>When George had bidden the others good-night -he closed the door and placed his candle -upon the table. The light danced grotesquely -upon the walls, dimly illuminating -the quaint figures upon the tapestry and the -old paintings that hung here and there. The -young man drew the curtains at the windows -so that the flare of the lightning would not -disturb him; there were other candles upon -the mantel and having a curiosity to better -view his apartment, he kindled a pair of these<span class="pagenum" id="Page_218">[218]</span> -and placed them where they would do the -most good.</p> - -<p>The tapestry proved to be an ancient French -one, and depicted the deeds of Charles Martel; -the portraits were partly of New Amsterdam -Dutchmen and with a good sprinkling -of English.</p> - -<p>“Ancestors,” mused George as he gazed at -these. “I can see the features of my host in -most of them.” His eyes paused upon a large -painting at the far end of the apartment; it -was so somber, the shadows played so upon it, -that he took up a candle and went nearer. -Holding the light so that he could view the -picture to better advantage, he saw the name -“Dirk Van Camp” upon the heavy frame.</p> - -<p>“A burgomaster of the old Dutch days,” -said George to himself. “And a stern, dogged -sort of a fellow he must have been, judging -by his face.”</p> - -<p>The furnishings of the tapestried room were -mostly of European make; Dutch tables and -chairs; English sofas and stands; and near -to the fireplace stood a tall French mirror -that swung in its frame. George sat down in -a heavy chair before this and began removing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_219">[219]</span> -his cravat; his back was turned to that end -of the apartment where hung the portrait of -Burgomaster Van Camp, and the light of the -candle which George had left upon a stand -near the picture threw the determined, joyless -face into good relief.</p> - -<p>“Good shelter and a four poster bed are not -to be treated lightly on a night like this,” the -young New Englander told himself, as he -threw the cravat upon a table. Then he removed -his short sword and the pistol which -he had kept buttoned under his coat while in -the drawing-room; after this he began tugging -at one of his riding boots.</p> - -<p>It was while he was so engaged, for the -boot was stubborn, that he caught the reflection -of the burgomaster’s portrait in the -mirror. The chair in which George sat hid -the greater part of the picture; but the face -was plain, and it was as though it was peering -over his shoulder.</p> - -<p>“Now, there is a grim old curmudgeon for -you,” smiled the youth. “I’ll venture to say -he never laughed in his life save when he had -driven a hard bargain, or gotten the better of -some one in another fashion.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_220">[220]</span>He threw the boot down on the hearth and -before he drew off the other, sat gazing into -the mirror at the portrait. Suddenly the -smile left his face and he started a little. -The eyes of old Dirk Van Camp were small -and black and deeply-set under heavy brows; -George had noticed them especially a few -minutes before, while examining the picture; -and now as he looked into the glass, he saw -them glint in a marvelously lifelike manner.</p> - -<p>For an instant it was in his mind to turn -and stare at the portrait; but like a flash he -regained control of himself, and sat motionless, -gazing into the mirror. Some few minutes -passed in this way; but he could now -detect nothing out of the ordinary. True, the -eyes had an unusually lifelike appearance; -but that may have been due to the skill of the -artist, or, perhaps, it was the unsteady light -of the candles. He lay back in the chair in -the lounging posture of one entirely at ease; -but never for an instant did his apparently -careless glance leave the pictured eyes. At -length he muttered:</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_221">[221]</span>“It’s the lights; their flickering gave the -appearance of movement; and the varnish -upon the canvas is the cause of the really lifelike -sparkle.”</p> - - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_220.jpg" alt="" /></div> -<p class="drop-cap"><i>THE HAND PAUSED</i></p> - -<p>He was about to give the matter up and -proceed with his preparations for retiring -when a thought struck him. With the utmost -naturalness he stretched out his hand -toward the table, and while so doing, his eyes -remained fixed upon the pictured ones in the -mirror. With a thrill he saw these latter -follow the hand; beyond the shadow of a -doubt they turned slowly and keenly; and -when the hand paused and clutched the -pistol butt, there was a change in their expression—and -their steadiness wavered.</p> - -<p>Calmly George drew the pistol toward him -and made a pretense of examining the lock; -all the time his heart was bumping in a -tumult; strange thoughts filled his brain.</p> - -<p>“The eyes of the portrait are removable,” -he told himself. “There is a door or a panel -behind it, and some one is stationed there -watching me.”</p> - -<p>He sat for a short space nonplussed; and -all the time he saw the eyes fixed upon him. -The situation was an odd one; he did not -know how to meet it.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_222">[222]</span>“It’s a Tory house,” were George’s thoughts, -“and there may be those hidden within its -walls of whom I know nothing.” An idea -flashed upon him that made him start. “And -yet I might know considerable of them,” he -added; “and I might be suspected of knowing -even more than I do.”</p> - -<p>This latter idea rapidly took definite form -in his mind. As likely as not Herbert Camp -was hidden in the house—perhaps without his -uncle’s knowledge.</p> - -<p>“But his sister is aware of it,” was the -young man’s further thought, “and who -knows,” bitterly, “but that she still fancies -me in pursuit of him.”</p> - -<p>With this his mind was made up; he put the -pistol down upon the table, and then pulled -off the other boot. After this he stood up, -and divested himself of coat and waistcoat; -he put out two of the candles, permitting that -near the picture of the burgomaster to remain -burning. Drawing a tall leather screen -up to the four poster he spread it out and then -with a wide yawn went behind it as though -to complete his disrobing.</p> - -<p>Now, as before said, the bed stood near the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_223">[223]</span> -door, and when George spread the screen, he -hid the door from the view of the peering eyes -behind the portrait. So instead of going on -with his preparations for bed, the young man -softly opened the door, and all unarmed as he -was, stepped out into the hall.</p> - -<p>This latter was dark and still, and step by -step he made his way along, being careful -not to knock against anything that might be -in his way. He had not gone many feet -when he saw that the door of the apartment -next his own stood partly open; it was only -a trifle and but a trickle of light showed itself. -He approached the door softly. It was in -this apartment that the spy would be hidden, -for the portrait was backed against the wall -that divided it from his own. He had all -but gained the door when there came a sharp -exclamation and the stir of feet upon the -other side of it; for a moment he feared that -he had been discovered and halting, braced -himself for whatever was to come. But there -was nothing save a continued and low-pitched -sound of voices.</p> - -<p>“There’s more than one,” he murmured -softly. This knowledge, however, did not<span class="pagenum" id="Page_224">[224]</span> -stay him; once more he made for the door -along the edges of which the light was seeping. -The opening was too small to admit of -his gaining a view of even a part of the room; -but he could hear the almost whispered words -distinctly.</p> - -<p>“It is very annoying to be spied upon,” -said a voice which George at once knew as -Major Hyde’s. “And I am surprised that -you should stoop to it. Or, perhaps,” and -there was something like a sneer in the tone, -“you will deny that you were spying.”</p> - -<p>“No,” came the voice of Peggy Camp, “I -do not deny it. I saw you steal along the -hall and followed you.”</p> - -<p>“You are quite sure,” and there was a keen -note of inquiry in the man’s voice, “that you -were not already in the room when I entered?”</p> - -<p>“I am not in the habit of misrepresenting -my actions,” returned Peggy, and the listener -fancied her head rearing proudly as she said it.</p> - -<p>“Of course not. But at a moment like this! -Who knows?”</p> - -<p>“I think you do,” returned the girl.</p> - -<p>There was a moment’s silence; then Major -Hyde spoke.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_225">[225]</span>“What made you think that my actions -had anything to do with him?” he asked.</p> - -<p>“I knew from the first that you were laying -a trap for him.”</p> - -<p>“Ah!” There was a note of surprise in -his voice. “You are even keener than I -thought you.”</p> - -<p>“You knew that he would be here,” she -said. “And you proposed carrying it through -here, of all places.”</p> - -<p>“It is not given to us to choose our opportunities,” -said the major. “So I’ll strike -when I can.”</p> - -<p>“You will not.”</p> - -<p>“Of course your feelings in the matter are -perfectly natural,” spoke the man coolly. “I -understand them very well. They are to be -expected of you. But is he worthy of all -you’d do for him?”</p> - -<p>There was no answer.</p> - -<p>“He is not. He is a worming, designing -villain; there is no truth nor honor in him. -To serve his own ends, he’d sell his friends to -their enemies—he’d sell his cause to——”</p> - -<p>“Oh, I know, I know,” cried Peggy, and -there was pain in her voice. “I know it all<span class="pagenum" id="Page_226">[226]</span> -better than you can tell it. I know it and -hate him for it; and yet I cannot see him -harmed.”</p> - -<p>“Herbert is concealed in the house, as I -suspected,” thought the young man at the -door. “Major Hyde has in some way learned -of it, and being aware of his treachery, is trying -to locate his hiding-place.”</p> - -<p>The voices within the room now sank even -lower than before; George listened intently, -but could not make out what was being said. -Some minutes passed in this way and the -voice of Peggy was raised in gladness.</p> - -<p>“You promise me that?”</p> - -<p>“I do.”</p> - -<p>“Then Herbert is safe,” she whispered -thankfully. “I know, I know,” as though -preventing his interrupting her; “he does not -deserve it, but I am happier than I can tell.”</p> - -<p>“He is safe from me,” spoke Major Hyde, -slowly, “but I am not the only one. Don’t -forget that——”</p> - -<p>He said no more, but George Prentiss was -as sure that his hand lifted and his finger -pointed to the tapestried chamber as he would -have been had he seen him do it.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_227">[227]</span>There was a gasping cry, smothered and -full of fear. Then the girl replied:</p> - -<p>“I know that, too. It is horrible. But,” -and her voice suddenly became clear and -sure, “he shall not harm my brother. That -he is here seeking information, I know. But -he shall learn nothing—he shall do nothing.”</p> - -<p>“Who will prevent him?”</p> - -<p>“I will!” she answered and her voice was -filled with resolve.</p> - -<p>Again their voices sank; then George heard -footsteps advancing toward the door. A tall -Dutch clock stood near by, as the inquiring -hands of the young New Englander had -learned, and quickly he shrank close to its -side as the room door swung open.</p> - -<p>“I’ll bid you good-night, cousin,” said the -voice of Major Hyde, “and advise you to go -to your chamber.”</p> - -<p>What Peggy’s answer was George did not -hear. Then the major shut the door and -passed down the corridor; the soft closing -of another door told the watcher that he -entered his own room at the far end.</p> - -<p>George waited for some little time, fearing -that Peggy would emerge and discover him.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_228">[228]</span> -But as she did not do so, he quietly tiptoed -to his own room. Drawing aside the screen -he stepped out into the center of the apartment, -yawning and putting back the hair from -his eyes, as though he’d been asleep.</p> - -<p>At once his gaze went with studied carelessness -to the portrait; there were the eyes, eager, -alert, inquiring, fixed upon him.</p> - -<p>“Hello,” said he, with ready art, as he -yawned again. “I must have fallen into a -doze.”</p> - -<p>Negligently he threw himself once more -into the chair before the mirror and sat looking -at the reflected eyes.</p> - -<p>“It is she,” he told himself. “There is no -one else there. And it’s been she all along. -Hyde was right. She was already in the -room when he entered, as he suspected.”</p> - -<p>Then suddenly he became aware that the -eye sockets of Burgomaster Van Camp were -empty. Vacantly the portrait stared down -from the wall. But only for a moment. -Suddenly a long, black cylinder was thrust -through one of the apertures—there was a -puff of smoke, a loud report, and a pistol -bullet whizzed past his head.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_229">[229]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XVIII<br /> - - -<small>IN WHICH IS FOUGHT THE BATTLE OF LONG -ISLAND</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> smoke of the pistol was drifting toward -the ceiling as George wheeled toward the -portrait. But the blank spaces were now -filled by the painted eyes; there was no trace -of anything being amiss. For a space after -the crash of the shot died away there was -complete silence. Then a hum grew through -the mansion; doors began to open and shut, -voices were lifted in anxious and frightened -inquiry.</p> - -<p>But George Prentiss paid little heed. He -stood in the center of the room gazing into -the heavy face of the old burgomaster, incredulity, -fear, astonishment mingled into -one expression. Peggy had tried to take his -life, was the horrid thought that filled his -mind; to save her brother she had attempted -to shoot his fancied pursuer in the back.</p> - -<p>Up and down outside his door hurried<span class="pagenum" id="Page_230">[230]</span> -unshod feet; the voice of the stout old merchant -could be heard demanding, threatening, -raging. But what his words were, George -did not gather; indeed, his brain seemed -numbed by what had happened; he felt as -though it were moving in a sort of haze and -could grasp no fact save the one.</p> - -<p>Then a knock sounded upon his door; dully -he turned and opened it; Mr. Camp stood there, -and at his back were a couple of frightened -servants bearing lighted candles.</p> - -<p>“Master Prentiss,” said the merchant, “we -were startled a few moments ago by what -sounded much like a musket or pistol shot, -in or near this room.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed, sir.”</p> - -<p>“You will pardon me, but I am going over -the house to make sure that all is well.”</p> - -<p>George smiled faintly.</p> - -<p>“There has been no harm done me, as you -can see.”</p> - -<p>“I am delighted to hear it. But it’s most -strange. It sounded much as though it were -within the house, and yet it scarcely could -be. Pardon me again for disturbing you.”</p> - -<p>All night long George sat in the empty<span class="pagenum" id="Page_231">[231]</span> -chair by the hearth; the rain ceased, the -clouds drifted away and both moon and stars -looked serenely down upon the drenched -earth. And when morning came he descended -to find the servants already loading -the household valuables into covered wagons. -He ate breakfast with his host.</p> - -<p>“I’ve always kept this place intact against -my infrequent visits,” said he to George. -“But nothing will be safe, now that a war is -upon us, and I’m taking away all I may.”</p> - -<p>“Have Major Hyde and Captain Henderson -not yet arisen?” asked the young man.</p> - -<p>“An hour ago,” was the answer. “They -could not await you, and begged me to mention -their regrets. And my niece is discommoded -with a headache, a thing uncommon -with her. So I will be forced to say good-bye -for her,” added the honest old gentleman a -few moments later when George arose to take -his leave. “But believe me, we were all -pleased to see you and will be again when it -is possible. Should you ever cross the Jerseys, -lad, don’t fail to hunt us out. The Elms, we -call the place, and it’s less than a dozen miles -out of the town of Trenton.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_232">[232]</span>“I shall be glad to do so, sir,” said the -youth.</p> - -<p>The old gentleman lowered his voice so -that none of the bustling servants might -hear.</p> - -<p>“I understand that you are now engaged -with the undertakings of this man Washington. -And to one of your opinions this can -only mean one thing. You are spying on -them.” The distaste in the merchant’s voice -was plain, and he added: “If you will be -advised by me, you will give it up. It is not -to my liking, and should not be to yours. -Take service with Lord Howe. Fight the -rebels for all that’s in you—but fight them -fairly.”</p> - -<p>And so George left the mansion in Crown -Street to take up his duties; and the next -time he rode that way the place was closed -and deserted. What his thoughts were, he -kept to himself; but that they were unpleasant -was clearly evident. But it was no time for -wandering thoughts. There was scarcely a -day that history of a more or less important -degree was not in the making.</p> - -<p>While New York was slowly being encompassed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_233">[233]</span> -by foes, great things were being done -some little distance south. At Philadelphia, -Congress was discussing a question which -John Adams referred to as “great as ever -was or will be debated among men.” On the -second of July a resolution passed the body -declaring the colonies free and independent; -on the fourth, the Declaration of Independence, -as drafted by Mr. Jefferson, was adopted.</p> - -<p>Riders were sent scurrying in all directions -with fair copies of this; and on the evening -of July 9th, Washington caused it to be read -at the head of each brigade of the army.</p> - -<p>“I hope,” he said in his orders, “that this -important event will serve as a fresh incentive -to every officer and soldier to act with -fidelity and courage, as knowing that now -the peace and safety of his country depend, -under God, solely on the success of our arms; -and that he is now in the service of a state, -possessed of sufficient power to reward his -merit and advance him to the highest honors -of a free country.”</p> - -<p>Bells were rung, guns sounded, bonfires -gleamed at every street corner. An excited -throng gathered in the yard of the “King’s<span class="pagenum" id="Page_234">[234]</span> -Arms” and planned an escapade which they -felt would fittingly crown the moment.</p> - -<p>A man well known as an enthusiastic -member of the Sons of Liberty sprang up and -addressed those present.</p> - -<p>“Friends,” he cried, “a word with you.” -By the expression of his face they knew he -had something of interest to propose; and so -all conversation was hushed. “We are done -with kingly government and with kings,” -proceeded the speaker. “And this being the -case, we have left something undone. On -Bowling Green, near the fort, is a statue of -King George——”</p> - -<p>An instant roar went up.</p> - -<p>“Shall it remain longer than it takes us to -make our way there?” demanded the man.</p> - -<p>“No,” answered the throng, as one man.</p> - -<p>“Then let us start at once. But remember -one thing. This statue is made of lead. -And lead is the metal that bullets are made -of. What more fitting than that the presentiment -of a king be run into bullets to be used -against his hirelings!”</p> - -<p>Delighted with this, they streamed into -Broadway and toward the fort; amid the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_235">[235]</span> -shouts of hundreds who gathered to see the -sport, the statue was pulled down and broken -up. And legend has it that it was indeed -run into bullets for use against Lord Howe -and his army.</p> - -<p>A few days after this the city was struck -with panic. Two ships of war got under way -and headed up toward the battery. One was -found to be the “Phœnix,” forty guns; the -other was the “Rose,” a vessel of twenty, and -commanded by Captain Wallace. Alarms -were sounded; the Americans flocked to their -posts. With wind and tide behind them the -British ships swept up the bay with three -tenders following, all shaping their course for -the Hudson. The batteries from both the -city and Paulus Hook opened upon them. -The war-ships answered with broadsides, but -kept on their way. The fleet made no attempt -to ascend, holding to their anchors; and seeing -this and drawing from it that there were -no prospects of an immediate general attack, -the townspeople breathed freely.</p> - -<p>The troops at the Highlands were made -ready; river sloops and all boats of any size -for miles along the Hudson were requisitioned;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_236">[236]</span> -the forts and batteries were manned; -as far as might be, all was prepared for anything -that might come.</p> - -<p>On the evening of the day that the “Rose” -and the “Phœnix” made their dash there -was a great booming of cannon from the -enemy’s shipping off Staten Island. A ship -of the line had just come in from sea; at -her foretop streamed the British ensign, and -her sister ships thundered a smoking welcome. -And an increased feeling of dread ran through -the city when it was learned that Admiral -Lord Howe had arrived.</p> - -<p>The crisis was now at hand, and all disaffected -persons were removed from the city. -General Lord Howe immediately opened -negotiations. While military diplomats -wrangled over forms, the militia along the -Hudson kept up a constant bickering with -the two ships that had forced their way up -the river and were now within six miles of -Fort Montgomery. Brushwood was piled at -intervals, so that beacons could be lighted to -give warning in time of danger; fire ships -were made ready to float down against the -war vessels, and General Putnam was proceeding<span class="pagenum" id="Page_237">[237]</span> -with a plan for the obstruction of -the channel, his notion being to prevent the -passage of hostile vessels up or down the -river.</p> - -<p>Watchful eyes then made out another incoming -fleet. It was of a hundred sail, and -carried huge reinforcements to the British -land force; one thousand of the already -detested Hessians were among them. These -disembarked on Staten Island and threw up -earthworks. Scotch, English and German -mercenary troops continued to arrive; then -came the army under Sir Henry Clinton, -which had only lately been rather soundly -beaten at Charleston.</p> - -<p>The British land force now numbered some -thirty thousand experienced men; that under -Washington was less than twenty thousand. -And these latter were raw, undisciplined -troops for the most part; they were badly -armed, and most of all they were torn with -sectional animosities. Bilious and other -fevers were rampant among them; one-quarter -of their number were on the hospital -list; and the remainder were compelled to -cover a defense fifteen miles in length.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_238">[238]</span>The watchful Washington missed few of -his opponent’s movements. Through spies -and deserters he learned that many of the -British regiments had reëmbarked, three -days’ provisions had been cooked, and every -indication pointed to some large movement -being at hand. Then General Putnam -brought word that one-quarter of the ships -had sailed, probably around Long Island.</p> - -<p>The American general stood ready with -his force to meet the movement of Howe as -soon as it should develop sufficiently to be -intelligible. The movement, so he reasoned, -would be to land a force to attempt Brooklyn -Heights, which commanded the city of New -York.</p> - -<p>General Greene and his army held Brooklyn, -a strong line of works stretched across the -peninsula, upon which the town stood, running -from Wallabout Bay on the north to -Gowanus Cove on the south. A battery was -mounted on Red Hook to protect the rear -from the shipping of the British; a fort occupied -the lower point of Governor’s Island.</p> - -<p>A range of hills stretched away before -Greene’s intrenchments; it was densely<span class="pagenum" id="Page_239">[239]</span> -wooded and cut by three passes. One of -these led to Bedford in the east, the second -opened to the southeast toward Flatbush, -while a road ran through the third that led -directly south by Gowanus Cove and Gravesend -Bay. It was undoubtedly General -Greene’s purpose to man the hills and defend -these passes; but as fate would have it, -he was taken down with a violent fever, and -General Sullivan was placed in temporary -command.</p> - -<p>From the American camp of Livingston -on the Jersey side, much British preparation -was discerned. Word was sent to New York -that thirty thousand troops had been crowded -into the transports riding at anchor off Staten -Island; these were to attack Long Island, and -the remaining regiments were to be launched -against other points at the same time.</p> - -<p>The day after this news was received, the -dull roar of cannon was heard from the south -of Brooklyn; Washington instantly sent a -reinforcement of six battalions across the -river; more would have gone, but it was -not yet known where the attack would really -center.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_240">[240]</span>With these battalions went George Prentiss, -his friends Brewster and Cooper and his -brother Ezra. Next day the latter, who had -been riding for Sullivan to the south of the -town, made known to his friends what had -occurred.</p> - -<p>“Colonel Hand was stationed with his -Pennsylvania riflemen to guard the landing-places; -a force of artillery and light horse -crossed and drove him back. Sir Henry -Clinton commanded this landing in person; -but under cover of a smart rifle fire, Hand -took possession of the hills commanding the -Flatbush pass. Some light infantry, and -Donop’s Hessians, came on to seize this; but -seeing that the riflemen were capable of -making a stubborn and bloody resistance, -they halted and rested for the night at Flatbush.</p> - -<p>“The remainder of Clinton’s force is laid -out from the Narrows, where they landed, to -Flatbush, which is almost a straight line to -the east.”</p> - -<p>On August 24th, Washington crossed the -river and carefully inspected the scene of the -coming struggle; Greene’s plans were at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_241">[241]</span> -hand, but the gallant Rhode Islander was too -desperately ill to explain them. As yet, nothing -but skirmishing was indulged in, and it -was fortunate for the Americans that this was -so. If the British had plunged forward, the -rout of the patriot army would have been complete; -for, because of the absence of Greene -from the lines, things were in a bad way.</p> - -<p>“The conditions are even worse here than -they were before Boston at the beginning of -the siege,” Ezra Prentiss said to his friends, -as they stood awaiting orders in front of Sullivan’s -headquarters. “Confusion and disorder -are everywhere.”</p> - -<p>“Each man is his own law,” agreed young -Cooper. “They don’t wait for instructions if -they feel inclined to take action against the -enemy; and if they are not so inclined, they -refuse to move, no matter what the orders -are.”</p> - -<p>But when Putnam took command, this condition -was to a large extent altered, for that -doughty warrior called the officers together -and in plain terms told them what was expected -of them; stern measures after this effected -something of a change.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_242">[242]</span>British preparations continued. At length, -two more brigades of Hessians under De Heister -crossed the Narrows; and when Washington -noted this he was convinced that now indeed -the blow was to be struck; accordingly -what troops he could spare were sent to join -Putnam’s force on the east side of the river.</p> - -<p>On the evening of August 26th, Clinton -began a movement with a body of picked -troops toward Flatbush Flatlands; after him, -trailing through the darkness, came Percy -with the artillery, grenadiers and dragoons; -and close to Percy’s heels marched Cornwallis -with the heavy ordnance. Like ghosts the -silent columns changed their course at Flatlands -and flitted across the New Lots. A -Tory who knew every inch of the ground was -at their head, and he brought them safely -through the marsh to the Jamaica Road. To -Clinton’s astonishment, the Bedford pass was -undefended, and through it he went, followed -by Percy and Cornwallis; at daylight -they breakfasted within three miles of Bedford; -and the Americans never dreamed of -their being anywhere at hand.</p> - -<p>Three hours after Clinton began his movement,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_243">[243]</span> -the British general, Grant, according to -plan, started with the left wing of the enemy’s -force from Gravesend Bay. Some New -York and Pennsylvania militia retired before -him, keeping up a brisk rifle fire. A party -of scouts brought the news of this advance to -Putnam; and at once General Sterling was -rushed forward to hold Grant in check.</p> - -<p>The scouts rode ahead, testing every doubtful -point.</p> - -<p>“Daylight will soon be upon us,” said -George Prentiss, “and that will give us some -idea of what force we will have to contend -with.”</p> - -<p>“These fellows behind us are the pick of -Putnam’s force,” said Ezra. “Indeed, they -are the only well-trained regiments I’ve seen -here, and should be able to give a good account -of themselves.”</p> - -<p>When Sterling reached the Gowanus pass -he found his scouts mingling with the militia -in the graying dawn.</p> - -<p>“The report is, sir,” said George, saluting -the general, “that the enemy is close at -hand.”</p> - -<p>Through the indifferent light, Lord Sterling<span class="pagenum" id="Page_244">[244]</span> -selected the points of vantage. To the commander -of the militia he said:</p> - -<p>“Draw your men up in that orchard on -the left of the road; we may manage to have -them walk into an ambush.”</p> - -<p>While this was being done, Sterling formed -his own men along a ridge that ran from the -road to a hilltop. Under a steady fire the -British came along; but they avoided the -ambush by throwing forward some light -troops; and at broad day these, from behind -hedges and trees, were facing the Americans -at a distance of some hundred and fifty yards.</p> - -<p>But the blow was to be dealt on the Flatbush -Road. While darkness hung over all, -the Hessian, De Heister, opened with his guns -on Hand’s riflemen, who defended the pass -under the direction of General Sullivan. -Some ships of the line attempted to get into -action; but heavy head winds drove them -back. The “Roebuck,” a rather small vessel, -managed to beat up against the wind, however, -and she opened upon the fort at Red -Hook.</p> - -<p>During all this, Washington was in Manhattan; -the people of the city were wild with<span class="pagenum" id="Page_245">[245]</span> -terror, for it was still believed that the real -attack would be leveled at them. But in a -little time the commander-in-chief saw that -this was not to be the case, so he had his -barge manned and crossed to Brooklyn. And -he arrived in time to see the first blows struck.</p> - -<p>Clinton, having comfortably breakfasted, -now brought forward his artillery; the guns -thundered the awaited signal. At once De -Heister knew that the American left had been -turned; and he hurled his Hessians under -Count Donop upon the Flatbush pass. Sullivan -also caught the sound of Clinton’s guns; -they were in his rear, and the truth struck -home instantly.</p> - -<p>“Fall back!” he cried.</p> - -<p>As the German troops pressed forward, no -one remained to resist them; down the opposite -side of the hill rushed the Americans, -hoping to escape being surrounded. But -when they reached the plain, Sullivan saw -that he was too late. Clinton’s light infantry -and dragoons were upon them like cats. -Back the patriots rushed into the pass, only -to be greeted with a stream of lead from the -mercenaries’ muskets.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_246">[246]</span>“We have them!” shouted Count Donop -in his hoarse German. “At them, my -children!”</p> - -<p>The Americans recoiled from the sleet of -bullets, but only to fall upon the sabers of the -British dragoons. Backward and forward like -shuttlecocks they were driven; first the British -would send them reeling toward the Hessians, -then the latter would, in turn, hurl them back -upon the British. But not for a moment did -the patriots cease fighting; their rifles belched -in the faces of the foe, their bayonets ran red -with blood. The pass roared with conflict; -mercy was not asked nor given; above the -barking of muskets, horses neighed and -trumpets shrilled their high-voiced commands.</p> - -<p>At length Sullivan was taken prisoner, and -with him a large body of his men; another -section of the command broke through the -mass of the British and gained their own -lines, but by far the greater number of the -brave fellows lay dead among the stones of -the pass.</p> - -<p>Before this dreadful blow was dealt the -colonial hopes, Lord Sterling was exchanging<span class="pagenum" id="Page_247">[247]</span> -shots with the British under Grant at the -Gowanus pass. When the heavy guns of -Clinton announced his presence at Bedford, -Grant began a determined advance; with one -rush he crushed and took the raw militia.</p> - -<p>It was here that George Prentiss’ knowledge -of the country, gained in his long rides and -his sketching, was brought into play. Sterling, -with his officers grouped about him, was -endeavoring to hit upon a way out of a -desperate situation. For desperate it was. -Cornwallis, while Sterling was facing Grant, -had rapidly brought the British reserve from -Bedford by a narrow road; and he was now -directly in Sterling’s rear. As Sullivan had -been between the fires of Clinton and De -Heister, so Sterling was between those of -Cornwallis and Grant.</p> - -<p>As George pressed toward the group about -Sterling, an officer whispered something in -the general’s ear. Instantly the latter’s glance -went to the young New Englander.</p> - -<p>“Prentiss,” said he, “I’m told that you’re -familiar with this section.”</p> - -<p>George lifted his hand in a salute.</p> - -<p>“Yes, general.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_248">[248]</span>“Our only hope seems to be to the west and -north of us. What is the ground like in that -direction?”</p> - -<p>“There is a creek, sir, which flows into -Gowanus Cove; it is fordable at low water.”</p> - -<p>“Do you know the state of the tide now?”</p> - -<p>“It happens that I do. It’s coming in at -this hour, but should still be low enough to -pass.”</p> - -<p>At once Sterling’s orders were given; part -of his force was left to face Grant; the remainder -marched at a double quick for the -creek. They had sighted it when a cry from -Ezra drew the attention of his superiors. His -finger was pointing to a growth of bush between -them and the coveted stream. Above -this could be seen the head-pieces of the -British grenadiers and the cold gleam of -their bayonets.</p> - -<p>Only one commander in a thousand would -have thought of resistance now. But Sterling -was that one man. Calmly he gave his orders. -With a part of one battalion of Maryland -men, he boldly threw himself upon the grenadiers; -and while he so engaged them the rest -of the command crossed the creek.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_249">[249]</span>With these latter were George Prentiss and -the party of scouts; it would have pleased -them more to have stayed; but their orders -were imperative; a swamp stretched from the -creek almost to the American lines, and some -one must guide the Delaware men, or they -would be caught like rats.</p> - -<p>No more desperate fighters than the five -companies which Sterling retained were in -the American army; they flew at the stalwart -grenadiers like game-cocks; repeatedly they -were broken, but each time they rallied and -renewed the fight. Once, indeed, they crushed -the solid formation of Cornwallis, and started -the grenadiers on the run; but as fate would -have it, bodies of British reinforcements came -up, and the brave fellows were forced to retreat. -Even then, Sterling, with a part of -what was left, held his ground long enough -to permit another detachment of his force to -cross the creek to safety.</p> - -<p>Broken and desperate, they made their last -stand in a clump of trees. Washington, who -was watching the fight through his glass from -a high hill within the American lines, grew -sick at heart as he witnessed the gallantry of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_250">[250]</span> -this little band and saw the fate that must -overtake them.</p> - -<p>“Alas!” he exclaimed to some of his staff -who stood near. “What brave fellows I must -lose this day.”</p> - -<p>And lose them he did. They were borne -down and bayoneted in a corn-field, or shot -as they endeavored to escape across a marsh. -To the very last, Lord Sterling encouraged -them by presence and word and deed; and -when all was lost he gave up his sword to the -Hessian general De Heister.</p> - -<p>Then came the moments that meant much -to the colonies; mad with victory, the British -massed before the American redoubts; within -musket shot they poised for the charge that -would end the fight. Washington prepared -for a desperate defense of Brooklyn; his -cannon played upon the massed columns -fiercely, and seeing that he was resolved to -hold his position at all hazards, Clinton gave -orders that his eager troops be held in check. -To storm the American works would have -been the quicker and more spectacular way; -but hundreds, perhaps thousands of lives must -pay for it; and this crafty tactician was not<span class="pagenum" id="Page_251">[251]</span> -given to wasting his force. So he drew off -his men and they encamped out of musket -shot for the night.</p> - -<p>But it was no night of rest for George -Prentiss and his fellow riders. Through the -darkness they tore, never heeding life nor -limb; the length and breadth of Manhattan -was crossed, and the dispatches they bore set -troops in motion all over the island.</p> - -<p>Day broke dismal and lowering after a fearful -night behind the colonial works. Twenty -thousand of the enemy were encamped in -plain sight. Then through a drenching rain, -the American reinforcements arrived. Among -these were Glover’s hardy New England seamen, -Shee’s crack Philadelphia regiment, and -Magan’s Pennsylvanians; also Mifflin’s troops -from Kingsbridge and Fort Washington.</p> - -<p>The downpour seemed to dampen the spirits -of the British; they ceased their artillery fire -and took to their tents; only some desultory -rifle shooting between the advanced posts was -indulged in. Late in the afternoon, when -the rain slackened, they began to intrench, -their idea being to advance by regular approaches, -each protected by an earthwork.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_252">[252]</span>Next day there was a heavy fog. George -Prentiss, scouting in the neighborhood of Red -Hook, saw an unusual activity among the -British shipping off Staten Island, during a -moment when a trifling breeze had lifted the -mist from the waters.</p> - -<p>“Look there!” he cried to his friends. -They had but a glimpse of the war-ships -before the fog settled once more.</p> - -<p>“There seems to be something going on,” -said Ezra.</p> - -<p>“I think I caught a glimpse of small boats -plying between the ships and this side,” added -Brewster.</p> - -<p>“No doubt you did,” said George. “Twice -the other day the British caught us between -two fires. And not satisfied with that,” confidentially, -“they are going to try again.”</p> - -<p>“What! Do you mean that——”</p> - -<p>“That they are coming up with the next -wind and tide. This battery,” pointing to -the Red Hook defense, “can’t hope to keep -them back, and the Governor’s Island and -city batteries are not much better. Let them -once anchor in the East River and Washington’s -army is lost. His retreat will be cut off.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_253">[253]</span>They put their tired horses at a gallop back -to the lines. To some staff officers they imparted -their news, and the commander-in-chief -at once called a council of war. Other -hostile craft were known to have rounded -Long Island and gained Flushing Bay; should -these land troops east of the Harlem they -might take Kingsbridge, which all knew to -be the key to Manhattan.</p> - -<p>A retreat was decided upon that very -night!</p> - -<p>Again the fleet horsemen were in the saddle. -This time they bore orders for the requisition -of all craft between Spuyten Duyvil -on the Hudson and Hell Gate on the Sound; -and by evening a huge fleet of all sizes and -trims were gathered at the Brooklyn side of -the river.</p> - -<p>The enemy was so close that the sound of -their sentries’ voices could be heard, and to -move an army of nine thousand men from -under their very noses was an appalling military -task. And yet it was done. Company -by company, regiment by regiment they embarked -and under cover of the fog which still -prevailed, they slipped across to New York.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_254">[254]</span> -Horses, wagons, ammunition, provisions and -artillery were also transported. By daybreak -General Mifflin’s covering party also entered -the boats; and in the last of these could be -seen the tall figure of Washington, gazing -back through the gray light of the morning -toward the heights.</p> - -<p>“It is what he feared from the first,” -whispered George Prentiss to his brother. -“They will mount the guns there that will -drive him from Manhattan.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_255">[255]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XIX<br /> - - -<small>DESCRIBES HOW GEORGE AND HIS FRIEND START<br /> -UPON A DANGEROUS MISSION</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> next two weeks were filled with memorable -events; they saw the execution of the -daring young schoolmaster, Nathan Hale; they -witnessed the thronging of the British war-ships -into the Hudson, and the landing of -Clinton’s heavy force on Manhattan Island at -Kip’s Bay; and, also, they saw the massing -of Washington’s battered army upon Harlem -Heights.</p> - -<p>Then began a series of desperate ventures -with fire ships, sallying parties and raids in -which the brutal Hessians had a chance to -show their quality; Fort Washington was -taken by Howe; and then began the terrible -retreat across the Jerseys. Cornwallis, relentless -as a bloodhound, hung upon the trail of -the American army. At Newark, his advance -guard entered the town as the American rear<span class="pagenum" id="Page_256">[256]</span> -was leaving it; at Trenton the British reached -the banks of the Delaware only to see the -camp-fires of the patriots burning on the opposite -side.</p> - -<p>New Jersey now fell into a state of terror; -the Hessians overran everything. Following -the example of their leaders, they plundered -left and right. None escaped them; Tories -suffered as well as patriots; houses “protected” -by the sign manual of Cornwallis -himself were sacked; women and children -were turned out into the winter cold with -scarce enough to cover them. In a spirit of -retaliation, the American troops on the west -of the Delaware also entered into the game of -pillage; for miles and miles they looted the -homes of all suspected of being in sympathy -with the British. This grew in extent until -Washington posted most severe penalties for -all engaged in plunder.</p> - -<p>The knowledge of what was going on in -New Jersey excited the most bitter hatred -against the Hessians. But through it all, -Washington, and those nearest him, remained -calm; they watched and waited, and all the -time they strove to get their forces into shape<span class="pagenum" id="Page_257">[257]</span> -to strike a blow that would be at once quick -and deadly.</p> - -<p>The deeds of the Hessians brought horror -to all who heard of them, but to none did the -measure seem so full as to George Prentiss. -When some fresh enormity reached his ears, -there always flashed upon him a picture of a -stately manor house in the possession of these -lawless ruffians; he saw, also, a white-faced -girl and a helpless old man, and none to lift -a hand in their defense.</p> - -<p>“Should you ever cross the Jerseys, lad,” -old Camp had said, “don’t fail to hunt us -out. The Elms, we call the place, and it’s -less than a dozen miles out of the town of -Trenton.”</p> - -<p>A dozen miles! It must, then, be in the -very heart of the section where all was pillaging -and burning and hanging.</p> - -<p>George had kept his brother Ezra acquainted -with all the happenings that bore -upon the Camps; and in many things Ezra -had advised wisely. But just now he was detailed -upon service at Philadelphia under -Putnam, and his absence was badly felt.</p> - -<p>Nat Brewster and Ben Cooper began to notice<span class="pagenum" id="Page_258">[258]</span> -the eagerness with which George sought -news from across the river.</p> - -<p>“It is something more than common,” said -young Cooper. “Every chance he gets, he’s -riding along the shore; at night nothing -seems so attractive to him as the firelights on -the Jersey side. He watches them by the -hour.”</p> - -<p>“He says nothing, though,” replied Nat -Brewster, “and I have the impression that -whatever it is that’s on his mind it’s something -he wants to keep to himself. So I’ve -never asked him any questions.”</p> - -<p>One afternoon, only a few days after the -above words were spoken, Brewster, grave-faced -and quiet, opened the door of the hut -which the three had erected for shelter.</p> - -<p>“There’s work to do,” he stated, as he sat -down before the fire.</p> - -<p>George, watching his friend’s face closely, -saw that something important was under -way.</p> - -<p>“What is it?” he asked.</p> - -<p>“Volunteers are demanded to cross the -river and learn the enemy’s strength.”</p> - -<p>“You are one,” and George sprang up,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_259">[259]</span> -knocking over the stool upon which he had -been sitting and causing the crazy little hut -to vibrate with his eagerness.</p> - -<p>Nat nodded. George dashed open the door -and was away. The winter blast swept in -and the blaze roared up the rude chimney. -Ben closed the door, his lips puckered in a -whistle.</p> - -<p>“There, now,” said he. “What did I tell -you? Something’s over there,” and he jerked -his head in the direction of the river, “that’s -on his mind. The only wonder to me is that -he hasn’t crossed before now, orders or no -orders.”</p> - -<p>In about half an hour George reappeared.</p> - -<p>“I go with you,” he said, his eyes alight -and with more spring in his step than they -had seen for some time. Their arms hung -upon the wall, and instantly he took down -his pistol and began putting it in order.</p> - -<p>“There is no need to hurry matters,” answered -Nat, quietly. “Great speed at a time -like this is as like to bring disaster as anything -else. Take time; more than bustle -will be required to land us within the British -lines—in safety.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_260">[260]</span>George had great respect for Brewster’s -shrewdness and resourcefulness; so holding -his eagerness in check, he sat down and began -recharging the pistol.</p> - -<p>“You’ve been thinking the matter over,” -said he to Nat.</p> - -<p>The latter nodded.</p> - -<p>“We have no password,” said he slowly; -“and even if we had I doubt if it would be -of much service with the Hessians. They -seen to disregard everything but their own -desires. Like as not we’d each have a musket -ball or bayonet planted in our bodies if we -encountered them in any other way than one -which pleased them.”</p> - -<p>George looked up from the pistol.</p> - -<p>“Do you know of anything that would be -pleasant to them?”</p> - -<p>“I think so,” said Nat. “You see, the -countryside all about Trenton is being drawn -upon for provisions for the troops.”</p> - -<p>A set look came into young Prentiss’ -mouth; his eyes grew hard in the firelight.</p> - -<p>“Go on,” he said.</p> - -<p>“If we can cross the river to-night and -make our way some distance into the interior,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_261">[261]</span> -perhaps we can meet with the teams that -bring in the forage. Every American to be -found is impressed to help in this work. All -we need do is to show ourselves; and as the -bringers of food, we’ll pass muster.”</p> - -<p>“That is a good plan enough,” said George. -“I accept it as it stands.”</p> - -<p>“You would accept any plan that promised -to land you across the Delaware,” was Ben -Cooper’s thought as he listened and watched. -“And you’d not question any of them.”</p> - -<p>And so it happened that as the early -December evening fell, two loutish looking -fellows made their way toward the Delaware -at a point some distance beyond the American -lines. The wind that swept up from the deep -dark river was icy and damp; for all their -greatcoats and muffling neckerchiefs they -shivered and swung their arms for warmth.</p> - -<p>Once upon the bank they paused. Frozen -fast in a little runlet they found an old ferry-boat -that George had noticed before.</p> - -<p>It required more than an hour’s hard work -to free it from the ice; then with the heavy -sweep they smashed the formation that extended -out from the bank, and were afloat.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_262">[262]</span> -The point was some miles above Trenton, -and the ice-floes were thick and running -freely with the tide. For over an hour -they strained and tugged, and at length the -heavy bow of the ferry crushed through the -thin ice on the Jersey side, and they scrambled -ashore.</p> - -<p>The tide had carried them well down -toward the Hessian outposts; and turning -their backs upon these they trudged their -way along a snowy road that ran northeast. -As the night went on it grew colder and -colder; more snow began to fall; they could -feel its wet softness upon their faces.</p> - -<p>Far off in the distance, a bell struck the -hour mournfully.</p> - -<p>“Midnight,” said Nat.</p> - -<p>“And getting colder every moment,” answered -George.</p> - -<p>The white of the snow pressed in upon -them from the further darkness, and the way -grew more and more difficult. Suddenly -Brewster felt his friend clutch his arm.</p> - -<p>“Nat,” said George. “Look there.”</p> - -<p>A faint point of light appeared off to the -right.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_263">[263]</span>“It’s moving,” spoke Nat.</p> - -<p>“More than likely a lanthorn,” said young -Prentiss.</p> - -<p>They paused and watched the glimmer of -light; little by little it drew nearer. The -bearer of the lanthorn apparently had great -trouble in making his way along, for his pace -was very slow.</p> - -<p>“He’s plowing through the drifts,” said -George. “There must be open fields in the -direction from which he’s coming.”</p> - -<p>But at last the stranger struck the road, -and his pace increased; in a very little time -they could hear his feet crunching the snow, -then they caught the growling undertone of -angry words.</p> - -<p>“So there are two of them,” whispered Nat.</p> - -<p>“No; he’s talking to himself.”</p> - -<p>Nearer came the light bearer; and they -could now distinguish what he said.</p> - -<p>“That I should live to see the day,” he -mumbled. “That I should live to see an -English king send such a horde of rascally -dogs down upon his people. Dogs, did I -say? They’d shame the name of dogs; a -decent cur would not own them.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_264">[264]</span>Grumbling and stamping in the snow he -passed them unnoticed, a stout figure in a -heavy cloak and with a broad woolen scarf -bound over his hat, adown his ears and -knotted under his chin. A little distance -away they saw the light halt, then came the -rattling of a lock and chain and the door -of a low barn-like structure creaked open. -The man set his lamp down within, stamped -the snow from his feet and then closed the -door. At once George began making his -way toward the building; but Nat took him -by the arm.</p> - -<p>“What are you going to do?”</p> - -<p>“I want to make sure of something.”</p> - -<p>Carefully they crept toward the building; -but before they reached it there came a low -knocking.</p> - -<p>“Who’s there?” came the voice of the -man who had borne the lanthorn. “Who -comes knocking at this hour?”</p> - -<p>“Open the door. It is I!”</p> - -<p>At once the door reopened; a second -and slighter form flitted in, and again it -closed.</p> - -<p>“Stay here,” whispered George to his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_265">[265]</span> -friend. “I shall be gone only a short time. -Keep a lookout.”</p> - -<p>“Very well,” replied Brewster.</p> - -<p>George stole away toward the building; it -proved to be a log structure, chinked with -clay; its one window had been broken, -apparently, for some boards were roughly -nailed across the opening, and the seams -between stuffed with rags. It required but -a moment for him to work an opening in -one of the seams large enough to enable him -to obtain a view of the interior.</p> - -<p>There was a low, rudely raftered ceiling -through which protruded wisps of rye straw; -the room was filled with smoke; there was -no chimney to carry it off. The first thing -that George heard was a prolonged fit of -coughing; he could dimly make out two -forms through the blue haze, but not enough -to be sure. However, in a manner, his suspicions -proved to be correct.</p> - -<p>“To think,” said the voice of the man with -the lanthorn, “that I should ever be brought -to this. Strangled in a hovel not fit for beasts. -But I’ll be even with them, or my name is -not Camp.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_266">[266]</span>“It was he, then,” breathed the watcher -softly.</p> - -<p>There came the flapping of a broad hat -within and the smoke began to thin.</p> - -<p>“Is this the only building left on the -place?” asked a second voice.</p> - -<p>“The only one. Every other is burned to -the ground.”</p> - -<p>“The rascals!” said the second voice.</p> - -<p>“Rascals! They are the most murderous -villains unhanged! They stop at nothing. -I held the ‘protection’ of Lord Cornwallis -before their eyes—there was his -signature and seal as plain as day—but I -might as well have shown it to a drove of -mad bulls.”</p> - -<p>“Is there no way of punishing them?”</p> - -<p>“None. Their own commanders alone have -authority over them; and they are as bad as -the rank and file.”</p> - -<p>“It’s fortunate,” exclaimed Merchant Camp, -amidst another fit of coughing, “that you got -your sister Peggy away, at least.”</p> - -<p>“Herbert again!” breathed the one outside, -for the first time realizing to whom the second -voice belonged.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_267">[267]</span>“It wouldn’t have done to have left her -hereabouts.”</p> - -<p>“You placed her with the Hawksworths?”</p> - -<p>“Yes. And she is perfectly safe there, for -Hawksworth has some British army friends -quartered with them—a colonel and a lieutenant-general.”</p> - -<p>“Good,” said Mr. Camp, as though greatly -relieved. “She’s safe enough, then.”</p> - -<p>“It would have been best if you both had -remained in New York.”</p> - -<p>“I fancied that I left there to escape persecution,” -said the old Tory, bitterly. “But -I must say that the rebels were as mild as -children when compared with these who -should be my friends.”</p> - -<p>“They tried to be just, at all events,” said -Herbert Camp.</p> - -<p>“Yes, yes, I see that now, though I didn’t -then. But I see many things now, as a matter -of fact, that I didn’t see then. I once thought -Mr. Washington a great villain; but now I -consider him a brave and honest and able -gentleman—one who has clung to his beliefs -in the face of defeat; and one who will continue -to so cling until the last.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_268">[268]</span>“I have often heard you express admiration -for tenacity of purpose and for the man who had -the courage of his convictions,” said Herbert. -“And yet you were willing enough to have -me change my coat.”</p> - -<p>“My boy,” and there was a curious little -break in the old man’s voice, “the day that -you threw down the sword you had taken up -for the colonies was one of the bitterest in my -life.”</p> - -<p>There came an exclamation from Herbert; -but he spoke no words.</p> - -<p>“When I threatened to strike you from my -will,” continued the old Tory, “I did it -through motives of pride. I wanted to show -my friends how strong the family character -was; I desired to convince them as to its -ruggedness and firmness and truth. I said to -you in the presence of all: ‘Give up your -principles or give up my money.’ I expected -to see you throw the insult back into my -teeth—uncle and all as I was. But you -shamed me, you caused my pride to fall in -ruins about me. You took me at my word. -You traded your honor for money.”</p> - -<p>“Uncle!” George heard a scraping of feet<span class="pagenum" id="Page_269">[269]</span> -which told him that Herbert Camp had -sprung up; and there was a ring in his voice -that thrilled. “Do you mean to say that -you’d have been better pleased had I held to -the American cause?”</p> - -<p>“I do. Strange as it may seem, I do say it. -You would have shown that you were honest -and steadfast, even though I thought you -wrong. As it is——”</p> - -<p>He did not complete the sentence and for a -space nothing more was said. Then Herbert -spoke once more.</p> - -<p>“Suppose,” said he, “suppose that I should -tell you that I had not been false to my -principles?”</p> - -<p>“Do you mean this?” And the old man’s -voice rang sharply.</p> - -<p>“I do.”</p> - -<p>“So then,” and there was bitter anger in -the tones, “you pretended. You tried to -humbug me. You were willing to stoop to a -mean deception in order that you might -retain my good will?”</p> - -<p>“Uncle!”</p> - -<p>“That,” sternly, “is perhaps worse than -the other thing of which I thought you guilty.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_270">[270]</span> -Out of your own mouth you have proved -yourself a designing——”</p> - -<p>But here the young man stopped him.</p> - -<p>“Wait,” said he; “uncle, wait! Before -you say anything more, listen to me for a -moment. It is true that I have deceived -you.”</p> - -<p>“Hah!”</p> - -<p>“But not for the mean reason that you -suspect.”</p> - -<p>“What other reason could you have?”</p> - -<p>“Give me a moment and I will try to -make all plain to you. It had come to my -ears that a plot was on foot—the same that -eventually resulted in the hanging of Hickey, -one of General Washington’s guard. When -you made your proposal it instantly occurred -to me that if I seemed to fall in with your -views, I might be able to learn what was -going forward.”</p> - -<p>“Ah!”</p> - -<p>“A renegade, you know, is always the -most eager to proceed against his former -friends; and I hoped that this fact would -gain me credit among my country’s foes. -Believe me, uncle, it hurt me to deceive you.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_271">[271]</span> -I longed to tell you plainly that I was only -acting a part. But I dared not.</p> - -<p>“And then, there was Peggy!” There was -a moan in the young man’s voice; and George -Prentiss recalling his sullen face and heavy, -brooding brows, was surprised. “You know, -uncle, what we always thought of each other. -You know that we were inseparable from -childhood. And you also know what an -ardent friend to colonial liberty she is.”</p> - -<p>Here George just smothered an astonished -outcry. Peggy Camp a patriot! A patriot! -And he had thought her a Tory! Why, if -that were the case——!</p> - -<p>But he had no time for thought. Herbert -was still speaking, and he could not lose a -word.</p> - -<p>“And when she heard of my supposed -change of front, she did not say a word, but -the way she looked at me, I shall never forget. -Contempt was the weakest thing in it—scorn -was there, and pity also. For a moment -I felt that I could not stand it. I felt -that I must tell her the truth. But I did not. -An unguarded word from her to my enemies, a -look, even, might ruin my chances for success.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_272">[272]</span>“Success?” There was a note of interrogation -in Merchant Camp’s voice. “And -were you successful?”</p> - -<p>“No.” The regret in the young man’s voice -was undoubted. “Misfortune dogged me constantly. -At first I was reported as a traitor -to General Putnam and was quietly arrested. -But I convinced him of my innocence, explained -to him my plan and was liberated -that I might carry it out.”</p> - -<p>“And what was this plan?”</p> - -<p>“It was to gain the good will of Governor -Tryon in the first place; but this I could -never do—the way to him was blocked by the -very persons whom I suspected.”</p> - -<p>“And who were they?”</p> - -<p>At this moment George felt a hand laid -upon his arm; he turned, the heavy pistol -leaping from his belt; but Nat Brewster’s -voice whispered in his ear:</p> - -<p>“Some one’s coming this way.”</p> - -<p>Cautiously they drew back from the hut; -and when they had reached a safe distance, -they paused, knee-deep in the snow, and -listened.</p> - -<p>Whips were snapping, horses were floundering<span class="pagenum" id="Page_273">[273]</span> -through the drifts, men’s voices were -crying out sharply.</p> - -<p>“A provision train,” said Nat. “A provision -train, bound for Trenton, as sure as -you live!”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_274">[274]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XX<br /> - - -<small>TELLS OF TWO PATRIOTS IN TRENTON</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">Nat</span> was right. A half dozen clumsy-looking -sleighs, drawn by farm horses, came -lumbering slowly along the road; in the light -of the lanthorns that swung upon the side of -each, the two young men saw that the vehicles -were piled high with sacks of flour, barrels of -salted meat, bacon, hams, and slaughtered -hogs and sheep.</p> - -<p>The drivers clump-clumped along doggedly -by the side of their horses; at the front and -rear of the train rode a party of horsemen.</p> - -<p>“There is the opportunity you spoke of, just -as though it had been made to your order,” -whispered George. “But how are we going -to take advantage of it?”</p> - -<p>“Let us follow on behind. They may stop -somewhere, and we can happen along—two -honest and rather thick-witted fellows that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_275">[275]</span> -we are—and who knows but that something -might turn up.”</p> - -<p>Allowing the sleighs and the horsemen to -proceed a certain distance, they fell in behind -and trudged in their tracks. George’s mind -was full of what he had just heard; but try -as he might, he could not reconcile them with -the facts as he knew them.</p> - -<p>“One thing alone convicts him and shows -me conclusively that his tale was merely an -invention,” reasoned the young New Englander. -“And that is the letter of the British -governor Tryon to the Tory mayor of New -York. In that, Tryon recommended this very -young man to the mayor as one to be trusted—one -who had served him before and would -again. And yet he has just told his uncle -that he attributes the non-success of his ‘plan’ -to the fact that he could never gain Tryon’s -confidence.”</p> - -<p>Here he was aware that Nat had halted, -and so drew up beside him.</p> - -<p>“They have stopped,” said Brewster. -“Now is our chance. Remember, now, you -are a thick-headed lout, willing to work and -willing to take kicks and cuffs for your pay.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_276">[276]</span>Adopting a gait in character, they shambled -on and into the light of the sleigh lanterns. -The train had arrived before a roadside inn -of a low type. The drivers were struggling -to draw their sleighs up to the side of this, -but the drifts were deep and the horses sullenly -refused to exert themselves.</p> - -<p>The officer in command of the guard flew -into a rage and brandishing his riding whip, -shouted:</p> - -<p>“Pigs! Have you no brains! You must -first a way make. Come, now! Shall I stand -for you here in the cold!”</p> - -<p>The drivers, who were apparently farmers -of consequence, impressed by the Hessians, -muttered among themselves rebelliously. -And it was here that the two rough figures -came up from the rear, seized shovels from -the sleighs and fell to on the drifts.</p> - -<p>“Ach! das is gut!” approved the German -officer. “Here men are who can work.”</p> - -<p>In a very short time the sleighs were -through the drifts, and the soldiers were -thronging the inn. In about an hour they -were ready to start once more upon the cold -road to Trenton. But as they filed out and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_277">[277]</span> -mounted, the two supposed country bumpkins -bent low over the blaze upon the hearth and -seemed content to remain where they were. -The leader of the Hessians espied them, however, -and his heavy lash snapped about their -ears.</p> - -<p>“Out with you,” he cried. “Shall we -Hesse men into the cold go, and you two pigs -stay by the fire!”</p> - -<p>“But,” protested Nat, in a dull sort of way, -“we are going to stop here for the night.”</p> - -<p>“Donner und blitz!” exclaimed the officer, -“shall I tell you again! Out with you! And -be quick! Such as you may needed be before -we are far gone on our journey.”</p> - -<p>So out the two darted, dodging the lash, -and took up places beside the sleighs, still -making a pretense of protesting; and then -away they went toward Trenton. The snow -fell thickly and steadily; the road grew more -and more difficult; at length, at daybreak, -they sighted the town; and an hour later they -were unloading the stores.</p> - -<p>This once finished, the two young men had -little difficulty in slipping away; and then -began their work of observing the enemy’s<span class="pagenum" id="Page_278">[278]</span> -position, numbers and general frame of mind. -Some days passed—days of hardship and hard -usage. With their rough dress, their unkempt -heads of hair and grimy faces and hands, they -were the butts of the brutal mercenaries that -filled the town. They were forced to do all -sorts of menial and laborious work; but as -this permitted them to gain entrance at points -where information was to be had, they fell in -with the demands of the Hessians readily -enough.</p> - -<p>To the British and the Hessians, the American army -was a dispirited and broken crew -of ragamuffins. They knew how to run and -dodge, that was all. At Trenton, all across -the Jerseys and at New York, careless confidence -was supreme. Howe was quartered at -Manhattan for the winter; his troops were -negligently stretched from Brunswick to the -Delaware. Three regiments of Hessians under -Colonel Rahl occupied Trenton and the -towns near by; and the general conduct of -these filled the two spies with satisfaction.</p> - -<p>That iron discipline that has ever marked -the German army, and which had been the -particular characteristic of the Hessians since<span class="pagenum" id="Page_279">[279]</span> -landing in America, had now relaxed. They -held Washington in contempt. When one of -the veteran officers suggested the erection of -earthworks, Colonel Rahl laughed uproariously.</p> - -<p>“Earthworks for those rats across the river! -Ach! you are joking!” was what he said. -“In a little time there will be ice where there -now is water; then we will cross over and at -them with the bayonet.”</p> - -<p>This attitude of their commander had been -taken up by the men; they gave little thought to -the enemy; being comfortable and having more -than enough food was of vastly greater interest.</p> - -<p>Cornwallis had secured leave and was at -New York about to take ship for England; -Grant, who was in charge of the noble earl’s -division, thought almost as meanly of the colonists -as did Rahl.</p> - -<p>All these things became known to the two -eager-eyed young men, and more. They had -been in the town perhaps a week, when one -afternoon Brewster said:</p> - -<p>“There is nothing more of value to be -learned. Suppose we try to get across the -river to-night.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_280">[280]</span>They stood at a point just above Trenton -where they had the stream in view, but were -well out of sight of the guards.</p> - -<p>“There are no boats to be had,” said young -Prentiss.</p> - -<p>“I tested the ice last night, almost opposite -this point,” said Nat. “It was strong enough -to bear a man’s weight then; and it’s been -freezing hard ever since.”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps it would not bear two even now,” -suggested George.</p> - -<p>“I had thought of that. We had better go -one at a time. Then should an accident happen -to one, the other would still have a -chance to get the information to camp in -safety.”</p> - -<p>For a moment George was silent; then -with a hand upon his friend’s shoulder, he -said:</p> - -<p>“Do you mind venturing first? I have -excellent reasons for asking this of you.”</p> - -<p>“As well first as last.”</p> - -<p>“If you get across without harm, as I hope -you will, I mean to remain here for a little -longer,” spoke George.</p> - -<p>“Remain!” there was astonishment in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_281">[281]</span> -other’s voice. “But why? We have learned -all we can hope to learn.”</p> - -<p>“The matter is a private one,” returned -George. “Some time I will explain all, but -not now.”</p> - -<p>Nat said no more. That night they again -sought the same spot; the sky was high and -starry, but there was no moon; the river -looked like a great snow covered field of ice.</p> - -<p>“Just light enough for me to see and not -enough for them to see me,” said Nat.</p> - -<p>“I don’t think you are going to have much -trouble in making the passage,” said his -friend. “The ice looks firm enough to support -a troop of dragoons.”</p> - -<p>“Well, here’s for it; and I trust that you -are right.” They clasped hands tightly.</p> - -<p>“Don’t forget the signal that’s to tell me -that you are safely across—a fire upon the -hilltop just above there.”</p> - -<p>“I’ll light it as soon as I arrive.”</p> - -<p>“And I’ll watch here for it until midnight. -If I don’t see it by that time, I’ll be sure that -something has happened to you and will make -the attempt myself.”</p> - -<p>“Good-bye,” said Nat.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_282">[282]</span>“Good-bye.”</p> - -<p>A dark form flitted down to the river’s edge -and stepped fearlessly upon the ice; then it -headed for the Pennsylvania shore and was -soon lost to view. The night was cold and -still; George could hear the crunching of his -friend’s shoes in the frozen snow for some -time after he had lost sight of him. But after -a little, even that ceased; he heard a clock -strike nine and then ten from a tower in the -town; then followed what seemed ages of -waiting. The watcher trembled with the -cold; his feet were numbed; his hands were -useless. Just as eleven boomed out, mournfully -and far off, there was a faint flare from -a knoll across the river; then it mounted to -a ruddy blaze and George gave a sigh of -relief.</p> - -<p>“He’s safe,” said he. “Safe! And now I -can turn my hand to my own work.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_283">[283]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XXI<br /> - - -<small>HOW COLONEL RAHL PROPOSED GIVING A<br /> -CHRISTMAS CONCERT</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">George</span> learned that the Hawksworths, -with whom Peggy was staying, were an -English family who owned vast acreages in -the Jerseys; the head of the house was the -younger son of a duke, his wife the daughter -of a viscount; and their connections were -extremely fashionable. They resided in a -fine brick mansion in the best section; and -because of their high estate and the fact that -they quartered a lieutenant-general, they had -a brace of pigtailed Hessians constantly on -guard at their front door.</p> - -<p>Once or twice, George’s affairs had taken -him by the house, and he found it quite as -compelling as the one in Crown Street, New -York. But he never saw Peggy. As a matter -of fact, he made no especial effort to see -her; he felt that he was upon urgent business -for headquarters, and that it was his place not<span class="pagenum" id="Page_284">[284]</span> -to attract any more attention than was necessary.</p> - -<p>But now that Nat had safely carried their -harvest of news across the river, the boy -considered himself more of a free agent than -before; and his own affairs came uppermost -in his mind.</p> - -<p>“Peggy Camp has held me up to contempt, -insulted me to my face and even tried to take -my life,” he told himself. “And yet I want -to see her. I want to see her just once. I -want to tell her how I regard her, and then I -want to see no more of her.”</p> - -<p>But for a person dressed as he was to gain -admittance to one under the care of the -aristocratic Hawksworths was clearly impossible; -and so he sought a tailor, a hair-dresser -and a haberdasher; emerging from -their hands, he was spick and span and -eligible for any company. And, also, which -came as an afterthought, he was open to detection. -No doubt there were numerous New -York king’s men in Trenton upon various -errands connected with the service; and some -of these who had seen him there would know -him for what he was.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_285">[285]</span>“But I’ll take the chance,” he muttered; -“nothing is gained except by venturing. A -bold manner will win me a way, perhaps, -even if any one should recall me.”</p> - -<p>So he sought out an inn which was patronized -by persons of quality, and calmly installed -himself therein; there were many -officers of Rahl’s brigade quartered there, -but that made little difference; the nearer -to the danger mark at times, the safer one -may feel.</p> - -<p>The inn was directly across the way from -Rahl’s headquarters; from his windows the -young New Englander could see the sentries -pacing up and down; the half circle of -cannon grinned grimly down each street that -led thereto.</p> - -<p>George had not been a guest at the inn -more than a day or two when he noticed -that the sound of music was almost constant -at headquarters. The landlord, a Tory, made -a wry face when George mentioned the -matter.</p> - -<p>“Rahl is a madman for melody,” said he. -“No matter what else is toward, his concerts -must not be interfered with; he’ll sit for<span class="pagenum" id="Page_286">[286]</span> -hours before the fire, beating time with his -fingers. The best fed men in his army are -the musicians. As for me, I wish they’d -choke themselves with their own bugles and -fifes; one can’t get a wink of sleep at times -for their blowing and braying.”</p> - -<p>It wanted only a little time now until -Christmas. This has always been a festival -greatly in favor with the Germans. The -plundered countryside suffered more than -ever; the mercenaries made a clean sweep -of what was left; nothing escaped them; -sleigh train after sleigh train entered Trenton -from all directions; herd after herd of sheep, -swine and beef were driven over the snowy -roads.</p> - -<p>And the more deeply engaged the Hessians -became in these preparations for the festival, -the less attention they gave to duty. Neglect -of even the simplest military precautions became -common; one unacquainted with the -real conditions would have said, upon observing -their indifference, that there was not an -enemy within five hundred miles.</p> - -<p>“If it were not for the river,” said George -to himself time and again, “Washington<span class="pagenum" id="Page_287">[287]</span> -would need only make a swift dash and the -town would be his.”</p> - -<p>But that even the ice-choked river had -no terrors for the American commander was -soon made plain to the boy. He had just -finished his noonday meal and arisen to his -feet when he heard a guarded voice say in -his ear:</p> - -<p>“Guess you ain’t no friend to Mistah -Brewstah?”</p> - -<p>It was a black boy, woolly-headed and with -solemn eyes.</p> - -<p>“I am,” replied George, in the same low tone.</p> - -<p>“Would you ’blige me wif you name, suh?” -The black boy was caution itself. George -told him his name, and the solemn eyes -gleamed with satisfaction.</p> - -<p>“Das it, sho’ ’nuff,” he said. Then lower -still, “I got a lil’ bit o’ writin’ fo’ yo’, suh.”</p> - -<p>A strip of paper was slipped into the young -man’s hand. It read:</p> - -<p>“Crossing Christmas night. Fire on hill -back of where I left. Put out at once—don’t -cross. Allow to burn—all is well.”</p> - -<p>A thrill ran through George’s body. At a -glance its meaning was plain to him.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_288">[288]</span>“The army crosses the river on Christmas -night,” he thought. “I am to light a signal -fire on the hill back of the spot where Nat -left me last. If I put the blaze out at once it -will mean that I find it dangerous for them -to make the attempt. If I keep it burning, -it will mean that the time is ripe for the blow -to be struck—that the Hessians suspect nothing.”</p> - -<p>For a moment he continued gazing at the -paper, fascinated; then he turned to the messenger.</p> - -<p>“Who gave you this?”</p> - -<p>“Mistah Brewstah, suh.”</p> - -<p>“Where is he?”</p> - -<p>“Was jes below de town, suh, a few hours -ago. Reckon he’s gone now, ’cross de river.”</p> - -<p>“Do you know what’s written on this -paper?” keenly.</p> - -<p>“’Deed no, suh. I can’t read writin’ no-how. -It’s sumfin ’bout Gen’ul Washington, -though. Mistah Brewstah done told me that -when he said I was to be ca’ful and not let -the British see it.”</p> - -<p>“How did he come to give it to you?”</p> - -<p>“I wu’ks for Mistah Spen’sah, outside<span class="pagenum" id="Page_289">[289]</span> -town; Mistah Spen’sah is a friend to Gen’ul -Washington’s gen’l’men, an’ he done tol’ -Mistah Brewstah that he could done trust me. -I’se pow’ful sot ’gainst dese heah Hushians, I -is.”</p> - -<p>For some time after the lad had gone -George stood immovable reading the paper so -that there could be no mistake as to its -meaning. Then he touched one end of it to -the flames upon the broad hearth and watched -it blacken and curl. A door opened and the -draught carried the charred fragments up the -wide chimney; George was still bending -toward the fire meditatively, when a harsh, -high-pitched voice demanded:</p> - -<p>“Where are my friends, sir? Come now, -don’t keep me kicking my heels and waiting.”</p> - -<p>There was something familiar in the tones, -and George lifted his head and gazed at the -speaker. The man was burly, red-faced and -had small, deeply-set eyes; and his manner, -as he stood waiting for the landlord to reply, -was oddly like that of an ill-trained mastiff. -It flashed into the youth’s mind that he had -seen this man somewhere before and under<span class="pagenum" id="Page_290">[290]</span> -conditions which had possessed interest. As -George was measuring him closely, the glance -of the newcomer happened to rest upon him; -and into the small, deeply-set eyes there came -a look as puzzled as his own. For a moment -they stood thus, gazing at each other; then -the landlord spoke:</p> - -<p>“Your friends, sir,” he said, “are in the -back parlor. They required that you be -shown in when you arrived.”</p> - -<p>Several times after this George encountered -the same person and each time he fell to -wondering who he was; and always did he -see speculation in the glances which the big -man leveled at him.</p> - -<p>On Christmas day the inn was all a-bustle -with preparation. Colonel Rahl had suddenly -announced that he would hold a concert and -entertainment there; his own quarters were -not large enough to house the throng expected; -and as the inn parlors were big and -comfortable, the landlord had been given -notice to decorate them with greens and -candle-lights against the coming of the commander’s -guests. The regular lodgers at the -tavern were greatly inconvenienced by the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_291">[291]</span> -affair. The kitchens were mainly given up -to the cooking of Rahl’s dinner; and when -the patrons of the place did succeed in having -a meal prepared, they were forced to eat it in -all sorts of out-of-the-way places in order not -to be in the way of those hanging the decorations.</p> - -<p>So George found himself dining alone in a -screened corner near to the fire early that -evening. A small dining party was placed, -after a little, upon the opposite side of the -screen; George paid no attention to them, -being busy with his own thoughts.</p> - -<p>In a little time the waiters had finished -their hammering and hanging; and the first -voice that George caught from the party beyond -the screen was that of the burly man -whom he thought he knew.</p> - -<p>“And so,” this person was saying, with a -great laugh, “she is coming here to-night, is -she?”</p> - -<p>A smoother voice replied:</p> - -<p>“Yes; she’s stopping with the Hawksworths, -I understand. And they’ll be sure -to be here. They are great friends of Rahl’s, -you see.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_292">[292]</span>When this last person began to speak, -George started in astonishment. It could not -be! But as it went on he was convinced and -dumbfounded. The voice was that of Major -Hyde. And, as though to assure the young -New Englander that he was not mistaken, -Henderson, the dragoon officer, now spoke.</p> - -<p>“’Pon my word,” he laughed. “Rahl is a -great fellow. He pulls the string and they -all dance like puppets.”</p> - -<p>“Your uncle, Mr. Camp, will also be present, -I suppose,” said the burly man, apparently -to Hyde.</p> - -<p>“I think not,” answered the major. “He’s -still brooding over the ashes of his manor -house, I believe; they can’t induce him to -leave.”</p> - -<p>“He would be a trifle astonished to see us -here,” said the dragoon with another laugh, -in which the big man joined.</p> - -<p>“And scarcely pleased, I fancy,” said Hyde.</p> - -<p>“Not pleased!” There was incredulity in -the other’s voice. “Not pleased to know that -you’ve really been a king’s man all along, and -not a rebel. Oh, come now.”</p> - -<p>Hyde a king’s man! George’s knife fell<span class="pagenum" id="Page_293">[293]</span> -with a clatter to the floor, so great was his -amazement.</p> - -<p>“What I say is more likely than not to be -a fact,” answered Hyde. “Herbert, it seems, -made no real interest with the old gentleman -in shifting his colors. I saw that long since. -You see,” with a sneer in his voice, “my -worthy uncle is one of those who prefer what -they call principle to the gaining of victory.”</p> - -<p>“Absurd!” growled the burly man. There -was a pause, then he continued in another -tone: “But it seems to me that you have -made your real sympathies known too soon. -The rebellion is not yet put down. If you had -remained with Washington’s army, you would -have——”</p> - -<p>“He would have graced the end of a rope,” -said Henderson. “And I should have borne -him company.”</p> - -<p>“Ah! They suspected you, then?”</p> - -<p>“They were only waiting to make sure,” -said Hyde. “I got wind of a letter written -by Tryon to Matthews in which I was referred -to—not by name, to be sure, but near enough -to be dangerous. That told me that my stay -in the American lines was limited.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_294">[294]</span>“Tryon is an idiot,” commented the -dragoon. “How a man can so trust intimate -matters to pen and ink is more than I can -understand.”</p> - -<p>“So!” was the thought of the listener. -“Herbert Camp spoke the truth then. Hyde -was the nephew of whom Tryon wrote.”</p> - -<p>“It was high time for us to go,” said Henderson. -“I felt it in my bones, days before -the Long Island fight. That fellow Prentiss -seemed growing too keen to be comfortable.”</p> - -<p>“Prentiss?” the big man repeated the name -inquiringly.</p> - -<p>“Yes; the messenger sent us from Boston.”</p> - -<p>“Ah! that was his name, was it? Now, -there was a confounded knave for you. He -was willing to sell us all out to Putnam, I’m -told.”</p> - -<p>“Yes. And he’d just as willingly sold out -Putnam to us. It made little difference to -him.”</p> - -<p>“It’s fortunate that we received word as to -his true character when we did,” said Henderson. -“Otherwise he would have come to -know every man of us for what we really -were.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_295">[295]</span>“You should have got rid of the scoundrel,” -growled the burly man. “There are more -ways than one.”</p> - -<p>“We tried several,” said Hyde. “Once we -invited him to dinner to our place in Wall -Street. But he refused.”</p> - -<p>A shudder ran through the listener. He -had indeed been near to death on that spring -evening.</p> - -<p>“Then Henderson had a shot at him later—in -my uncle’s house on Crown Street.”</p> - -<p>“Henderson!” George almost cried this -aloud, so great was his astonishment.</p> - -<p>“But I missed,” complained the dragoon. -“You see, I couldn’t get a proper bead on -him. I was in a sort of closet behind one of -Hyde’s ancestor’s portraits, and was forced to -shoot through a hole in one of the eyes. And -even though I missed, I almost lost my life -for the shot.”</p> - -<p>“How was that?”</p> - -<p>“Who stood in the middle of the room -when I tore out of the closet, but Mistress -Peggy Camp. Poof! What a tiger cat!” -The burly man exclaimed wonderingly.</p> - -<p>“Peggy,” said Hyde, “has always been an<span class="pagenum" id="Page_296">[296]</span> -eager little rebel. And because I was such -an ardent patriot,” laughingly, “I’ve always -had her respect.”</p> - -<p>“You once counted upon having more than -that, if I remember aright. You wanted her -as your wife when you thought she’d be made -heiress to the old man—vice Herbert, dismissed.”</p> - -<p>“Well, Herbert’s sudden shift to the -British side of the house spoiled all that. -So we’ll not discuss it.” Hyde’s voice was -cold.</p> - -<p>“And so Peggy flew at you for taking a -shot at Prentiss, did she?” said the burly -man. “He’d fooled her into thinking him a -staunch Whig, I suppose.”</p> - -<p>“On the contrary,” answered Henderson, -“she was convinced that he was a traitor to -the American cause.”</p> - -<p>“She fancied that I, the patriot officer, -sought his life for that very reason,” said -Major Hyde. “That night in Crown Street, -she saw me enter the room where Henderson -was already concealed behind the picture. At -first I thought she had been in the room -when I entered, and was afraid she knew<span class="pagenum" id="Page_297">[297]</span> -Henderson’s purpose. But later, I was convinced -that this was not so.</p> - -<p>“The rascal in the next room had been -of service to her in some way. She said -she knew he was a traitor to her countrymen—she -realized that he was all that -was bad. But, for all that, I must not harm -him.”</p> - -<p>“It was I, and not Herbert, for whom she -pleaded,” was the listener’s thought. “But, -then, I heard Herbert’s name mentioned; I -heard——”</p> - -<p>“All the time,” laughed Hyde, “I knew -that her brother was hiding in the house. -There were many arrests just then, and I -suppose he feared being taken. I promised -Peggy that I’d say nothing of his presence; -but I warned her to beware of Prentiss.”</p> - -<p>For the first time, George understood the -conversation which had taken place in the -room next the tapestried chamber. They had -spoken of him at first; but later the talk had -shifted to Herbert.</p> - -<p>“Prentiss,” went on Major Hyde, “had -filled her with fear, for all her determination -to save him. I told her that he was in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_298">[298]</span> -house for no other purpose than the tracking -of her brother. This I thought might induce -her to leave the fellow in our hands to do -with as we pleased.”</p> - -<p>“But she didn’t?”</p> - -<p>“No; she was frightened, but apparently -had full faith in herself to deal with the -situation. I went away, thinking she too -would go to her room. But she must have -suspected something, and was still where I -left her when the shot was fired.”</p> - -<p>“What have you succeeded in fastening -upon Prentiss beside the charge from Boston -that he was carrying water upon both shoulders?” -inquired the big man.</p> - -<p>“Nothing.”</p> - -<p>“We made a try, that same night in Crown -Street,” said the dragoon. “But he’s such a -sharp villain that we were hard put to it to -avoid suspicion.”</p> - -<p>“I tried to make him admit that he’d betrayed -Dana or young Camp to Putnam,” said -Hyde. “But he avoided us; and we were -forced to pass the thing off as a sort of -wager.”</p> - -<p>But at length there was a pushing back of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_299">[299]</span> -chairs upon the other side of the screen; the -score was settled, after some argument with -the waiter; George heard the sound of feet -crossing the floor, mingled voices in talk that -was both loud and light; then a door closed -upon them.</p> - -<p>The youth looked at his watch. It was -after eight o’clock. Hastily he settled for his -dinner, and rising, was helped on with his -greatcoat. Feeling in his pocket to make sure -that he had his tinder box, he came from behind -the screen and made for the street -door with quick steps.</p> - -<p>Not once did he glance about him. If he -had done so he would have noted that all of -the Major Hyde party had not gone. The -burly man still remained, and as George hurried -by him, he glanced up. The same speculation -filled his eyes that always entered -them at the sight of George; but this time -recognition quickly followed. His heavy -jaws snapped together, mastiff-like, and as the -door closed behind the lad, he arose to his -feet and called for his hat and coat. And as -George had felt carefully for his tinder box, -so did this man feel for his pistol; and being<span class="pagenum" id="Page_300">[300]</span> -satisfied that it was in its place he opened -the door and set doggedly after the other -through the Christmas lighted streets of -Trenton.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_301">[301]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XXII<br /> - - -<small>TELLS HOW A FIRE WAS KINDLED ON A -HILLSIDE</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">Upon</span> all sides were lighted windows; and -through each of them could be seen groups of -Hessians feasting or dancing; the sounds of -singing and laughter came from every quarter. -Through the day, George Prentiss’ quick eye -had noted the increasing lack of military deportment -among the mercenaries; and now -that night had come, things had grown worse.</p> - -<p>“The fire, when I light it, will be allowed -to burn,” thought the young fellow, grimly, -as he pushed his way through the snow. -“And when Washington’s rifles are banging -about their ears, perhaps they’ll regret their -feastings and frolickings.”</p> - -<p>In a little while he was in the select quarter -of the town. Here the festival was being observed -with less grotesquery; and every now -and then a sleigh flitted by, crowded with -merrymakers on their way to Colonel Rahl’s<span class="pagenum" id="Page_302">[302]</span> -concert. At the door of the Hawksworth mansion -stood a number of gracefully modeled -cutters, each with a spirited team and a great -number of jingling bells. Apparently quite -a party were going from here to the concert; -they were trooping down the steps laughing -and chattering; several footmen held lanthorns -aloft; the ice upon the stone steps and -pavement glittered like glass.</p> - -<p>Suddenly there was an exclamation; a girl -slipped and would have fallen had not young -Prentiss deftly caught her. She murmured a -“Thank you,” and looked into his face.</p> - -<p>But, so filled was he with the importance -of his errand, that he had not even noted that -the house was Hawksworth’s; so he failed to -recognize the face behind the heavy veil. All -unknowing, he touched his hat and hurried -on. She recognized him, however, for the -light from a lanthorn had fallen directly -upon his face; and she gasped to see him -here, of all places in the world. Her friends -were laughing and chattering still, and calling -to each other from the different sleighs; -but she never heeded them. Standing at -one side she gazed after the dimming figure<span class="pagenum" id="Page_303">[303]</span> -pushing its way so doggedly through the -snow.</p> - -<p>And as she stood there, she became aware -of something else. There was another figure—a -burly, towering figure that possessed an -atmosphere at once cautious and threatening. -The huge shoulders were bent, the head was -drawn down, the step was careful, the whole -manner one of secrecy and observation. That -this person was following the boy seemed beyond -doubt; and the girl choked back a little -cry as she realized it.</p> - -<p>Apparently under the impression that the -entire party was wrapped in the robes and -tucked away in the sleighs, the horses were -given rein and started away amid a great -jingling of bells. But still Peggy Camp paid -no heed. For a moment she stood, her eyes -following the burly, secretive pursuer; then -with sudden resolution she gathered her cloak -about her and stole away in the broad track -which he left in the snow.</p> - -<p>When George reached the point above the -town where his friend had crossed, he stopped -for a moment and gazed out over the river. -Not even a twinkle of light could be seen<span class="pagenum" id="Page_304">[304]</span> -from the Pennsylvania shore; the snow was -falling thickly; the bitter wind had broken -the ice into huge cakes, and these were grinding -together ominously.</p> - -<p>But his pause was only of a moment’s duration. -Upon the hillock of which Nat had -spoken, a heap of brush, carefully covered from -the snow, was collected. George had taken -this precaution the day before. Shielding his -operations with his hat, he struck a spark and -fired the brush; the flame began to lick at the -dry twigs hungrily; the dark red tongues -leaped from point to point at the bottom of -the heap. As the wind struck it, the mounting -fire bur-r-r-red complainingly; and satisfied -that it had safely caught, George stepped -back. As he did so he heard a step at his -side; upon the point of whirling about he -heard a low voice say:</p> - -<p>“Hah! You would, would you!”</p> - -<p>Then came a tremendous blow upon the side -of his head and he fell stunned upon the hillside. -The cold touch of the snow, however, instantly -revived him; with his muscles lax and -powerless he lay there, his eyes rolling about until -they became fixed upon a form at the fire.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_305">[305]</span>“A signal, eh?” The big man laughed, -and the leaping flame lighted up his face. -And, as it did so, George, strangely enough, -knew him. It was the bully, Slade, whom he -had seen at the “King’s Arms” on his first -day in New York. “A signal, was it, my -hearty? Well, we’ll soon put an end to that.”</p> - -<p>With a massive walking stick, apparently -the weapon with which he had felled young -Prentiss, he began scattering the brush.</p> - -<p>Unsteadily, George got upon his feet; waveringly -he advanced. For the fire to be instantly -quenched meant that the American -army must not venture across the river.</p> - -<p>“How do I know but what this would -bring the entire swarm of rebels down upon -us?” growled Slade. He lifted his cudgel for -another blow at the burning brush, when he -felt himself shouldered aside; and when he -turned he found himself staring into a wide -mouthed pistol.</p> - -<p>“You will kindly not disturb this fire,” -said the young New Englander. “It cost me -some little effort to build it, and I’d prefer -having it burn.”</p> - -<p>Bristling and snarling more like a bad<span class="pagenum" id="Page_306">[306]</span> -mannered mastiff than ever, Slade regarded -the young man.</p> - -<p>“All such things as fire are forbidden on -the river bank,” said he, rather lamely.</p> - -<p>George laughed. “They will have to do -something more than forbid, to make me put -this one out,” he said.</p> - -<p>“I was right, then,” said Slade. “It’s a -signal!”</p> - -<p>“It is your privilege to guess. And it is -also mine to refuse an answer,” smiled the -young man.</p> - -<p>Though he kept the pistol upon Slade, George -noticed that the fire was waning. He began -kicking the brush together that it might burn -better; particles of snow flew among the light -flames and hissed and sputtered.</p> - -<p>“How much of the conversation did you -overhear at the inn about an hour ago?” -asked Slade.</p> - -<p>“All of it.”</p> - -<p>“That’s what I thought.” The small eyes -snapped viciously beneath the heavy brows. -“Then you know that you’ve never deceived -us. We knew that you were playing fast and -loose from the first.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_307">[307]</span>“Your messenger from Boston was suspected -of being a traitor, was he?”</p> - -<p>“Suspected?” Slade laughed at this.</p> - -<p>“What was his name?” asked George, -quietly.</p> - -<p>Slade hesitated; then a curious look came -into his face.</p> - -<p>“We never heard,” said he finally.</p> - -<p>It was George who laughed this time.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Dana is a curious old fellow,” said he. -“I wonder if he always jumps so at conclusions.”</p> - -<p>“Do you mean to say——” Slade stopped.</p> - -<p>“That I am not the messenger? Exactly. -Your man must have missed the ‘Nancy -Breen.’ I bore dispatches, but they were to -General Putnam.”</p> - -<p>Slade eyed him narrowly.</p> - -<p>“That,” said he, “will astonish Major -Hyde.”</p> - -<p>“No more than my learning that that same -gentleman is a British spy astonished me,” -replied George.</p> - -<p>The fire was not burning as he desired it. -Smiling quietly at the amazed look of Slade, -George incautiously lowered the pistol and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_308">[308]</span> -proceeded to arrange the dryest of the brush. -This lapse was like to have been his last act -on earth, for Slade bounded upon him like a -wild beast. The pistol was knocked from his -grasp, and he was crushed to the ground under -the man’s bulk. But the few minutes that -had passed since the first blow had seen the -youth’s strength come back in a great degree. -He twisted about, grappled with Slade, and -they went writhing and rolling about in the -snow.</p> - -<p>The Tory had little idea of the work in -which he was now engaged; with his tremendous -power he should have beaten his -lighter opponent into submission in short -order. But, save in clumsy wrestling, he did -not know how to use his strength. George, -on the other hand, never missed a point; he -clutched the other by the neck-cloth and -twisted it until he had him gasping; and -now and then, when he had a chance, he let -go with one hand and dashed it into the contorted -face.</p> - -<p>With the blood streaming from mouth and -nose, Slade continued the struggle; slowly the -boy was strangling him; the breath labored<span class="pagenum" id="Page_309">[309]</span> -in his huge chest; in the mounting firelight -his small eyes seemed ready to start from his -head.</p> - -<p>During the entire fight, George’s great dread -was that the fire might die out through want -of attention. He did not fear Slade, or the -outcome of the struggle; but that the waiting -Americans upon the west bank might misread -his signal gave him much anxiety. Even in -the midst of the battling, he managed to keep -his attention on the fire. Instead of dying -out it grew stronger and stronger; indeed, it -roared and sparkled bravely in the wind; its -light made the hillside as plain as day. -Amazed at this, George finally managed to -twist about so in Slade’s clutch that he got -a good view of the fire. Still more amazed -was he to see a slight form hovering beside it -and heaping brush upon it with a generous -hand. And as he looked, a clear voice said:</p> - -<p>“Never mind this; it is my work. Take -care of that man, and leave the fire to me.”</p> - -<p>With a sort of fierce joy in his heart, -George proceeded to do as he was bidden. -But Slade had heard the voice and now saw -what was going forward. The fear of what<span class="pagenum" id="Page_310">[310]</span> -might be the outcome of the beacon light -caused him to lose his head. With a wild -jerk he freed himself from the young man -and leaped to his feet. As he rushed toward -the blaze, George was after him like a cat, -snatching his heavy pistol from the snow as -he went. Slade’s arms were outstretched to -seize the girl when the steel barrel fell upon -his head; and like an ox he went down in his -tracks.</p> - -<p>“Now,” spoke the young man quietly, as he -looked at Peggy Camp, “if you’ll be so good -as to go on as you were, I’ll see to trussing -this fellow up.”</p> - -<p>Without a word the girl fed the brush to -the hungry flames; with the man’s own belt -and his woolen neckerchief, George pinioned -his arms and legs.</p> - -<p>“He’s very awkward to handle,” said the -youth when this was accomplished, “and it’s -just as well to have him safe.” Then he -turned and helped her with a tangled mass of -brush which she found it difficult to move. -“How did you happen here?” he asked.</p> - -<p>“I saw you coming this way,” she answered -simply. “And I saw him,” with a nod<span class="pagenum" id="Page_311">[311]</span> -toward Slade, “following you. He looked as -if he meant harm, so I followed him.”</p> - -<p>“You did!” He gazed at her steadily.</p> - -<p>“You have served me more than once,” she -said. “And then, you are my cousin.”</p> - -<p>George started with surprise.</p> - -<p>“You know that!”</p> - -<p>“I have known it all along—from the first, -almost. And that is why I have been so—so——”</p> - -<p>She hesitated, and he added a word.</p> - -<p>“Contemptuous,” he said.</p> - -<p>“I felt sure that you knew who Herbert -was,” she said, very low, “and that you -should be the one to hunt him down seemed -unnatural.”</p> - -<p>He did not reply; and side by side they -stood by the fire watching it curl and roar in -the wind. Then she said: “A few moments -ago I heard you say that Major Hyde was a -British spy. Was that true?”</p> - -<p>“It was. I had it from his own lips this -very night.” Again he looked at her in the -same steady way; then he added: “Some -curious things have happened and some -equally curious misunderstandings have<span class="pagenum" id="Page_312">[312]</span> -sprung up since that morning on the wharf -near the ‘Brigantine.’”</p> - -<p>“I have begun to fear so,” she said.</p> - -<p>“Even at the first,” he said, “I could have -explained some of them. But you would not -allow me. Now, however, I can explain all.”</p> - -<p>“I ask your pardon for anything which I -have done or said amiss.” She spoke gently. -“If you are ready to tell me these things, I -am more than ready to listen.”</p> - -<p>And so there, on the bleak hillside, with -the snow falling and the bitter wind shrieking -about them, he began his tale. Dana’s -mistake; his own selection by Putnam to -trace out the conspirators; Hyde’s plot to -have his life because he thought him a false -agent to the Tory cause. And here the girl -interrupted him for the first time.</p> - -<p>“That, then, is what Major Hyde meant -when he spoke one night with Captain Henderson -at my uncle’s house in Crown Street. -He was plotting your destruction. He said -you were as false to them. I thought he -spoke as an American officer. That is why -I warned you against coming into the city -upon the night that you rescued my brother<span class="pagenum" id="Page_313">[313]</span> -and myself at the ‘Wheat Sheaf.’ I felt sure -that you had betrayed the American cause.”</p> - -<p>Then George proceeded with his narrative. -He told how he had given up the mission -because of his relationship to them, and how -he had plainly told General Putnam why. -Then he watched the joy in her face as he -related what he had heard Herbert tell his -uncle.</p> - -<p>“Then my brother is not a renegade!” she -cried, with shining eyes.</p> - -<p>“It would seem not,” replied George. -“And it would seem that General Putnam -was in touch with all the facts and all his -movements.”</p> - -<p>After this they spoke of the eventful night -at Corbie’s tavern. The girl listened, and -when he had finished, he saw doubt once -more in her eyes.</p> - -<p>“As you suspect,” she said, “I knew my -brother intended going there that night, as -I did on the night at the ‘Wheat Sheaf.’ -And I followed to do what I could to save -him from danger. But if he was innocent,” -and her eyes fixed themselves gravely upon -George, “why did he see fit to hide afterward?”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_314">[314]</span>“In the light of what I now know,” answered -George, “it is clear enough. He feared -that he had been recognized and would be -arrested. In that event it would be necessary -to call upon General Putnam; of course, he -would then be released; but at the same -time, this release might cause a suspicion of -the real state of affairs to get abroad, and -so ruin his chances to eventually worm himself -into the secrets of the enemy.”</p> - -<p>He then recounted how he had been met -and been invited by her uncle to their New -York home; he was about to tell his conversation -with Major Hyde and the dragoon -when she interrupted him.</p> - -<p>“I heard it all,” she said. “By accident -I was seated at the window behind the curtain; -and that conversation convinced me -more and more that you were what I had -come to think you—a person in the pay of -both sides—one willing to betray either, according -to which way your interest pointed.” -Her hand touched his arm lightly, imploringly. -“Forgive me,” she said.</p> - -<p>After this came the story of the tapestried -chamber from his point of view; then he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_315">[315]</span> -told what Hyde had said about it. She hung -her head.</p> - - -<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/i_314.jpg" alt="" /></div> -<p class="drop-cap"><i>“IT’S THE ARMY OF WASHINGTON”</i></p> - -<p>“I could not see you harmed, no matter -what you had done,” she said, simply. “In -spite of all that I then believed against you, -I could not forget who you were and that -you had behaved bravely more than once in -my behalf.”</p> - -<p>And so they talked and talked and the -time sped by. For more than an hour the -brush fire crackled on the hillside; and then, -when no more fuel was to be had, it was -permitted to die away. But still the youth -and the girl waited, their garments wrapped -about them snugly, for the wind grew more -bitter with each passing moment. Then from -across the ice-choked river long lines of light -began to dimly flicker.</p> - -<p>“It’s the army of Washington,” said George, -and there was exultation in his voice. “They -are about to embark.”</p> - -<p>“Then that,” said Peggy Camp, awed, “is -really the answer to the signal.”</p> - -<p>“It is,” answered he. “And in a few hours, -there will, perhaps, be a new master in the -town of Trenton.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_316">[316]</span>And so they stole away through the darkness -and snow toward the town.</p> - -<p>And when they had disappeared, the burly -figure on the ground began to writhe and -tug at the bonds that held him. After a -long struggle, the neck-cloth began to stretch -and slip; a half minute later it had fallen -from his arms. Then the belt was off and -Slade got painfully upon his feet.</p> - -<p>“So we are to have a crossing of the river -and a surprise, are we?” said he, as he hobbled -toward the town. “Well, we shall see about -that, my lad.”</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_317">[317]</span> - -<h2 class="nobreak">CHAPTER XXIII<br /> - - -<small>SHOWS HOW THE CONCERT WAS INTERRUPTED</small></h2> -</div> - -<p><span class="smcap">When</span> George Prentiss and Peggy Camp -reached the inn, they found it brilliant with -lights, festoons of green branches and laurels -hung all about; holly berries gleamed redly -against their backgrounds of somber leaves. -The public rooms were alive with merrymakers; -the gleaming costumes of the ladies -mingled with the rich European uniforms -of the German and English officers. Bright -looks and happy laughter were everywhere; -the beloved band of Colonel Rahl throbbed -through a German waltz.</p> - -<p>Peggy instantly sought out Mrs. Hawksworth; -what explanation she made of her -absence, George did not know; but he noted -that both Mrs. Hawksworth and her cold-faced -husband looked at him searchingly.</p> - -<p>It was then past midnight; George was on -fire to be off that he might watch for Washington’s -coming; but he knew that this would<span class="pagenum" id="Page_318">[318]</span> -be both dangerous and useless, and so he -remained where he was.</p> - -<p>The clock struck two, and then pointed to -the half hour before Peggy came to him again.</p> - -<p>“They forbade me speaking to you until -they had heard and understood everything -concerning my escapade, as they call it,” she -laughed. “And so I had to steal away.” -Then, eagerly: “What have you heard? Are -they really coming?”</p> - -<p>“I have heard nothing,” said George. “We -can’t hope to get news before the last moment. -The rifles will then tell us what we are to -expect.”</p> - -<p>“I can’t get the picture of those great -blocks of ice out of my mind,” she said, with -a shudder. “And then the river looked so -dark and so deep. And it was so cold and -pitiless.”</p> - -<p>They stood by one of the windows at the -front of the inn; the room, save for a few -other couples, was deserted. Through an open -doorway at one side they could see the dancers -whirl by; also there came the gleam of the -brass instruments and the high-colored uniforms -of the bandsmen. Another open door<span class="pagenum" id="Page_319">[319]</span> -showed the numerous parties grouped about -the tables engrossed in their game. Colonel -Rahl was among those nearest the door; opposite -him sat Mr. Hawksworth, and grouped -about the table were numerous officers and -Tory residents of quality.</p> - -<p>“The colonel is ill prepared, should things -go as we wish,” whispered George.</p> - -<p>“The worse prepared, the better for our -friends,” said Peggy, sagely.</p> - -<p>The snow all about the inn was packed -hard by the steady tramping of the Hessian -guard. Under a beefy sergeant they kept all -intruders at a distance; the squeaking of their -boots and the clanking of their equipment -were constant.</p> - -<p>Three o’clock struck, and it was some time -afterward that George became aware of an altercation -going on outside the window where -they sat. Since seeing Hyde and Henderson -he had kept himself much in the background, -but all matters in any way unusual were quick -to draw his attention. So he turned at once -to see what was going forward.</p> - -<p>The beefy sergeant and a number of his -men were grouped outside; in their midst<span class="pagenum" id="Page_320">[320]</span> -was a burly figure with a face blood-clotted, a -shirt-frill crimson and with the bearing of -one about to sink down from exhaustion. -His legs seemed to sag beneath him; his big -head weakly swayed from side to side; his -hands pawed at the Hessians in an effort to -hold himself erect.</p> - -<p>“Slade!” exclaimed George, under his -breath. And as he said it, he stepped back -from the window, drawing Peggy away also. -“He’s slipped out of the things I tied him up -with.”</p> - -<p>“Does he suspect anything, do you think?” -whispered the girl. “Did he hear what we -said as we talked by the fire?”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps.”</p> - -<p>“And he’s here to give warning.” She -drew in her breath in a great frightened gasp, -and her eyes were fixed upon the blood-smeared -man swaying so weakly in the snow.</p> - -<p>“Colonel Rahl!” they heard him say. -“Colonel Rahl!”</p> - -<p>“Well, what about him?” demanded the -fat sergeant, waving away the pawing hands.</p> - -<p>“I must see him—at once.”</p> - -<p>The sergeant laughed. His men, who understood<span class="pagenum" id="Page_321">[321]</span> -almost no English, looked at Slade -with stolid indifference.</p> - -<p>“You must see him,” said the sergeant -“Plenty peoples think the same as yourself -to-night.” He waved a hand. “Poof! Get -away!”</p> - -<p>“I tell you I must see him,” said Slade.</p> - -<p>“Make me no troubles,” advised the Hessian -sergeant. “Get away, or you’ll feel der -ramroad your back across.”</p> - -<p>“I have business with him—important -business.”</p> - -<p>“Der colonel no business listens to, to-night -yet,” stated the beefy sergeant.</p> - -<p>“He’ll listen to this,” cried Slade, desperately, -almost sinking down in the snow from -very weakness. “Ask him to give me a moment.”</p> - -<p>But the sergeant, bored, gestured him away. -Two of the men seized him by the shoulder.</p> - -<p>“Wait!” cried Slade. “Just a moment.”</p> - -<p>From his pockets he took a number of -broad gold pieces; and at sight of them the -sergeant’s eyes shone.</p> - -<p>“These are yours,” said Slade, “if you carry -a note to your colonel.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_322">[322]</span>The sergeant nodded.</p> - -<p>“Business so important as dot,” grinned -he, “must be attended to, a little.”</p> - -<p>At a command of the sergeant, one of the -soldiers brought an ink pot and a quill from -the headquarters across the way; with weak, -numbed fingers, Slade scrawled a few lines -upon a sheet of paper.</p> - -<p>“Take that to him,” he said. “That will -answer, I think.”</p> - -<p>The sergeant accepted the note and the gold -pieces.</p> - -<p>“Inside,” said he, pointing to headquarters, -“a fire is by der hall. Go there and wait. -When I der time get, I’ll give this to der -colonel.”</p> - -<p>“You will be sure?”</p> - -<p>“You will wait der fire beside,” stated the -fat sergeant. “To my own affairs I will attend -myself.”</p> - -<p>As there was nothing to be gained by insistence, -Slade turned and limped slowly -across the street; then the door opened and -closed behind him.</p> - -<p>“If he gives that note to Colonel Rahl,” -breathed Peggy, “it may destroy everything.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_323">[323]</span>“It’s half-past three,” replied George, -quietly, looking at his watch. “The army -has more than likely now reached this side -of the river.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, do you think so!”</p> - -<p>“I do. But,” and there was an anxious -note in his voice, “for all that, if the message -did not come under the eyes of Rahl, it would -be much better.”</p> - -<p>Here came a loud shout of laughter from -Rahl. He had won. His face was flushed -and exultant.</p> - -<p>“Ach!” he shouted. “I have not yet forgotten -the game.” Then noting that his -band had ceased playing he added, with a -frown: “What is the matter with the music? -Eh? Tell them to play. What do I pay the -swine for?” Then to his companions, -“Come, deal, deal——”</p> - -<p>Muddled, excited, engrossed in his game, -the leader of the Hessians had no thought of -his trust; had any one spoken of an American -attack at that moment, he would have -been treated as one beneath contempt. On -and on went the game, the dance and the -throbbing of the band; the minutes passed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_324">[324]</span> -and grew in number; the long hand of -young Prentiss’ watch climbed slowly upward.</p> - -<p>“Four o’clock,” he said at last to Peggy, -who sat huddled in her cloak in the outer -room. “It would seem that the sergeant has -forgotten Slade’s note entirely.”</p> - -<p>That Slade had arrived at this conclusion -also was at that moment made evident; he -came out of the headquarters across the way, -his face cleansed of the blood stains and seeming -much stronger. At once he accosted the fat -sergeant. That worthy gazed at him stupidly -for a moment; his naturally sluggish brain -had been rendered more so than ever by the -cold of the early morning; then he remembered.</p> - -<p>“Ach! Donner und blitz!” he cried. “I -have not der colonel spoken to yet. But I -will. Stand here der door by.”</p> - -<p>So saying, he entered the outer room where -George and Peggy stood alone by the fire. -The sergeant saluted awkwardly; he was a -plain man, and the lights and beautiful -women in the rooms beyond rather bewildered -him.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_325">[325]</span>Instantly Peggy was at his side, smiling -and bewitching.</p> - -<p>“Did you want anything, sergeant?”</p> - -<p>Again the fat man’s hand went to his hat.</p> - -<p>“A message for der colonel, Fräulein,” he -said. “But,” with a glance toward the card -room, “he don’t like to be disturbed when he -blays. So I will wait.”</p> - -<p>He had turned to go when Peggy stopped -him.</p> - -<p>“A message,” she said, insinuatingly. “It -might be important. Give it to me.”</p> - -<p>“You will hand it to him, Fräulein?” -eagerly.</p> - -<p>“To be sure—and before very long.”</p> - -<p>“Danke schön.” The man went out, leaving -Slade’s note in her hand.</p> - -<p>George looked at her; there was admiration -in his face.</p> - -<p>“That was very clever,” he said.</p> - -<p>“It was necessary,” answered Peggy, and -she laughed.</p> - -<p>“But you promised to give it to Rahl,” said -George, his eyes now on the message.</p> - -<p>“I know. And I will—but not until it is -too late to do harm.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_326">[326]</span>Again they stood together before the hearth, -watching the curling flames and the darting -sparks. Then suddenly he reared his head, -as he became aware of a jarring, far-off -sound. His eyes went to the window; a -Hessian guard had paused in his monotonous -tramping and stood as though listening. -Again it came, a sullen jarring, far off, yet -somehow plain.</p> - -<p>“What was that?” Peggy’s hand was on -his arm.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know. And yet it sounds -like——” he paused as the sound came -again. “Yes, it is! It is volley firing!”</p> - -<p>“They are here!” She bent her head to -catch the sound. “But it seems so far off.”</p> - -<p>“That is because of the snow. They are -firing on the outposts, and none of these are -stationed more than a half mile outside the -town.”</p> - -<p>At once she left his side and started toward -the room where Rahl sat. And as she did so, -the tired musicians began to play once more.</p> - -<p>“Where are you going?” George was at -her side.</p> - -<p>But she did not answer in words; between<span class="pagenum" id="Page_327">[327]</span> -her fingers he saw the crumpled scrawl of the -Tory, Slade; and as she held it up, it replied -eloquently.</p> - -<p>He followed her. The men and women -about the table were eagerly absorbed in the -game; the room was hot, and crowded with -onlookers. As the girl paused beside Colonel -Rahl, several players lifted their heads surprisedly; -the idlers as though they felt that -something was about to occur came a step -nearer to the Hessian leader’s table.</p> - -<p>“Colonel Rahl,” said the girl.</p> - -<p>The man turned his flushed face toward her. -She held out the paper.</p> - -<p>“A message,” she said. “Your sergeant -brought it.”</p> - -<p>“Ah, yes; I will see to it.”</p> - -<p>He took the note and stuffed it feverishly -into his breast pocket, never once looking at -it; then he gave his attention once more to -the game.</p> - -<p>George noted that the candles were beginning -to grow dim; and this told him that -dawn was at hand. Above the blare of the -brass throated instruments he fancied more -than once that he caught the scattering discharge<span class="pagenum" id="Page_328">[328]</span> -of small arms. At length, unable to -stand the suspense, he turned to leave the -room; and as he did so, came face to face with -Major Hyde. A sarcastic smile lit the man’s -cold eyes.</p> - -<p>“It is something of a surprise,” said he. -“But, nevertheless, I am very glad to see -you.” Then in a loud tone he added: “Colonel -Rahl, if you will summon the guard, I’ll -give this spy in charge.”</p> - -<p>“Spy!” Men and women sprang to their -feet; swords were drawn, chairs were overturned. -With a swift look over his shoulder -George saw Peggy’s face whiten; then like a -panther he sprang upon Hyde. Down went -the man as though stricken by a thunderbolt; -over his body leaped the young New Englander. -As he did so the outer door was flung -open and the fat sergeant bounced into the inn.</p> - -<p>“Der feind!” he roared. A volley of -musketry rolled through the streets. “Der -feind!”</p> - -<p>George flashed by him and gained the -street; out of the inn poured Rahl and his -officers, excited, confused, buttoning up their -greatcoats and feeling for their swords.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_329">[329]</span>“Heraus!” shouted Rahl, flashing his blade -from its sheath. “Heraus!”</p> - -<p>The cry was taken up by the officers; the -Hessians, heavy eyed, gorged with feasting -and totally unfit for battle, thronged out of -the warm houses into the bitter night. -Drums were beating; the town was roaring -with fright.</p> - -<p>A group of artillerymen formed behind the -half circle of guns before Rahl’s headquarters; -their matches were lighted and they waited -for the word that would scatter death into -the onrushing Americans. But there was no -officer collected enough to give it; and in another -instant the gunners were bayoneted at -their posts.</p> - -<p>George Prentiss saw two forces of Americans, -coming from different directions, form a -junction; at their heads he recognized Sullivan -and the commander-in-chief himself. Seizing -the musket of a fallen Hessian, he joined the -massed column. A battery of six guns under -Forest was drawn up and opened upon Rahl -and his frantic brigade at a few hundred paces.</p> - -<p>“Hot work,” said a voice at George’s side. -And turning he saw the forms of Ezra and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_330">[330]</span> -Nat Brewster. Ben Cooper, his chubby cheek -pressed against a rifle-barrel, was drawing a -bead upon an enemy.</p> - -<p>“Glad to see you’re all right,” he nodded to -George. “But I’ll tell you more about it -later on.”</p> - -<p>Under the galling fire of Forest’s artillery, -Rahl drew his men off to the east side of the -town. Hand’s riflemen took up a place in -his rear while he was forming his command. -Desperate fighters that they were, the mercenaries -still had a chance to escape. But they -so despised the Americans, and their quarters -in the town were so stowed with plunder, -that they determined to stand their ground. -Rahl gave the word to charge. The Americans -braced to meet them, their rifles held -ready.</p> - -<p>“Steady! Steady!” ran through the columns. -“Hold your fire.”</p> - -<p>In spite of this a scattering of bullets met -the Hessians as they began their charge. -Even in the dawn, the face of Washington -shone with exultation. Ezra, who stood -near him, heard him say to one of his -officers:</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_331">[331]</span>“They are gorged like animals and cannot -fight long. After the first volley, we’ll give -them the bayonet.”</p> - -<p>A moment later he lifted his hand; the -order to fire was given, and the onrushing -Hessians began to fall. Through the dimness -and smoke George saw Rahl press a hand -to his side and sway in his saddle.</p> - -<p>“He’s hit!” cried the lad.</p> - -<p>And no sooner had the words left his -mouth than the Hessian leader pitched forward -under his horse’s feet. Dismayed at -his fall, the mercenaries faltered; then the -hardy colonials broke upon them with sword, -bayonet and pistol; but the sluggish, overfed -foreigners had no stomach for hard fighting -and in a few moments the cry went up for -quarter; and then to a man they threw down -their arms.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<p>It was high noon before the last batch of -prisoners had been banded together to be -sent across the river; and half the American -force was busy in making ready the Hessian -stores and plunder for transportation. Now -and then a shot rang out which told of a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_332">[332]</span> -detected looter, or an unearthed enemy; but -for the most part the streets were quiet.</p> - -<p>Private property, by Washington’s strict -order, was in every way protected. Before -the Hawksworth mansion paced a guard of -stalwart continentals; within was gathered a -party which laughed and talked joyously. -Stout old Merchant Camp shook Ezra Prentiss -by the hand for perhaps the tenth time.</p> - -<p>“And so you are Seth’s other grandson, -eh? Well, well! And both of you hold to -Washington and the Congress, you say! -Were there ever such times in the world before!”</p> - -<p>“And grandfather, too, don’t forget that,” -laughed Ezra.</p> - -<p>But the staunch old Tory did not laugh.</p> - -<p>“So Seth has gone over, too! Well, every -man to his own beliefs. I am alone among -you, but,” and his stubborn old head lifted -high, “I’m a king’s man still, and will be to -the end.”</p> - -<p>Peggy and her brother, Herbert, together -with young Brewster, Ben Cooper and -George, were grouped at the fireside. First -Peggy would look at George and then at Ezra.</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_333">[333]</span>“I am almost frightened, Cousin George,” -she said in an awed sort of way, “when I -look at you both. You look so much alike -that it’s really uncanny.”</p> - -<p>The heavy-browed Herbert, who proved a -most companionable fellow, said to Ben, -aside:</p> - -<p>“They look alike, but it is not possible -that Ezra is as great a fellow as George. It -would be expecting too much.”</p> - -<p>But Ben waved the notion aside at once.</p> - -<p>“There is no greater chap than Ezra -Prentiss in the army,” said he. “And after -you’ve come to know him, you’ll say so yourself.”</p> - -<p>“No, no,” said old Mr. Camp to something -which Ezra had just remarked. “Howe is -at New York; I’ll go back there; that is the -place for me.”</p> - -<p>“You’ll probably meet with Cousin Hyde -and his friend Henderson there,” said Peggy. -“Mr. Brewster has just been telling me that -they escaped.”</p> - -<p>“A pair of rascals, my dear,” said the old -gentleman. “I want nothing to do with -them.”</p> - - - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_334">[334]</span>“You will go back to New York also, I suppose,” -said George to Peggy.</p> - -<p>“No,” she said, proudly. “I have lived -my last under British rule. Herbert will -take me to Philadelphia.”</p> - -<p>“Then,” spoke Ezra, “we’ll see you often, -more than likely, for, if the indications are -to be trusted, the army will be thereabouts -for some time to come.”</p> - -<p> </p> - -<p class="center">Other Stories in this Series are:</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> -<div class="verse">THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT LEXINGTON</div> -<div class="verse">THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT BUNKER HILL</div> -<div class="verse">THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT MONMOUTH</div> -<div class="indent">(In Press)</div> -</div></div> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter"> -<div class="transnote"> -<p class="ph1">TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:</p> - -<p>Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.</p> - -<p>Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been standardized.</p> - -<p>Archaic or alternate spelling has been retained from the original.</p> -</div></div> -<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE YOUNG CONTINENTALS AT TRENTON ***</div> -<div style='text-align:left'> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will -be renamed. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. -</div> - -<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> -<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person -or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the -Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when -you share it without charge with others. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work -on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the -phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: -</div> - -<blockquote> - <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most - other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions - whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms - of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online - at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this eBook. - </div> -</blockquote> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg™ License. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format -other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain -Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -provided that: -</div> - -<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation.” - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ - works. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right -of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread -public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state -visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. -</div> - -</div> -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bd529cf..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_046.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_046.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5b1da00..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_046.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_088.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_088.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 880ec53..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_088.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_156.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_156.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e12eb3c..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_156.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_184.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_184.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1ecc789..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_184.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_220.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_220.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a3f5c21..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_220.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_314.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_314.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 60e92c5..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_314.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_frontispiece.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_frontispiece.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c8faa44..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_frontispiece.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_publogo.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_publogo.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7927a28..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_publogo.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_title.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_title.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ebdec96..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_title.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66806-h/images/i_titlelogo.jpg b/old/66806-h/images/i_titlelogo.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index db590b9..0000000 --- a/old/66806-h/images/i_titlelogo.jpg +++ /dev/null |
